WO2021187279A1 - Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring line, and provisional support for photosensitive transfer material - Google Patents

Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring line, and provisional support for photosensitive transfer material Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021187279A1
WO2021187279A1 PCT/JP2021/009633 JP2021009633W WO2021187279A1 WO 2021187279 A1 WO2021187279 A1 WO 2021187279A1 JP 2021009633 W JP2021009633 W JP 2021009633W WO 2021187279 A1 WO2021187279 A1 WO 2021187279A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
mass
resin layer
compound
photosensitive resin
meth
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/009633
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
隆志 有冨
一真 両角
洋行 海鉾
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2022508262A priority Critical patent/JP7416910B2/en
Priority to CN202180021144.3A priority patent/CN115298612A/en
Publication of WO2021187279A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021187279A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/033Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/02Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which the conductive material is applied to the surface of the insulating support and is thereafter removed from such areas of the surface which are not intended for current conducting or shielding
    • H05K3/06Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which the conductive material is applied to the surface of the insulating support and is thereafter removed from such areas of the surface which are not intended for current conducting or shielding the conductive material being removed chemically or electrolytically, e.g. by photo-etch process
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/22Secondary treatment of printed circuits
    • H05K3/28Applying non-metallic protective coatings

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a photosensitive transfer material, a resin pattern manufacturing method, a circuit wiring manufacturing method, and a temporary support for a photosensitive transfer material.
  • a display device for example, an organic electroluminescence display device and a liquid crystal display device
  • a touch panel for example, a capacitance type input device
  • the patterned conductive layer include an electrode pattern corresponding to a sensor in the visual recognition portion and wiring (for example, peripheral wiring and take-out wiring).
  • a method using a photosensitive transfer material is widely adopted because the number of steps for obtaining a required pattern shape is small (for example, Patent Document 1).
  • a photosensitive resin layer is provided on a substrate using a photosensitive transfer material, and then the photosensitive resin layer is exposed to a mask having a desired pattern, and then developed and etched. Therefore, a patterned conductive layer can be formed.
  • a thin temporary support is used in order to obtain a high-resolution pattern. This is because the distance between the photosensitive resin layer and the photomask can be shortened when the photosensitive resin layer is exposed through the thin temporary support.
  • the photosensitive transfer material having the thin temporary support and the adherend meaning an object (for example, a substrate) to be attached to the photosensitive transfer material; the same applies hereinafter). Wrinkles may occur on the temporary support during the bonding process. If wrinkles are generated on the temporary support, for example, there is a possibility that the transportability is lowered by the roll-to-roll method or a wiring failure is caused.
  • the present disclosure includes the following aspects. ⁇ 1> It has a temporary support and a photosensitive resin layer on the temporary support, and faces the photosensitive resin layer of the temporary support before and after heat treatment at 100 ° C. for 15 minutes.
  • a photosensitive transfer material in which the rate of change of the contact angle of water with respect to the surface opposite to the surface is 0% to 10.0%.
  • the contact angle of water with respect to the surface of the temporary support opposite to the surface facing the photosensitive resin layer is 90 degrees or less ⁇ 1>.
  • the photosensitive transfer material described. ⁇ 3> The photosensitive transfer material according to ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2>, wherein the temporary support has an average thickness of 20 ⁇ m or less.
  • ⁇ 4> The absolute value of the difference between the haze of the temporary support before the heat treatment at 120 ° C. for 5 minutes and the haze of the temporary support after the heat treatment at 120 ° C. for 5 minutes is 0% to 0.40.
  • ⁇ 5> The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, wherein the temporary support has a peeling force of 0.5 gf / cm or more.
  • ⁇ 6> The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, wherein the average thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is 3 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m.
  • ⁇ 7> The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, wherein the temporary support contains wax.
  • ⁇ 8> The photosensitive transfer material according to ⁇ 7>, wherein the wax content is 0.0001% by mass to 0.05% by mass with respect to the total mass of the temporary support.
  • ⁇ 9> A step of adhering the photosensitive transfer material according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8> and a substrate, and arranging a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate, and the photosensitive resin layer.
  • a method for producing a resin pattern which comprises a step of pattern exposure and a step of developing the photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern in this order.
  • a method for manufacturing a circuit wiring which includes a step of etching a conductive layer in a region where the resin pattern is not arranged to form a circuit wiring, and a step of forming a circuit wiring in this order.
  • a photosensitive transfer material that suppresses the occurrence of wrinkles in the temporary support in the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend.
  • a method for producing a resin pattern using a photosensitive transfer material that suppresses the occurrence of wrinkles in a temporary support in the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend there is provided a method for manufacturing a circuit wiring using the photosensitive transfer material that suppresses the occurrence of wrinkles in the temporary support in the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend. ..
  • a temporary support used as a photosensitive transfer material that suppresses the occurrence of wrinkles in the temporary support in the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend.
  • the numerical range indicated by using "-" indicates a range including the numerical values before and after "-" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value, respectively.
  • the upper limit value or the lower limit value described in a certain numerical range may be replaced with the upper limit value or the lower limit value of another numerical range described stepwise.
  • the upper limit value or the lower limit value described in a certain numerical range may be replaced with the value shown in the examples.
  • the amount of each component in the composition means the total amount of the plurality of substances present in the composition when a plurality of substances corresponding to each component are present in the composition, unless otherwise specified. ..
  • process is included in the term “process” as long as the intended purpose of the process is achieved, not only in an independent process but also in cases where it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. ..
  • the groups (atomic groups) not described as substituted and unsubstituted include a group having no substituent and a group having a substituent.
  • the notation "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (ie, an unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (ie, a substituted alkyl group).
  • (meth) acrylic acid means acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, or both acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.
  • the "(meth) acryloyl group” means an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, or both an acryloyl group and a methacryloyl group.
  • (meth) acrylate means acrylate, methacrylate, or both acrylate and methacrylate.
  • alkali-soluble means the property that the solubility of sodium carbonate in an aqueous solution (100 g, sodium carbonate concentration: 1% by mass) is 0.1 g or more at a liquid temperature of 22 ° C.
  • the chemical structural formula may be described by a structural formula in which a hydrogen atom is omitted.
  • exposure includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams (for example, electron beam and ion beam) unless otherwise specified.
  • the light used for exposure include active rays (also referred to as active energy rays).
  • active light beam include the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV (Extreme ultraviolet lithium) light), and X-rays.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are "TSKgel GMHxL”, “TSKgel G4000HxL”, and “TSKgel G2000HxL” (all products manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd.) unless otherwise specified. It is a molecular weight converted by detecting a compound in THF (tetrahexyl) with a differential refractometer by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analyzer using a column of (name) and using polystyrene as a standard substance.
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • solid content means a component obtained by removing a solvent from all the components of an object.
  • ordinal numbers are terms used to distinguish the components and do not limit the number of components and the superiority or inferiority of the components. ..
  • the symbols added to the names are symbols used to distinguish the components, and are the types of components, the number of components, and the components. It does not limit the superiority or inferiority of.
  • the refractive index is a value measured using an ellipsometer at a wavelength of 550 nm.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure has a temporary support and a photosensitive resin layer on the temporary support, and before and after heat treatment at 100 ° C. for 15 minutes, the above-mentioned temporary support
  • the rate of change of the contact angle of water with respect to the surface opposite to the surface facing the photosensitive resin layer is 0% to 10.0%. According to the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure, the occurrence of wrinkles in the temporary support is suppressed in the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend.
  • the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend may be performed under heating conditions.
  • the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend are bonded together by bringing a heated pressure-bonding member (for example, a roll) into contact with the temporary support.
  • a heated pressure-bonding member for example, a roll
  • a component such as an oligomer is deposited on the surface of the heated temporary support, so that the adhesiveness of the surface of the temporary support is increased.
  • the surface characteristics for example, slipperiness
  • the rate of change in the contact angle of water with respect to the surface of the temporary support opposite to the surface facing the photosensitive resin layer before and after the heat treatment at 100 ° C. for 15 minutes When it is 0% to 10.0%, it is possible to suppress the change in the surface characteristics of the temporary support even when the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend are bonded together under heating conditions. Therefore, according to the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure, the occurrence of wrinkles in the temporary support is suppressed in the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure has a temporary support and a photosensitive resin layer on the temporary support.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may be laminated on the temporary support directly or via an arbitrary layer.
  • an arbitrary layer may be laminated on the photosensitive resin layer. Examples of the arbitrary layer include other layers described later.
  • the components of the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure will be specifically described.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure has a temporary support.
  • the temporary support is a support that can be peeled off from the photosensitive transfer material.
  • the temporary support can support at least a photosensitive resin layer.
  • the structure of the temporary support may be a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure.
  • the layer structure of the temporary support having a multi-layer structure is not limited.
  • the temporary support having a multi-layer structure may have a coating layer or a functional layer.
  • Examples of the temporary support having a multi-layer structure include a temporary support having a base material and a coating layer or a functional layer.
  • Examples of the base material include materials (for example, glass substrate, resin film, and paper) described in the section of "composition" below.
  • the coating layer is a layer that covers a part or all of the surface of an arbitrary layer (for example, a base material).
  • the functional layer include an adhesive layer (adhesive layer), a peeling layer, a slippery imparting layer, an antistatic layer, a layer for preventing exudation of components from a support, a smoothing imparting layer, and a hard coat layer. Be done.
  • the coating layer may be a functional layer.
  • the temporary support having a multi-layer structure is formed by a coating method or coextrusion.
  • the rate of change of the contact angle of water with respect to the surface of the temporary support opposite to the surface facing the photosensitive resin layer is 0% to 10.0%.
  • the "surface of the temporary support facing the photosensitive resin layer” refers to the surface of the temporary support facing the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the surface of the temporary support facing the photosensitive resin layer is the surface of the temporary support that is in contact with the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the "surface of the temporary support facing the photosensitive resin layer” may be referred to as a "first surface”.
  • the "surface opposite to the surface of the temporary support facing the photosensitive resin layer” may be referred to as a "second surface". Since the rate of change of the contact angle of water with respect to the second surface of the temporary support is 0% to 10.0%, it is possible to suppress the change in the surface characteristics of the temporary support under heating conditions. In the process of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend, the occurrence of wrinkles on the temporary support is suppressed.
  • the rate of change of the contact angle is preferably 9.0% or less.
  • the contact angle of water with respect to the second surface of the temporary support after the heat treatment is preferably 90 degrees or less, more preferably 85 degrees or less. , 80 degrees or less is more preferable.
  • the contact angle (C1) of water before the heat treatment is measured by the following method.
  • (1) The temporary support is allowed to stand for 24 hours in an atmosphere where the room temperature is 25 ° C. and the relative humidity is 50%.
  • (2) The contact angle of 12 ⁇ L of pure water dropped on the second surface of the temporary support under the atmosphere shown in (1) above is measured using a contact angle meter CA-D type (Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.). .. The above measurements are performed a total of 5 times.
  • the arithmetic mean of the three measured values excluding the maximum and minimum values of the five measured values is defined as the water contact angle (C1) before the heat treatment.
  • the contact angle (C2) of water after the heat treatment is measured by the following method. (1) The temporary support is allowed to stand for 15 minutes in an atmosphere of 100 ° C. (2) The temporary support is allowed to stand for 24 hours in an atmosphere where the room temperature is 25 ° C. and the relative humidity is 50%. (3) The contact angle of 12 ⁇ L of pure water dropped on the second surface of the temporary support under the atmosphere shown in (2) above is measured using a contact angle meter CA-D type (Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.). .. The above measurements are performed a total of 5 times. (4) The arithmetic mean of the three measured values excluding the maximum and minimum values of the five measured values is defined as the contact angle (C2) of the water after the heat treatment.
  • the contact angle of water with respect to the second surface of the temporary support is preferably 90 degrees or less, and more preferably 80 degrees or less from a practical point of view.
  • the lower limit of the contact angle is not limited.
  • the contact angle is preferably 50 degrees or more, and more preferably 60 degrees or more.
  • a known method can be used as a method for adjusting the contact angle of water with respect to the second surface of the temporary support (including the rate of change of the contact angle of water; the same shall apply hereinafter in this paragraph).
  • the contact angle of water with respect to the second surface of the temporary support varies depending on, for example, the composition of the temporary support and the surface roughness of the temporary support. For example, by using wax, which will be described later, as a component of the temporary support, the contact angle of water with respect to the second surface of the temporary support can be adjusted.
  • the contact angle of water with respect to the second surface of the temporary support can be adjusted. can do.
  • the above-mentioned properties related to the contact angle may be exhibited at least on the second surface of the temporary support.
  • the first surface of the temporary support may have the same properties as the second surface of the temporary support described above.
  • the haze of the temporary support preferably does not change easily in a heating environment.
  • the haze of the temporary support before the heat treatment at 120 ° C. for 5 minutes (hereinafter, may be referred to as “H1”) and the haze of the temporary support after the heat treatment at 120 ° C. for 5 minutes (hereinafter, referred to as “H1”).
  • the absolute value of the difference from (sometimes referred to as "H2") (that is,
  • the haze of the temporary support before the heat treatment at 120 ° C. for 5 minutes is preferably 0% to 0.40%, more preferably 0% to 0.30%, and 0% to 0.20. % Is particularly preferable.
  • the haze of the temporary support is measured using a haze meter (for example, NDH-2000, Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd.) by a method according to "JIS K 7105".
  • a haze meter for example, NDH-2000, Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd.
  • JIS K 7105 a method according to "JIS K 7105”.
  • the temporary support is allowed to stand for 5 minutes in an atmosphere of 120 ° C., and then an atmosphere of room temperature of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity of 50%. After allowing the temporary support to stand for 180 minutes, the haze of the temporary support measured by the above method is used.
  • the peeling force of the temporary support is preferably 0.2 gf / cm or more, more preferably 0.5 gf / cm or more, further preferably 0.8 gf / cm or more, and 1.0 gf / cm or more. It is particularly preferable that it is cm or more.
  • the peeling force of the temporary support is 0.2 gf / cm or more, the adhesion between the layer adjacent to the temporary support (for example, the photosensitive resin layer) and the temporary support in the photosensitive transfer material is increased. Therefore, the occurrence of wrinkles on the temporary support can be further suppressed.
  • the upper limit of the peeling force of the temporary support is not limited.
  • the peeling force of the temporary support may be determined in the range of, for example, 10 gf / cm or less.
  • the peeling force of the temporary support defined in the present disclosure is the peeling force of the temporary support before the heat treatment.
  • the peeling force of the temporary support is measured by the following method.
  • a Tensilon tensile tester (Orientec Co., Ltd., model name: "RTM500”) is used.
  • the photosensitive transfer material is cut into a rectangular shape having a width of 25 mm and a length of 80 mm.
  • the longitudinal direction of the obtained test piece is fixed along the vertical direction (gravity direction). Peel off the lower tip of the temporary support on the fixed test piece.
  • the tip of the peeled temporary support is sandwiched between the chucks of the Tensilon tensile tester (meaning a jig for sandwiching the test piece).
  • the average thickness of the temporary support is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, preferably 18 ⁇ m or less, from the viewpoint of improving the resolution of the pattern formed by exposing the photosensitive resin layer through the temporary support. It is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable that it is 16 ⁇ m or less. In the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure, even when the thin temporary support as described above is adopted, wrinkles of the temporary support are generated in the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend. It can be suppressed.
  • the lower limit of the thickness of the temporary support is not limited.
  • the average thickness of the temporary support is preferably 5 ⁇ m or more, and more preferably 10 ⁇ m or more, from the viewpoint of ease of handling and versatility.
  • the average thickness of the temporary support is measured by the following method.
  • a scanning electron microscope (SEM) is used to observe the cross section in the direction perpendicular to the main surface of the temporary support (that is, in the thickness direction). Based on the obtained observation image, the thickness of the temporary support is measured at 10 points.
  • the average thickness of the temporary support is obtained by arithmetically averaging the measured values.
  • the above-mentioned measuring method is not limited to the temporary support having a single-layer structure, but is also applied to the temporary support having a multi-layer structure.
  • the temporary support preferably has light transmission. Since the temporary support has light transmission property, when the photosensitive resin layer is exposed, the photosensitive resin layer can be exposed through the temporary support.
  • “having light transmittance” means that the transmittance of light having a wavelength used for pattern exposure is 50% or more.
  • the transmittance of light having a wavelength (preferably a wavelength of 365 nm) used for pattern exposure is preferably 60% or more, preferably 70% or more, from the viewpoint of improving the exposure sensitivity of the photosensitive resin layer. More preferably.
  • the "transmittance" refers to a layer to be measured with respect to the intensity of the incident light when light is incident in a direction perpendicular to the main surface of the layer to be measured (that is, in the thickness direction). It is the ratio of the intensity of the emitted light that has passed through and emitted.
  • the transmittance is measured using MCPD Series manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.
  • the temporary support examples include a glass substrate, a resin film, and paper.
  • the temporary support is preferably a resin film from the viewpoint of strength, flexibility, and light transmission.
  • the resin film examples include polyethylene terephthalate film (that is, PET film), cellulose triacetate film, polystyrene film, and polycarbonate film.
  • the resin film is preferably a PET film, more preferably a biaxially stretched PET film.
  • Examples of the temporary support include a biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 16 ⁇ m, a biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 12 ⁇ m, and a biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 9 ⁇ m.
  • the temporary support preferably contains wax. Since the temporary support contains wax, it is possible to suppress the precipitation of components such as oligomers on the surface of the temporary support. Therefore, the temporary support is used in the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend. The occurrence of wrinkles can be further suppressed. From the same viewpoint as above, the temporary support preferably has a layer containing wax, and more preferably has a surface layer (coating layer) containing wax.
  • wax a known wax can be used.
  • examples of the wax include natural wax and synthetic wax.
  • Natural waxes include, for example, vegetable waxes (eg, carnauba wax, candelilla wax, and wood wax), petroleum waxes (eg, paraffin wax, and microcrystallin wax), mineral waxes (eg, montan wax), and animals. Examples thereof include based waxes (for example, beeswax and lanolin).
  • synthetic waxes examples include olefin waxes (eg, polyethylene wax and polypropylene wax), synthetic hydrocarbon waxes (eg, Fishertropsh wax), and hydride waxes (eg, hardened castor oil, hardened castor oil derivative). Can be mentioned. Synthetic waxes also include, for example, esters, amides, bisamides, ketones, or metal salts of stearic acid, oleic acid, erucic acid, lauric acid, behenic acid, palmitic acid, or adipic acid, and derivatives thereof.
  • olefin waxes eg, polyethylene wax and polypropylene wax
  • synthetic hydrocarbon waxes eg, Fishertropsh wax
  • hydride waxes eg, hardened castor oil, hardened castor oil derivative.
  • Synthetic waxes also include, for example, esters, amides, bisamides, ketones, or metal salts of stearic acid, oleic
  • the molecular weight of wax is not limited. From the viewpoint of abrasion resistance, the molecular weight of the wax is preferably 100 or more, and more preferably 300 or more. The molecular weight of the wax is preferably 5,000 or less, and more preferably 3,000 or less, from the viewpoint of imparting slipperiness. When the wax has a molecular weight distribution, the "molecular weight of the wax" means the weight average molecular weight of the wax.
  • the temporary support may contain one type of wax alone or two or more types of wax.
  • the wax content is preferably 0.0001% by mass or more, more preferably 0.0005% by mass or more, and 0.001% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the temporary support. Is particularly preferable.
  • the wax content is preferably 0.05% by mass or less, more preferably 0.03% by mass or less, and 0.01% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the temporary support. Is particularly preferable.
  • the arithmetic mean roughness Ra selected from the group consisting of the first surface of the temporary support and the second surface of the temporary support is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, and preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less. It is more preferably 0.02 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 0.02 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra is not limited. When setting the lower limit of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra, at least one arithmetic mean roughness Ra selected from the group consisting of the first surface of the temporary support and the second surface of the temporary support is, for example, in the range of 0 ⁇ m or more. You can decide with. Of the first surface of the temporary support and the second surface of the temporary support, it is preferable that at least the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the second surface of the temporary support is in the above range.
  • Arithmetic mean roughness Ra is measured by the following method. Using a three-dimensional optical profiler (New View7300, Zygo), the surface profile of the object to be measured is obtained under the following conditions. As the measurement and analysis software, Microscope Application of MetroPro ver 8.3.2 is used. Next, the Surface Map screen is displayed using the above software, and histogram data is obtained in the Surface Map screen. From the obtained histogram data, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the object to be measured is obtained. When the surface of the object to be measured is in contact with the surface of another layer, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the exposed object to be measured may be measured by peeling the object to be measured from the other layer. ..
  • the temporary support (particularly the resin film) is free from, for example, deformation (for example, wrinkles), scratches, and defects. From the viewpoint of pattern formation during pattern exposure via the temporary support and transparency of the temporary support, it is preferable that the number of fine particles, foreign substances, defects, and precipitates contained in the temporary support is small.
  • the number of fine particles, foreign substances, and defects having a diameter of 1 ⁇ m or more is preferably 50 pieces / 10 mm 2 or less, more preferably 10 pieces / 10 mm 2 or less, and 3 pieces / It is more preferably 10 mm 2 or less, and particularly preferably 0/10 mm 2.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure has a photosensitive resin layer.
  • the photosensitive resin layer is preferably a negative photosensitive resin layer in which the solubility of the exposed portion in the developing solution is reduced by exposure and the non-exposed portion is removed by development.
  • the photosensitive resin layer is not limited to the negative photosensitive resin layer, and even if the photosensitive resin layer is a positive photosensitive resin layer in which the solubility of the exposed portion in the developing solution is improved by exposure and the exposed portion is removed by development. good.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymer A, a polymerizable compound B, and a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photosensitive resin layer comprises 10% by mass to 90% by mass of the polymer A, 5% by mass to 70% by mass of the polymerizable compound B, and 0, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is preferable to contain 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass of a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the polymer A, the polymerizable compound B, and the photopolymerization initiator will be described later.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains the polymer A.
  • the polymer A is preferably an alkali-soluble polymer.
  • Alkali-soluble polymers include polymers that are easily soluble in alkaline substances.
  • the acid value of the polymer A is preferably 220 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably less than 200 mgKOH / g, from the viewpoint of improving the resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive resin layer due to the developing solution. It is preferably less than 190 mgKOH / g, especially preferably less than 190 mgKOH / g.
  • the lower limit of acid value is not limited.
  • the acid value of the polymer A is preferably 60 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 120 mgKOH / g or more, further preferably 150 mgKOH / g or more, and 170 mgKOH / g or more, from the viewpoint of more excellent developability. It is particularly preferable that it is g or more.
  • the acid value of the polymer A can be adjusted, for example, by the type of the structural unit constituting the polymer A and the content of the structural unit containing an acid group.
  • the acid value is the mass (mg) of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize 1 g of the sample.
  • the unit of acid value is described as mgKOH / g.
  • the acid value can be calculated, for example, from the average content of acid groups in the compound.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer A is preferably 5,000 to 500,000. It is preferable that the weight average molecular weight is 500,000 or less from the viewpoint of improving the resolvability and the developability.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer A is more preferably 100,000 or less, further preferably 60,000 or less, and particularly preferably 50,000 or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer A is more preferably 10,000 or more, further preferably 20,000 or more, and particularly preferably 30,000 or more.
  • the edge fuse property refers to the degree to which the photosensitive resin layer easily protrudes from the end face of the roll when the photosensitive transfer material is wound into a roll.
  • the cut chip property refers to the degree of ease with which the chip flies when the unexposed film is cut with a cutter. For example, if the chip adheres to the surface of the photosensitive transfer material, the chip is transferred to the mask in the exposure process, which causes a defective product.
  • the dispersity of the polymer A is preferably 1.0 to 6.0, more preferably 1.0 to 5.0, and even more preferably 1.0 to 4.0. It is particularly preferably 0.0 to 3.0.
  • the degree of dispersion is the ratio of the weight average molecular weight to the number average molecular weight (weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight).
  • the polymer A preferably has a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, from the viewpoint of suppressing the line width thickening when the focal position is deviated during exposure and the deterioration of resolution.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon group examples include a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group and a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is preferably 20% by mass or more, preferably 30% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the polymer A. More preferably, it is more preferably 40% by mass or more, particularly preferably 45% by mass or more, and most preferably 50% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit of the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is not limited.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is preferably 95% by mass or less, preferably 85% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the polymer A. Is more preferable.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is determined as a weight average value.
  • the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group examples include a monomer having an aralkyl group, styrene, and a polymerizable styrene derivative (for example, methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, tert-butoxystyrene, acetoxystyrene, 4-). Vinyl benzoic acid, styrene dimer, and styrene trimmer).
  • the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a monomer having an aralkyl group or styrene.
  • aralkyl group examples include a substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkyl group (excluding a benzyl group) and a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group is preferable.
  • Examples of the monomer having a phenylalkyl group include phenylethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of the monomer having a benzyl group include a (meth) acrylate having a benzyl group (for example, benzyl (meth) acrylate and a chlorobenzyl (meth) acrylate), a vinyl monomer having a benzyl group (for example, vinylbenzyl chloride, and the like). Vinyl benzyl alcohol).
  • the monomer having a benzyl group is preferably a benzyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the structural unit derived from the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is the structural unit derived from the benzyl (meth) acrylate
  • the benzyl (meth) acrylate single amount in the polymer A is used.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the body is preferably 50% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 60% by mass to 90% by mass, and 70% by mass, based on the total mass of the polymer A. It is more preferably% to 90% by mass, and particularly preferably 75% by mass to 90% by mass.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit derived from styrene in the polymer A is determined. It is preferably 20% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 25 to 55% by mass, and further preferably 30% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the polymer A.
  • the photosensitive resin layer contains a plurality of types of polymers A, the content of the structural unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is determined as a weight average value.
  • the polymer A having a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group includes a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a first monomer described later, and a monomer described later. It is preferable that the copolymer is obtained by polymerizing at least one selected from the group consisting of the second monomer.
  • the above-mentioned copolymer is a group consisting of a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a structural unit derived from the first monomer, and a structural unit derived from the second monomer. It has at least one selected from the above.
  • the polymer A may be a polymer having no structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the polymer A having no structural unit derived from the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is at least one kind of the first monomer (excluding the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group) described later. It is preferable that the polymer is obtained by polymerizing the above, and at least one of the first monomer (excluding the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group) described later and the second simpler described later. It is more preferable that it is a copolymer obtained by polymerizing at least one of a dimer (excluding a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group).
  • the polymer A is preferably a polymer obtained by polymerizing at least one of the first monomers described later, and is preferably the same as at least one of the first monomers described below. It is more preferable that the copolymer is obtained by polymerizing with at least one of the second monomers described later.
  • the copolymer has a structural unit derived from the first monomer and a structural unit derived from the second monomer.
  • the first monomer is a monomer having a carboxy group and a polymerizable unsaturated group in the molecule.
  • the first monomer may be a monomer having no aromatic hydrocarbon group in the molecule.
  • Examples of the first monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, maleic anhydride, and maleic acid semiester.
  • the first monomer is preferably (meth) acrylic acid.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the first monomer in the polymer A is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, and 10% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total mass of the polymer A. Is more preferable, and 15% by mass to 30% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the second monomer is a monomer that is non-acidic and has at least one polymerizable unsaturated group in the molecule.
  • the second monomer may be a monomer having no aromatic hydrocarbon group in the molecule.
  • Examples of the second monomer include a (meth) acrylate compound, an ester compound of vinyl alcohol, and (meth) acrylonitrile.
  • (meth) acrylonitrile includes acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, or both acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile.
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylate compound include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, and isobutyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples thereof include tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, and 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate.
  • ester compound of vinyl alcohol examples include vinyl acetate.
  • the second monomer is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of methyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, and n-butyl (meth) acrylate, and is preferably methyl (meth). More preferably, it is an acrylate.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the second monomer in the polymer A is preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, and 15% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total mass of the polymer A. Is more preferable, and 20% by mass to 45% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the polymer A is composed of a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aralkyl group and a structural unit derived from styrene from the viewpoint of suppressing the line width thickening when the focal position is deviated during exposure and the deterioration of resolution. It is preferable to include at least one selected from the group.
  • the polymer A is a copolymer containing a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid, a structural unit derived from benzyl methacrylate, a structural unit derived from styrene, a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid, and methyl. It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of copolymers containing a structural unit derived from methacrylate, a structural unit derived from benzyl methacrylate, and a structural unit derived from styrene.
  • the polymer A contains 25% by mass to 60% by mass of a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and 20% by mass or more of a structural unit derived from a first monomer.
  • a polymer containing 55% by mass and 15% by mass to 55% by mass of a structural unit derived from the second monomer is preferable.
  • the structural unit derived from the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is 25% by mass to 40% by mass
  • the structural unit derived from the first monomer is 20% by mass to 35% by mass, and the like. It is more preferable that the polymer contains 15% by mass to 45% by mass of the structural unit derived from the second monomer.
  • the polymer A contains 70% by mass to 90% by mass of a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and 10% by mass of a structural unit derived from a first monomer. It is preferably a polymer containing up to 25% by mass.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polymer A is preferably 30 ° C to 135 ° C.
  • Tg of the polymer A is more preferably 130 ° C. or lower, further preferably 120 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 110 ° C. or lower.
  • the Tg of the polymer A is 30 ° C. or higher from the viewpoint of improving the edge fuse resistance.
  • the Tg of the polymer A is more preferably 40 ° C. or higher, further preferably 50 ° C. or higher, particularly preferably 60 ° C. or higher, and most preferably 70 ° C. or higher. preferable.
  • the polymer A may be a commercially available product or a synthetic product.
  • the synthesis of the polymer A is carried out, for example, by diluting at least one of the above-mentioned monomers with a solvent (for example, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, or isopropanol) with a radical polymerization initiator (for example, benzoyl peroxide or azoisobuty). Butyronitrile) is preferably added in an appropriate amount, and then heated and stirred. In some cases, the synthesis is carried out while dropping a part of the mixture into the reaction solution. After completion of the reaction, a solvent may be further added to adjust the concentration to a desired level.
  • a solvent may be further added to adjust the concentration to a desired level.
  • the synthesis means bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, or emulsion polymerization may be used in addition to solution polymerization.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of polymer A.
  • the photosensitive resin layer contains two or more kinds of polymers A
  • the photosensitive resin layer contains two or more kinds of polymers A having a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • it may contain a polymer A having a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and a polymer A having no structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the content ratio of the polymer A having a structural unit derived from the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 50% by mass or more, preferably 70% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the polymer A. It is more preferably mass% or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 90% by mass or more.
  • the content ratio of the polymer A is preferably 10% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably 30% by mass to 70% by mass, and 40% by mass to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is particularly preferably 60% by mass. It is preferable that the content ratio of the polymer A to the photosensitive resin layer is 90% by mass or less from the viewpoint of controlling the developing time. On the other hand, it is preferable that the content ratio of the polymer A to the photosensitive resin layer is 10% by mass or more from the viewpoint of improving the edge fuse resistance.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound B having a polymerizable group.
  • the "polymerizable compound” means a compound that polymerizes under the action of a polymerization initiator.
  • the polymerizable compound B is a compound different from the polymer A.
  • the polymerizable group in the polymerizable compound B is not limited as long as it is a group involved in the polymerization reaction.
  • Examples of the polymerizable group in the polymerizable compound B include a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond (for example, a vinyl group, an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a styryl group, and a maleimide group), and a cationically polymerizable group (for example, a cationically polymerizable group).
  • Epoxide group and oxetane group Epoxide group and oxetane group).
  • the polymerizable group is preferably a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond (hereinafter, may be referred to as an "ethylenically unsaturated group”), and more preferably an acryloyl group or a metaacryloyl group.
  • the polymerizable compound B is preferably a compound having one or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule (that is, an ethylenically unsaturated compound) in that the photosensitive resin layer is more photosensitive. More preferably, it is a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule (that is, a polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound).
  • the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in one molecule of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 6 or less, and preferably 3 or less, in terms of being excellent in resolution and peelability. It is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable that the number is two or less.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably a (meth) acrylate compound having one or more (meth) acryloyl groups in one molecule.
  • the polymerizable compound B is a compound having two ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule (that is, bifunctional ethylenically) from the viewpoint of having a better balance of photosensitivity, resolution, and peelability in the photosensitive resin layer. It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of (unsaturated compounds) and compounds having three ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule (that is, trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds), preferably in one molecule. It is more preferable that the compound has two ethylenically unsaturated groups.
  • the ratio of the content of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound to the content of the polymerizable compound B is preferably 60% by mass or more from the viewpoint of excellent peelability of the photosensitive resin layer. It is more preferably more than 70% by mass, and particularly preferably 90% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit of the content ratio of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound to the content of the polymerizable compound B is not limited and may be 100% by mass. That is, all the polymerizable compounds B contained in the photosensitive resin layer may be bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound B1 having one or more aromatic rings and two ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule.
  • the polymerizable compound B1 is a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having one or more aromatic rings in one molecule among the above-mentioned polymerizable compounds B.
  • the ratio of the content of the polymerizable compound B1 to the content of the polymerizable compound B is preferably 40% by mass or more, preferably 50% by mass or more, from the viewpoint of better resolution. More preferably, it is more preferably 55% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 60% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit of the ratio of the content of the polymerizable compound B1 to the content of the polymerizable compound B is not limited.
  • the ratio of the content of the polymerizable compound B1 to the content of the polymerizable compound B is preferably 99% by mass or less, more preferably 95% by mass or less, and 90% by mass or less from the viewpoint of peelability. Is more preferable, and 85% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
  • Examples of the aromatic ring in the polymerizable compound B1 include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring (for example, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, and an anthracene ring) and an aromatic heterocycle (for example, a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, and an imidazole ring. Triazole ring and pyridine ring), and fused rings thereof.
  • the aromatic ring is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, more preferably a benzene ring.
  • the aromatic ring may have a substituent.
  • the polymerizable compound B1 preferably has a bisphenol structure from the viewpoint of improving the resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive resin layer due to the developing solution.
  • the bisphenol structure include a bisphenol A structure derived from bisphenol A (that is, 2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane) and bisphenol F (that is, 2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) methane).
  • Examples include a bisphenol F structure derived from bisphenol B and a bisphenol B structure derived from bisphenol B (that is, 2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) butane).
  • the bisphenol structure is preferably a bisphenol A structure.
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound B1 having a bisphenol structure include a compound having a bisphenol structure and two polymerizable groups (preferably (meth) acryloyl groups) bonded to both ends of the bisphenol structure. Each polymerizable group may be directly attached to the bisphenol structure. Each polymerizable group may be attached to the bisphenol structure via one or more alkyleneoxy groups.
  • the alkyleneoxy group added to both ends of the bisphenol structure is preferably an ethyleneoxy group or a propyleneoxy group, and more preferably an ethyleneoxy group.
  • the number of alkyleneoxy groups added to the bisphenol structure is not limited, but is preferably 4 to 16 per molecule, and more preferably 6 to 14.
  • the polymerizable compound B1 having a bisphenol structure is described in paragraphs 0072 to 0080 of JP-A-2016-224162. The contents of the above gazette are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the polymerizable compound B1 is preferably a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a bisphenol A structure, and more preferably 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acryloxypolyalkoxy) phenyl) propane. ..
  • Examples of 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acryloxipolyalkoxy) phenyl) propane include 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxydiethoxy) phenyl) propane (FA-324M, Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.). Company), 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxyethoxypropoxy) phenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxypentethoxy) phenyl) propane (BPE-500, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) , 2,2-Bis (4- (methacryloxydodecaethoxytetrapropoxy) phenyl) propane (FA-3200MY, Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxypentadecaethoxy) phenyl) propane ( BPE-1300, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxydiethoxy) phenyl) propane (BPE-200, Shin-Nakamura
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound B1 include a compound represented by the following general formula (I).
  • R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • A represents C 2 H 4
  • B represents C 3 H 6
  • n. 1 and n 3 are independently integers from 1 to 39
  • n 1 + n 3 are integers from 2 to 40
  • n 2 and n 4 are independent integers from 0 to 29, respectively.
  • N 2 + n 4 is an integer of 0 to 30, and the sequence of repeating units of-(AO)-and-(BO)-is random or block. good.
  • ⁇ (A—O) ⁇ or ⁇ (BO) ⁇ may be on the bisphenyl group side.
  • n 2 + n 4 is preferably an integer of 0 to 10, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, further preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and particularly preferably 0.
  • n 1 + n 2 + n 3 + n 4 is preferably an integer of 2 to 20, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and particularly preferably an integer of 4 to 12.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of polymerizable compound B1.
  • the content ratio of the polymerizable compound B1 in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% by mass or more, preferably 20% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer from the viewpoint of better resolution. Is more preferable.
  • the upper limit of the content ratio of the polymerizable compound B1 is not limited.
  • the content ratio of the polymerizable compound B1 in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 70% by mass or less, preferably 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer from the viewpoint of transferability and edge fuse resistance. It is more preferable that it is as follows.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a polymerizable compound B1 and a polymerizable compound B other than the polymerizable compound B1.
  • the polymerizable compound B other than the polymerizable compound B1 include a monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound (that is, a compound having one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule) and a bifunctional ethylenically having no aromatic ring.
  • Unsaturated compounds ie, compounds that do not have an aromatic ring in one molecule and have two ethylenically unsaturated groups
  • trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compounds ie, in one molecule. Compounds having 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated groups).
  • Examples of the monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound include ethyl (meth) acrylate, ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl succinate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, and polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate. , And phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having no aromatic ring examples include alkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polyalkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, urethane di (meth) acrylate, and trimethylolpropane diacrylate.
  • alkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate examples include tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate (A-DCP, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), tricyclodecanedimethanol dimethacrylate (DCP, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and the like.
  • 1,9-Nonandiol diacrylate (A-NOD-N, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 1,6-Hexanediol diacrylate (A-HD-N, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Ethylene glycol dimethacrylate , 1,10-decanediol diacrylate, and neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate.
  • polyalkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate examples include polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, and polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of the urethane di (meth) acrylate include propylene oxide-modified urethane di (meth) acrylate, and ethylene oxide and propylene oxide-modified urethane di (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of commercially available products include 8UX-015A (Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), UA-32P (Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and UA-1100H (Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
  • trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound examples include dipentaerythritol (tri / tetra / penta / hexa) (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (tri / tetra) (meth) acrylate, and trimethylolpropane tri (meth).
  • alkylene oxide-modified product of the trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound examples include caprolactone-modified (meth) acrylate compound (for example, KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. A-9300-1CL), alkylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate compound (for example, KAYARAD RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., ATM-35E manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • caprolactone-modified (meth) acrylate compound for example, KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • alkylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate compound for example, KA
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound B other than the polymerizable compound B1 include the polymerizable compounds having an acid group described in paragraphs 0025 to 0030 of JP-A-2004-239942.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound B1 and a trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound, with the polymerizable compound B1 and two or more trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds. More preferably, it contains a compound.
  • the mass ratio of the polymerizable compound B1 to the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound is In certain embodiments, it is preferably 1: 1 to 5: 1, more preferably 1.2: 1 to 4: 1, and particularly preferably 1.5: 1 to 3: 1.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound B1 and two or more trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds.
  • the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound B (when the polymerizable compound B has a molecular weight distribution, it means the weight average molecular weight (Mw)) is preferably 200 to 3,000, and preferably 280 to 2,200. Is more preferable, and 300 to 2,200 is particularly preferable.
  • the value of the ratio Mm / Mb of the content Mm of the ethylenically unsaturated compound and the content Mb of the polymer A in the photosensitive resin layer is 1.0 or less from the viewpoint of resolution and linearity. It is more preferably 0.9 or less, and particularly preferably 0.5 or more and 0.9 or less. Further, the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a (meth) acrylic compound, and more preferably contains a (meth) acrylate compound, from the viewpoint of curability and resolvability.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin layer contains the (meth) acrylic compound from the viewpoint of curability, resolution and linearity, and the (meth) acrylic compound contained in the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the content of the acrylic compound with respect to the total mass of the above is more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of polymerizable compound B.
  • the content ratio of the polymerizable compound B in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% by mass to 70% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is preferably 20% by mass to 50% by mass, and particularly preferably 20% by mass.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain components other than the above-mentioned components (hereinafter, may be referred to as “arbitrary components”).
  • Optional components include photopolymerization initiators, dyes, surfactants, and additives other than the above components.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is a compound that receives active light (for example, ultraviolet rays, visible light, and X-rays) to initiate polymerization of a polymerizable compound (for example, polymerizable compound B).
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not limited, and a known photopolymerization initiator can be used.
  • Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include a photoradical polymerization initiator and a photocationic polymerization initiator, and a photoradical polymerization initiator is preferable.
  • Examples of the photoradical polymerization initiator include a photopolymerization initiator having an oxime ester structure, a photopolymerization initiator having an ⁇ -aminoalkylphenone structure, a photopolymerization initiator having an ⁇ -hydroxyalkylphenone structure, and an acylphosphine oxide. Examples thereof include a photopolymerization initiator having a structure and a photopolymerization initiator having an N-phenylglycine structure.
  • the photosensitive resin layer is a dimer of 2,4,5-triarylimidazole as a photoradical polymerization initiator from the viewpoints of photosensitivity, visibility of exposed parts, visibility of unexposed parts, and resolution. And at least one selected from the group consisting of derivatives of 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer.
  • the two 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimers and their derivatives may have the same or different structures.
  • Derivatives of the 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer include, for example, 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-di. (Methoxyphenyl) imidazole dimer, 2- (o-fluorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2- (o-methoxyphenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, and 2- Examples thereof include (p-methoxyphenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer.
  • photoradical polymerization initiator examples include the polymerization initiators described in paragraphs 0031 to 0042 of JP2011-95716A and paragraphs 0064 to 0081 of JP2015-14783A.
  • photoradical polymerization initiator examples include ethyl dimethylaminobenzoate (DBE, CAS No. 10287-53-3), benzoin methyl ether, anisyl (p, p'-dimethoxybenzyl), and benzophenone.
  • DBE ethyl dimethylaminobenzoate
  • benzoin methyl ether examples include benzoin methyl ether, anisyl (p, p'-dimethoxybenzyl), and benzophenone.
  • photoradical polymerization initiators include, for example, TAZ-110 (Midori Chemical Co., Ltd.), TAZ-111 (Midori Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-Tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole (Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.
  • a photocationic polymerization initiator (that is, a photoacid generator) is a compound that generates an acid by receiving active light.
  • a compound that is sensitive to active light having a wavelength of 300 nm or more, preferably a wavelength of 300 nm to 450 nm and generates an acid is preferable.
  • the chemical structure of the photocationic polymerization initiator is not limited.
  • a photocationic polymerization initiator that is not directly sensitive to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more is also a sensitizer if it is a compound that is sensitive to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more and generates an acid when used in combination with a sensitizer. Can be preferably used in combination with.
  • the photocationic polymerization initiator is preferably a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid having a pKa of 4 or less, and more preferably a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid having a pKa of 3 or less.
  • a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates 2 or less acids is particularly preferable.
  • the lower limit of pKa is not limited.
  • the pKa of the acid generated from the photocationic polymerization initiator is preferably -10.0 or more, for example.
  • photocationic polymerization initiator examples include an ionic photocationic polymerization initiator and a nonionic photocationic polymerization initiator.
  • ionic photocationic polymerization initiator examples include onium salt compounds (for example, diaryliodonium salt compounds and triarylsulfonium salt compounds), and quaternary ammonium salt compounds.
  • Examples of the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator include the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator described in paragraphs 0114 to 0133 of JP-A-2014-85643.
  • nonionic photocationic polymerization initiator examples include trichloromethyl-s-triazine compounds, diazomethane compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds.
  • examples of the trichloromethyl-s-triazine compound, the diazomethane compound, and the imide sulfonate compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0088 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-22149.
  • examples of the oxime sulfonate compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0084 to 0088 of International Publication No. 2018/179640.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a photoradical polymerization initiator, and is selected from the group consisting of 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimers and derivatives of 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimers. It is more preferable to contain at least one of the above-mentioned types.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of photopolymerization initiators.
  • the content ratio of the photopolymerization initiator in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is particularly preferably 1.0% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit of the content ratio of the photopolymerization initiator is not limited.
  • the content ratio of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 7% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the photosensitive resin layer has a maximum absorption wavelength of 450 nm in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development from the viewpoints of visibility of the exposed portion, visibility of the non-exposed portion, pattern visibility after development, and resolution. It is preferable to include a dye (hereinafter, may be referred to as "dye N") whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid, a base, or a radical. Although the detailed mechanism is unknown, the inclusion of the dye N in the photosensitive resin layer improves the adhesion to the layers adjacent to the photosensitive resin layer (for example, the temporary support and the intermediate layer), and the resolution is improved. Better in sex.
  • the term "maximum absorption wavelength changes by acid, base, or radical" used with respect to a dye means a mode in which a dye in a color-developing state is decolorized by an acid, base, or radical, or a decolorized state. It may mean any aspect of a mode in which the dye in the above color is developed by an acid, a base or a radical, and a mode in which the dye in a color-developing state changes to a color-developing state of another hue.
  • the dye N may be a compound that changes from the decolorized state by exposure to develop a color, or may be a compound that changes from the decolorized state by exposure to decolorize.
  • the dye N may be a dye whose color development or decolorization state is changed by the action of an acid, a base, or a radical generated by exposure.
  • the dye N may be a dye whose color development or decolorization state changes due to a change in the state (for example, pH) in the photosensitive resin layer due to an acid, a base, or a radical generated by exposure. good.
  • the dye N may be a dye whose color development or decolorization state changes by directly receiving an acid, a base, or a radical as a stimulus without exposure.
  • the dye N is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid or a radical from the viewpoint of visibility of an exposed portion, visibility of a non-exposed portion, and resolution, and the maximum absorption wavelength is changed by a radical. It is more preferable that the pigment is a radical.
  • the photosensitive resin layer contains both a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by radicals and a photoradical polymerization initiator as the dye N from the viewpoints of visibility of the exposed part, visibility of the non-exposed part, and resolution. It is preferable to include it.
  • the dye N is preferably a dye that develops color with an acid, a base, or a radical from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed part and the visibility of the non-exposed part.
  • photoradical polymerization is carried out by exposing a photosensitive resin layer containing a photoradical polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator (that is, a photoacid generator), or a photobase generator.
  • a photoradical polymerization initiator that is, a photoacid generator
  • a photobase generator that is, a photoacid generator
  • a mode in which a radical-reactive dye, an acid-reactive dye, or a base-reactive dye for example, leuco dye
  • a radical-reactive dye, an acid-reactive dye, or a base-reactive dye for example, leuco dye
  • the maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development is preferably 550 nm or more, preferably 550 nm to 700 nm, from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the visibility of the non-exposed portion. More preferably, it is particularly preferably 550 to 650 nm.
  • the dye N may have one or two or more maximum absorption wavelengths in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength having the highest absorbance among the two or more maximum absorption wavelengths may be 450 nm or more.
  • the transmission spectrum of a solution containing dye N (liquid temperature 25 ° C.) is measured in the range of 400 nm to 780 nm using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, Shimadzu Corporation) in an atmospheric atmosphere. Then, the measurement is performed by detecting the wavelength at which the light intensity becomes the minimum (maximum absorption wavelength).
  • Examples of the dye that develops or decolorizes by exposure include leuco compounds.
  • Examples of dyes that are decolorized by exposure include leuco compounds, diarylmethane dyes, oxazine dyes, xanthene dyes, iminonaphthoquinone dyes, azomethine dyes, and anthraquinone dyes.
  • the dye N is preferably a leuco compound from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the visibility of the non-exposed portion.
  • the leuco compound examples include a leuco compound having a triarylmethane skeleton (triarylmethane dye), a leuco compound having a spiropylan skeleton (spiropylan dye), a leuco compound having a fluorane skeleton (fluorane dye), and a diarylmethane skeleton.
  • triarylmethane dye a leuco compound having a triarylmethane skeleton
  • spiropylan dye a leuco compound having a spiropylan skeleton
  • fluorane dye fluorane dye
  • diarylmethane skeleton examples include a diarylmethane skeleton having a diarylmethane skeleton.
  • leuco compound (diarylmethane dye) having a leuco compound (diarylmethane dye), a leuco compound having a rhodamine lactam skeleton (rodamine lactam dye), a leuco compound having an indrill phthalide skeleton (indrill phthalide dye), and a leuco auramine skeleton.
  • Leuco compounds (leuco auramine dyes) can be mentioned.
  • the leuco compound is preferably a triarylmethane dye or a fluorane dye, and more preferably a leuco compound having a triphenylmethane skeleton (triphenylmethane dye) or a fluorane dye.
  • the leuco compound preferably has a lactone ring, a surujin ring, or a sultone ring from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the visibility of the non-exposed portion.
  • a radical generated from the photoradical polymerization initiator or an acid generated from the photocationic polymerization initiator By reacting the lactone ring, sultin ring, or sulton ring contained in the leuco compound with a radical generated from the photoradical polymerization initiator or an acid generated from the photocationic polymerization initiator, the leuco compound is changed to a closed ring state.
  • the color can be decolorized, or the radical compound can be changed to a ring-opened state to develop a color.
  • the leuco compound is preferably a compound having a lactone ring, a sultone ring, or a sultone ring, and the lactone ring, the sultone ring, or the sultone ring is opened by a radical or an acid to develop a color. It is more preferable that the compound has, and the lactone ring is opened by a radical or an acid to develop a color.
  • leuco compounds include p, p', p "-hexamethyltriaminotriphenylmethane (leucocrystal violet), Pergascript Blue SRB (Ciba Geigy), crystal violet lactone, malakite green lactone, benzoyl leucomethylene blue, 2 -(N-phenyl-N-methylamino) -6- (N-p-tolyl-N-ethyl) aminofluorane, 2-anilino-3-methyl-6- (N-ethyl-p-toluizino) fluorane, 3,6-dimethoxyfluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -5-methyl-7- (N, N-dibenzylamino) fluorane, 3- (N-cyclohexyl-N-methylamino) -6- Methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -6
  • dye N examples include dyes. Specific examples of dyes include Brilliant Green, Ethyl Violet, Methyl Green, Crystal Violet, Basic Fuxin, Methyl Violet 2B, Kinaldine Red, Rose Bengal, Metanyl Yellow, Timor Sulfophthalene, Xylenol Blue, Methyl Orange, and Paramethyl.
  • the dye N is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by radicals from the viewpoints of visibility of exposed parts, visibility of non-exposed parts, pattern visibility after development, and resolution, and color is developed by radicals. It is more preferable that the pigment is a radical.
  • the dye N is preferably leuco crystal violet, crystal violet lactone, brilliant green, or Victoria pure blue-naphthalene sulfonate.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of dyes N.
  • the content ratio of the dye N is 0.1 mass with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer from the viewpoints of the visibility of the exposed portion, the visibility of the non-exposed portion, the pattern visibility after development, and the resolution. % Or more, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, further preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass, and 0.1% by mass to 1% by mass. It is particularly preferable to have.
  • the content ratio of the dye N means the content ratio of the dye when all of the dye N contained in the photosensitive resin layer is in a colored state.
  • a method for quantifying the content ratio of dye N will be described by taking a dye that develops color by radicals as an example. Two solutions are prepared by dissolving the dye (0.001 g) and the dye (0.01 g) in methyl ethyl ketone (100 mL). IRGACURE OXE-01 (BASF) is added to each of the obtained solutions as a photoradical polymerization initiator, and then radicals are generated by irradiating with light of 365 nm to bring all the dyes into a colored state.
  • BASF methyl ethyl ketone
  • the absorbance of each solution having a liquid temperature of 25 ° C. is measured using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, Shimadzu Corporation) to prepare a calibration curve.
  • the absorbance of the solution in which all the dyes are colored is measured by the same method as above except that the photosensitive resin layer (3 g) is dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone instead of the dye. From the absorbance of the obtained solution containing the photosensitive resin layer, the content of the dye contained in the photosensitive resin layer is calculated based on the calibration curve.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a surfactant from the viewpoint of thickness uniformity.
  • the surfactant include anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, nonionic (nonionic) surfactants, and amphoteric surfactants, and nonionic surfactants are preferable.
  • nonionic surfactant examples include a polyoxyethylene higher alkyl ether compound, a polyoxyethylene higher alkylphenyl ether compound, a higher fatty acid diester compound of polyoxyethylene glycol, a silicone-based nonionic surfactant, and a fluorine-based nonionic property.
  • Surfactants can be mentioned.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a fluorine-based nonionic surfactant from the viewpoint of being more excellent in resolution. It is considered that the photosensitive resin layer contains a fluorine-based nonionic surfactant to suppress the penetration of the etching solution into the photosensitive resin layer and reduce the side etching.
  • Commercially available products of the fluorine-based nonionic surfactant include, for example, Megafvck (registered trademark) F-551, F-552 (DIC Corporation), and Megafvck F-554 (DIC Corporation).
  • surfactant examples include the surfactant described in paragraphs 0120 to 0125 of International Publication No. 2018/179640, the surfactant described in paragraph 0017 of Japanese Patent No. 45027884, and JP-A-2009-237362.
  • the surfactants described in paragraphs 0060 to 0071 of the publication are also mentioned.
  • a nonionic surfactant a fluorine-based surfactant or a silicone-based surfactant is preferable.
  • Nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (eg, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, etc.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant has a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and an acrylic compound in which a portion of the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cut off and the fluorine atom volatilizes when heat is applied.
  • fluorine-based surfactants include Megafuck (trade name) DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (The Chemical Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)).
  • Megafuck (trade name) DS-21 can be mentioned.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound.
  • a block polymer can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant has a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meth).
  • a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a structural unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
  • fluorine-based surfactant a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain can also be used. Mega-Fuck (trade name) RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, RS-72-K (all manufactured by DIC Corporation) and the like can be mentioned.
  • fluorine-based surfactant for example, a compound having a linear perfluoroalkyl group having 7 or more carbon atoms may be used.
  • PFOA perfluorooctanoic acid
  • PFOS perfluorooctanesulfonic acid
  • silicone-based surfactant examples include a linear polymer composed of a siloxane bond and a modified siloxane polymer in which an organic group is introduced into a side chain or a terminal.
  • silicone-based surfactants include DOWNSIL (trade name) 8032 ADDITIVE, Torre Silicone DC3PA, Torre Silicone SH7PA, Torre Silicone DC11PA, Torre Silicone SH21PA, Torre Silicone SH28PA, Torre Silicone SH29PA, Torre Silicone SH30PA, Torre Silicone SH8400.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of surfactants.
  • the content ratio of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a known additive in addition to the above components, if necessary.
  • the additive include a thermocrossable compound, a radical polymerization inhibitor, a sensitizer, a plasticizer, a heterocyclic compound, a benzotriazole compound, a carboxybenzotriazole compound, a resin other than the polymer A, and a solvent.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of additives.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a heat-crosslinkable compound from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film.
  • the heat-crosslinkable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group which will be described later, is not treated as an ethylenically unsaturated compound, but is treated as a heat-crosslinkable compound.
  • the heat-crosslinkable compound include a methylol compound and a blocked isocyanate compound. Of these, a blocked isocyanate compound is preferable from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film.
  • the blocked isocyanate compound reacts with the hydroxy group and the carboxy group, for example, when the polymer A and / or the ethylenically unsaturated compound has at least one of the hydroxy group and the carboxy group, the hydrophilicity of the formed film The properties are reduced, and the function when a film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin layer is used as a protective film tends to be enhanced.
  • the blocked isocyanate compound refers to "a compound having a structure in which the isocyanate group of isocyanate is protected (so-called masked) with a blocking agent".
  • the dissociation temperature of the blocked isocyanate compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100 ° C. to 160 ° C., more preferably 130 ° C. to 150 ° C.
  • the dissociation temperature of the blocked isocyanate means "the temperature of the endothermic peak associated with the deprotection reaction of the blocked isocyanate when measured by DSC (Differential scanning calorimetry) analysis using a differential scanning calorimeter".
  • DSC Different scanning calorimeter
  • a differential scanning calorimeter model: DSC6200 manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc. can be preferably used.
  • the differential scanning calorimeter is not limited to this.
  • the blocking agent having a dissociation temperature of 100 ° C. to 160 ° C. examples include active methylene compounds [malonate diester (dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, din-butyl malonate, di2-ethylhexyl malonate, etc.)] and oxime compounds.
  • the blocking agent having a dissociation temperature of 100 ° C. to 160 ° C. preferably contains, for example, an oxime compound from the viewpoint of storage stability.
  • the blocked isocyanate compound preferably has an isocyanurate structure, for example, from the viewpoint of improving the brittleness of the membrane and improving the adhesion to the transferred material.
  • the blocked isocyanate compound having an isocyanurate structure can be obtained, for example, by isocyanurate-forming and protecting hexamethylene diisocyanate.
  • a compound having an oxime structure using an oxime compound as a blocking agent is more likely to have a dissociation temperature in a preferable range than a compound having no oxime structure, and has a smaller development residue. It is preferable from the viewpoint of ease.
  • the blocked isocyanate compound may have a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group is not particularly limited, and a known polymerizable group can be used, and a radical polymerizable group is preferable.
  • the polymerizable group include an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a (meth) acryloxy group, a (meth) acrylamide group and a styryl group, and a group having an epoxy group such as a glycidyl group.
  • an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable
  • a (meth) acryloxy group is more preferable
  • an acryloxy group is further preferable.
  • blocked isocyanate compound a commercially available product can be used.
  • examples of commercially available blocked isocyanate compounds include Karenz (registered trademark) AOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BP, etc. (all manufactured by Showa Denko KK), block type.
  • Duranate series for example, Duranate (registered trademark) TPA-B80E, Duranate (registered trademark) WT32-B75P, etc., manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Co., Ltd.
  • the blocked isocyanate compound a compound having the following structure can also be used.
  • the heat-crosslinkable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the heat-crosslinkable compound is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, and 5% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. Is more preferable.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a radical polymerization inhibitor.
  • the radical polymerization inhibitor include the thermal polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0018 of Japanese Patent No. 4502784.
  • the radical polymerization inhibitor is preferably phenothiazine, phenoxazine, or 4-methoxyphenol.
  • the radical polymerization inhibitor other than the above include naphthylamine, cuprous chloride, nitrosophenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt, and diphenylnitrosamine. It is preferable to use a nitrosophenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt as a radical polymerization inhibitor so as not to impair the sensitivity of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a benzotriazole compound.
  • the benzotriazole compound include 1,2,3-benzotriazole, 1-chloro-1,2,3-benzotriazole, bis (N-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole, and the like. Examples thereof include bis (N-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-tolyltriazole and bis (N-2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a carboxybenzotriazole compound.
  • the carboxybenzotriazole compound include 4-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, 5-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, and N- (N, N-di-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene.
  • Examples thereof include carboxybenzotriazole, N- (N, N-di-2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethylene carboxybenzotriazole, and N- (N, N-di-2-ethylhexyl) aminoethylene carboxybenzotriazole.
  • Examples of commercially available products of the carboxybenzotriazole compound include CBT-1 (Johoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
  • the ratio of the total content of the radical polymerization inhibitor, the benzotriazol compound, and the carboxybenzotriazol compound may be 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is preferably 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass, more preferably. It is preferable that the ratio of the total content of each of the above components is 0.01% by mass or more from the viewpoint of imparting storage stability to the photosensitive resin layer. On the other hand, it is preferable that the ratio of the total content of each of the above-mentioned components is 3% by mass or less from the viewpoint of maintaining the sensitivity and suppressing the decolorization of the dye.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a sensitizer.
  • the sensitizer is not limited, and a known sensitizer can be used.
  • dyes and pigments can also be used as the sensitizer.
  • the sensitizer include dialkylaminobenzophenone compounds, pyrazoline compounds, anthracene compounds, coumarin compounds, xanthone compounds, thioxanthone compounds, acridone compounds, oxazole compounds, benzoxazole compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, and triazole compounds (for example, 1,2,4-triazole), stillben compounds, triazine compounds, thiophene compounds, naphthalimide compounds, triarylamine compounds, and aminoaclysin compounds.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of sensitizers.
  • the content ratio of the sensitizer can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, but from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to the light source and improving the curing rate by balancing the polymerization rate and the chain transfer. It is preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass, and more preferably 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of a plasticizer and a heterocyclic compound.
  • a plasticizer and a heterocyclic compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 097 to 0103 and 0111 to 0118 of International Publication No. 2018/179640.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a resin other than the polymer A.
  • Resins other than the polymer A include acrylic resins, styrene-acrylic copolymers (however, limited to copolymers having a styrene content of 40% by mass or less), polyurethane resins, polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinyl formals, and polyamide resins. Examples thereof include polyester resin, epoxy resin, polyacetal resin, polyhydroxystyrene resin, polyimide resin, polybenzoxazole resin, polysiloxane resin, polyethyleneimine, polyallylamine, and polyalkylene glycol.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a solvent.
  • the solvent may remain in the photosensitive resin layer. The solvent will be described later.
  • the photosensitive resin layer can be used as an additive, for example, as a metal oxide particle, an antioxidant, a dispersant, an acid growth agent, a development accelerator, conductive fiber, a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a thermal acid generator, or an ultraviolet absorber. , At least one selected from the group consisting of thickeners, cross-linking agents, organic precipitation inhibitors, and inorganic precipitation inhibitors. Additives are described, for example, in paragraphs 0165 to 0184 of JP2014-85643A. The contents of the above gazette are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a predetermined amount of impurities.
  • impurities include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, manganese, copper, aluminum, titanium, chromium, cobalt, nickel, zinc, tin, halogen, and ions thereof.
  • halide ions, sodium ions, and potassium ions are likely to be mixed as impurities, so the content is preferably as follows.
  • the content of impurities in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 80 ppm or less, more preferably 10 ppm or less, and further preferably 2 ppm or less on a mass basis.
  • the content of impurities in the photosensitive resin layer can be 1 ppb or more or 0.1 ppm or more on a mass basis.
  • a raw material having a low content of impurities is selected as a raw material of the photosensitive resin layer, prevention of impurities from being mixed in when forming the photosensitive resin layer, and cleaning of the manufacturing equipment. Removal of impurities can be mentioned. By such a method, the amount of impurities can be kept within the above range.
  • Impurities can be quantified by a known method, for example, ICP (Inductively Coupled Plasma) emission spectroscopy, atomic absorption spectroscopy, or ion chromatography.
  • ICP Inductively Coupled Plasma
  • the content of benzene, formaldehyde, trichlorethylene, 1,3-butadiene, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, and hexane in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably low.
  • the content of the above compound in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 100 ppm or less, more preferably 20 ppm or less, still more preferably 4 ppm or less on a mass basis.
  • the content of the above-mentioned compound in the photosensitive resin layer can be 10 ppb or more or 100 ppb or more on a mass basis.
  • the content of the above-mentioned compound can be suppressed in the same manner as the above-mentioned metal impurities. Moreover, it can be quantified by a known measurement method.
  • the water content in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 0.01% by mass to 1.0% by mass, preferably 0.05% by mass to 0.5% by mass, from the viewpoint of improving reliability and laminateability. Is more preferable.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a residual monomer corresponding to each structural unit of the polymer A described above.
  • the content of the residual monomer is preferably 5,000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 2,000 mass ppm or less, and 500 mass ppm or less, based on the total mass of the polymer A. The following is more preferable.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, but 1 mass ppm or more is preferable, and 10 mass ppm or more is more preferable.
  • the residual monomer of each structural unit of the polymer A is preferably 3,000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 600 mass ppm or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer from the viewpoint of patterning property and reliability. , 100 mass ppm or less is more preferable.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 mass ppm or more, and more preferably 1 mass ppm or more.
  • the amount of residual monomer of the monomer when the polymer A is synthesized by the polymer reaction is also preferably in the above range.
  • the content of glycidyl acrylate is preferably in the above range.
  • the amount of residual monomer can be measured by a known method such as liquid chromatography and gas chromatography.
  • the average thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is generally 0.1 ⁇ m to 300 ⁇ m.
  • the average thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or more, and further preferably 3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the adhesive force between the photosensitive resin layer and the temporary support is increased when the average thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is within the above range. The occurrence of wrinkles on the support can be further suppressed.
  • the average thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 100 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 50 ⁇ m or less, further preferably 15 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 10 ⁇ m or less.
  • the average thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is within the above range, the developability of the photosensitive resin layer can be improved and the resolution can be improved.
  • the average thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is measured by a method according to the method for measuring the average thickness of the temporary support.
  • the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 10% or more, more preferably 30% or more, and particularly preferably 50% or more, from the viewpoint of being more excellent in adhesion. ..
  • the upper limit of transmittance is not limited.
  • the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 99.9% or less.
  • the method for forming the photosensitive resin layer is not limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer containing the above components.
  • Examples of the method for forming the photosensitive resin layer include a method of applying the photosensitive resin composition to the surface of the temporary support and then drying the coating film of the photosensitive resin composition.
  • the photosensitive resin composition examples include a composition containing a polymer A, a polymerizable compound B, an optional component, and a solvent.
  • the photosensitive resin composition preferably contains a solvent in order to adjust the viscosity of the photosensitive resin composition and facilitate the formation of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the solvent is not limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse the polymer A, the polymerizable compound B, and any component, and a known solvent can be used.
  • the solvent include an alkylene glycol ether solvent, an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent, an alcohol solvent (for example, methanol and ethanol), a ketone solvent (for example, acetone and methyl ethyl ketone), and an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent (for example, toluene).
  • examples include aprotonic polar solvents (eg, N, N-dimethylformamide), cyclic ether solvents (eg, tetrahydrofuran), ester solvents, amide solvents, and lactone solvents.
  • the photosensitive resin composition preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent.
  • the photosensitive resin composition comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent, and at least one selected from the group consisting of a ketone solvent and a cyclic ether solvent. It is more preferable to include it. It is particularly preferable that the photosensitive resin composition contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent, a ketone solvent, and a cyclic ether solvent.
  • alkylene glycol ether solvent examples include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, ethylene glycol dialkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol dialkyl ether, diethylene glycol dialkyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether, and dipropylene glycol dialkyl ether. Be done.
  • alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent examples include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, and dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate.
  • the solvent described in paragraphs 0092 to 0094 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 and the solvent described in paragraph 0014 of JP-A-2018-177789 may be used. These contents are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the photosensitive resin composition may contain one kind of solvent alone or two or more kinds of solvents.
  • the content ratio of the solvent in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 50 parts by mass to 1,900 parts by mass, and 100 parts by mass to 900 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition. It is more preferable that it is a part.
  • the method for preparing the photosensitive resin composition is not limited.
  • a method for preparing the photosensitive resin composition for example, a method of preparing a photosensitive resin composition by preparing a solution in which each component is dissolved in a solvent in advance and mixing the obtained solutions in a predetermined ratio. Can be mentioned.
  • the photosensitive resin composition is preferably filtered using a filter having a pore size of 0.2 ⁇ m to 30 ⁇ m before forming the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the method for applying the photosensitive resin composition is not limited, and a known method can be used.
  • Examples of the coating method include slit coating, spin coating, curtain coating, and inkjet coating.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may be formed by applying the photosensitive resin composition on a cover film described later and drying it.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure may have a layer other than the above-mentioned layer (hereinafter, referred to as “another layer”).
  • Other layers include a cover film, a thermoplastic resin, an intermediate layer, and a contrast enhancement layer (also referred to as a refractive index adjusting layer).
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure may have a cover film (also referred to as a protective film). According to the cover film, the surface of the layer (for example, the photosensitive resin layer) in contact with the cover film can be protected.
  • the photosensitive transfer material preferably includes a temporary support, a photosensitive resin layer, and a cover film in this order.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may be laminated on the temporary support directly or via an arbitrary layer.
  • the cover film may be laminated on the photosensitive resin layer directly or via an arbitrary layer. Examples of the arbitrary layer in the photosensitive transfer material include other layers described later.
  • the photosensitive transfer material preferably has a cover film in contact with the surface of the photosensitive resin layer opposite to the surface facing the temporary support.
  • cover film examples include a resin film and paper.
  • the cover film is preferably a resin film from the viewpoint of strength and flexibility.
  • the resin film examples include polyethylene film, polypropylene film, polyethylene terephthalate film, cellulose triacetate film, polystyrene film, and polycarbonate film.
  • the resin film is preferably a polyethylene film, a polypropylene film, or a polyethylene terephthalate film.
  • the thickness of the cover film is not limited.
  • the average thickness of the cover film is preferably 5 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 10 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 10 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m.
  • the average thickness of the cover film is measured by a method according to the method for measuring the average thickness of the temporary support.
  • the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the cover film on the side on which the photosensitive resin layer is arranged is preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, from the viewpoint of excellent resolution. , 0.05 ⁇ m or less is particularly preferable.
  • the lower limit of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra is not limited.
  • the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the cover film on the side on which the photosensitive resin layer is arranged is preferably 0.001 ⁇ m or more.
  • the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the cover film on the side on which the photosensitive resin layer is arranged is measured by a method according to the method for measuring the arithmetic mean roughness Ra described in the above section "Temporary Support".
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure may have a thermoplastic resin layer.
  • the photosensitive transfer material preferably has a thermoplastic resin layer between the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer. Since the photosensitive transfer material has a thermoplastic resin layer between the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer, the followability to the substrate in the process of being bonded to the substrate is improved, and the substrate and the photosensitive transfer material can be separated from each other. This is because, as a result of suppressing the mixing of air bubbles between the layers, the adhesion between the layers is improved.
  • thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin as the thermoplastic resin.
  • alkali-soluble resin examples include acrylic resin, polystyrene resin, styrene-acrylic copolymer, polyurethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formal, polyamide resin, polyester resin, epoxy resin, polyacetal resin, polyhydroxystyrene resin, and polyimide resin.
  • alkali-soluble resin examples include acrylic resin, polystyrene resin, styrene-acrylic copolymer, polyurethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formal, polyamide resin, polyester resin, epoxy resin, polyacetal resin, polyhydroxystyrene resin, and polyimide resin.
  • examples thereof include polybenzoxazole resin, polysiloxane resin, polyethyleneimine, polyallylamine, and polyalkylene glycol.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is preferably an acrylic resin from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to a layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer.
  • the "acrylic resin” is selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid, a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester, and a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid amide. It means a resin having at least one kind.
  • the ratio of the total content of the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid, the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester, and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid amide is the ratio of the total content of the acrylic resin. It is preferably 50% by mass or more with respect to the total mass.
  • the ratio of the total content of the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester is 30% by mass to 100% by mass with respect to the total mass of the acrylic resin. %, More preferably 50% by mass to 100% by mass.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polymer having an acid group.
  • the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phosphonic acid group, and a carboxy group is preferable.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is preferably an alkali-soluble resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the upper limit of acid value is not limited.
  • the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more is not limited and can be appropriately selected from known resins and used.
  • Examples of the carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more include carboxy group-containing acrylic resins having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more among the polymers described in paragraph 0025 of JP-A-2011-95716. Described in paragraphs 0033 to 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-237589, a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more, and paragraphs 0053 to 0068 of JP-A-2016-224162.
  • a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more can be mentioned.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit having a carboxy group in the carboxy group-containing acrylic resin is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total mass of the carboxy group-containing acrylic resin. It is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable that it is 12% by mass to 30% by mass.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is particularly preferably an acrylic resin having a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to a layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer.
  • the alkali-soluble resin may have a reactive group.
  • the reactive group may be, for example, a group capable of addition polymerization.
  • Reactive groups include, for example, ethylenically unsaturated groups, polycondensable groups (eg, hydroxy and carboxy groups), and polyaddition reactive groups (eg, epoxy groups and (blocking) isocyanate groups). Be done.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 to 100,000, and particularly preferably 20,000 to 50,000.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of alkali-soluble resins.
  • the content ratio of the alkali-soluble resin is 10% by mass to 99% by mass with respect to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer. It is more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, further preferably 40% by mass to 80% by mass, and particularly preferably 50% by mass to 70% by mass.
  • thermoplastic resin layer has a maximum absorption wavelength of 450 nm or more in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development, and the maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid, a base, or a radical (hereinafter referred to as “dye B”). In some cases), it is preferable to include.
  • the preferred embodiment of the dye B is the same as the preferred embodiment of the dye N described above, except for the points described later.
  • the dye B is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid or a radical from the viewpoints of visibility of the exposed portion, visibility of the non-exposed portion, and resolution, and the maximum absorption wavelength is changed by the acid. It is more preferable that the pigment is a dye.
  • the thermoplastic layer includes a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid as the dye B and a compound that generates an acid by light, which will be described later, from the viewpoints of visibility of the exposed part, visibility of the non-exposed part, and resolution. , Are preferably included.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of dye B.
  • the content ratio of the dye B is preferably 0.2% by mass or more, preferably 0.2% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the visibility of the non-exposed portion. It is more preferably% to 6% by mass, further preferably 0.2% by mass to 5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.25% by mass to 3.0% by mass.
  • the content ratio of the dye B means the content ratio of the dye when all of the dye B contained in the thermoplastic resin layer is in a colored state.
  • a method for quantifying the content ratio of dye B will be described by taking a dye that develops color by radicals as an example. Two solutions are prepared by dissolving the dye (0.001 g) and the dye (0.01 g) in methyl ethyl ketone (100 mL). IRGACURE OXE-01 (BASF) is added to each of the obtained solutions as a photoradical polymerization initiator, and then radicals are generated by irradiating with light of 365 nm to bring all the dyes into a colored state.
  • IRGACURE OXE-01 BASF
  • the absorbance of each solution having a liquid temperature of 25 ° C. is measured using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, Shimadzu Corporation) to prepare a calibration curve.
  • the absorbance of the solution in which all the dyes are colored is measured by the same method as above except that the thermoplastic resin layer (0.1 g) is dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone instead of the dye. From the absorbance of the obtained solution containing the thermoplastic resin layer, the amount of the dye contained in the thermoplastic resin layer is calculated based on the calibration curve.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer may contain a compound that generates an acid, a base, or a radical by light (hereinafter, may be referred to as “Compound C”).
  • Compound C is preferably a compound that receives active rays (for example, ultraviolet rays and visible rays) to generate acids, bases, or radicals.
  • active rays for example, ultraviolet rays and visible rays
  • Examples of compound C include known photoacid generators, photobase generators, and photoradical polymerization initiators (photoradical generators).
  • Compound C is preferably a photoacid generator.
  • thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains a photoacid generator from the viewpoint of resolution.
  • the photoacid generator include a photocationic polymerization initiator that may be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer, and the preferred embodiments are the same except for the points described below.
  • the photoacid generator preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of onium salt compounds and oxime sulfonate compounds, and has sensitivity, resolution and adhesion. From the viewpoint, it is more preferable to contain an oxime sulfonate compound.
  • the photoacid generator is a photoacid generator having the following structure.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer may contain a photobase generator.
  • the photobase generator include 2-nitrobenzylcyclohexylcarbamate, triphenylmethanol, O-carbamoylhydroxylamide, O-carbamoyloxime, [[(2,6-dinitrobenzyl) oxy] carbonyl] cyclohexylamine, and bis [ [(2-Nitrobenzyl) oxy] carbonyl] hexane 1,6-diamine, 4- (methylthiobenzoyl) -1-methyl-1-morpholinoetan, (4-morpholinobenzoyl) -1-benzyl-1-dimethylaminopropane , N- (2-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl) pyrrolidine, hexaammine cobalt (III) tris (triphenylmethylborate), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone, 2,6
  • the thermoplastic resin layer may contain a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • the photoradical polymerization initiator include a photoradical polymerization initiator that may be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of compound C.
  • the content ratio of the compound C is 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass with respect to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion, the visibility of the non-exposed portion, and the resolution. It is preferable, and it is more preferable that it is 0.5% by mass to 5% by mass.
  • thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains a plasticizer from the viewpoints of resolution, adhesion to a layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, and developability.
  • the molecular weight of the plasticizer (the molecular weight of the oligomer or polymer is the weight average molecular weight (Mw); the same applies hereinafter in this paragraph) is preferably smaller than the molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin.
  • the molecular weight of the plasticizer is preferably 200 to 2,000.
  • the plasticizer is not limited as long as it is a compound that develops plasticity by being compatible with an alkali-soluble resin. From the viewpoint of imparting plasticity, the plasticizer is preferably a compound having an alkyleneoxy group in the molecule, and more preferably a polyalkylene glycol compound.
  • the alkyleneoxy group contained in the plasticizer preferably has a polyethyleneoxy structure or a polypropyleneoxy structure.
  • the plasticizer preferably contains a (meth) acrylate compound from the viewpoint of resolution and storage stability. From the viewpoint of compatibility, resolution, and adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, it is more preferable that the alkali-soluble resin is an acrylic resin and the plasticizer contains a (meth) acrylate compound.
  • thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer when the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer are arranged in direct contact with each other, the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer may each contain the same (meth) acrylate compound. preferable. This is because the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer each contain the same (meth) acrylate compound, so that the diffusion of components between the layers is suppressed and the storage stability is improved.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer contains a (meth) acrylate compound as a plasticizer
  • the (meth) acrylate compound may not polymerize even in the exposed portion after exposure from the viewpoint of adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer. preferable.
  • the (meth) acrylate compound used as the plasticizer is composed of two or more (meth) acrylate compounds in one molecule from the viewpoints of resolution, adhesion to a layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, and developability. It is preferably a (meth) acrylate compound having a meta) acryloyl group.
  • the (meth) acrylate compound used as a plasticizer is preferably a (meth) acrylate compound having an acid group or a urethane (meth) acrylate compound.
  • thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of plasticizers.
  • the content ratio of the plasticizer is 1% by mass to 70% by mass with respect to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoints of resolution, adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, and developability. It is preferably 10% by mass to 60% by mass, and particularly preferably 20% by mass to 50% by mass.
  • thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains a surfactant from the viewpoint of thickness uniformity.
  • the surfactant include a surfactant that may be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of surfactants.
  • the content ratio of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer.
  • thermoplastic resin layer may contain a sensitizer.
  • the sensitizer include sensitizers that may be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer.
  • thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of sensitizers.
  • the content ratio of the sensitizer is 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to the light source, the visibility of the exposed part, and the visibility of the non-exposed part. %, More preferably 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass.
  • thermoplastic resin layer may contain known additives in addition to the above components, if necessary.
  • thermoplastic resin layer is described in paragraphs 0189 to 0193 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-85643. The contents of the above gazette are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is not limited.
  • the average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is preferably 1 ⁇ m or more, and more preferably 2 ⁇ m or more, from the viewpoint of adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer.
  • the upper limit of the average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is not limited. From the viewpoint of developability and resolvability, the average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is measured by a method according to the method for measuring the average thickness of the temporary support.
  • thermoplastic resin layer is not limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer containing the above components.
  • the method for forming the thermoplastic resin layer include a method in which the thermoplastic resin composition is applied to the surface of the temporary support and the coating film of the thermoplastic resin composition is dried.
  • thermoplastic resin composition examples include a composition containing the above components.
  • the thermoplastic resin composition preferably contains a solvent in order to adjust the viscosity of the thermoplastic resin composition and facilitate the formation of the thermoplastic resin layer.
  • the solvent contained in the thermoplastic resin composition is not limited as long as it is a solvent capable of dissolving or dispersing the components contained in the thermoplastic resin layer.
  • the solvent include a solvent that may be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin composition, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • thermoplastic resin composition may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of solvents.
  • the content ratio of the solvent in the thermoplastic resin composition is preferably 50 parts by mass to 1,900 parts by mass, and 100 parts by mass to 900 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the thermoplastic resin composition. It is more preferable that it is a part.
  • thermoplastic resin composition The preparation of the thermoplastic resin composition and the formation of the thermoplastic resin layer may be carried out according to the method for preparing the photosensitive resin composition and the method for forming the photosensitive resin layer described above.
  • a thermoplastic resin composition was prepared by preparing a solution in which each component contained in the thermoplastic resin layer was dissolved in a solvent in advance and mixing the obtained solutions in a predetermined ratio, and then obtained.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer can be formed by applying the thermoplastic resin composition to the surface of the temporary support and drying the coating film of the thermoplastic resin composition. Further, after forming the photosensitive resin layer on the cover film described later, the thermoplastic resin layer may be formed on the surface of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure preferably has an intermediate layer between the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer. According to the intermediate layer, it is possible to suppress the mixing of components when forming a plurality of layers and during storage.
  • the intermediate layer is preferably a water-soluble layer from the viewpoint of developability and suppressing mixing of components during application of the plurality of layers and storage after application.
  • water-soluble means that the solubility in 100 g of water having a liquid temperature of 22 ° C. and a pH of 7.0 is 0.1 g or more.
  • the intermediate layer examples include an oxygen blocking layer having an oxygen blocking function, which is described as a “separation layer” in JP-A-5-72724. Since the intermediate layer is an oxygen blocking layer, the sensitivity at the time of exposure is improved, the time load of the exposure machine is reduced, and as a result, the productivity is improved.
  • the oxygen blocking layer used as the intermediate layer may be appropriately selected from known layers.
  • the oxygen blocking layer used as the intermediate layer is preferably an oxygen blocking layer that exhibits low oxygen permeability and is dispersed or dissolved in water or an alkaline aqueous solution (1% by mass aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at 22 ° C.).
  • the intermediate layer preferably contains a resin.
  • the resin contained in the intermediate layer include polyvinyl alcohol-based resin, polyvinylpyrrolidone-based resin, cellulose-based resin, acrylamide-based resin, polyethylene oxide-based resin, gelatin, vinyl ether-based resin, polyamide resin, and copolymers thereof. Can be mentioned.
  • the resin contained in the intermediate layer is preferably a water-soluble resin.
  • the resin contained in the intermediate layer is either polymer A contained in the photosensitive resin layer or thermoplastic resin (alkali-soluble resin) contained in the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of suppressing mixing of components between a plurality of layers. It is preferable that the resin is different from the above.
  • the intermediate layer preferably contains polyvinyl alcohol, and preferably contains polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone, from the viewpoint of oxygen blocking property and suppressing mixing of components during application of the plurality of layers and storage after application. Is more preferable.
  • the intermediate layer may contain one kind of resin alone or two or more kinds of resins.
  • the content ratio of the resin in the intermediate layer is 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the intermediate layer from the viewpoint of oxygen blocking property and suppressing mixing of components during application of the plurality of layers and storage after application. It is preferably ⁇ 100% by mass, more preferably 70% by mass to 100% by mass, further preferably 80% by mass to 100% by mass, and particularly preferably 90% by mass to 100% by mass. preferable.
  • the intermediate layer may contain an additive if necessary.
  • the additive include a surfactant.
  • the thickness of the intermediate layer is not limited.
  • the average thickness of the intermediate layer is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m to 3 ⁇ m.
  • the average thickness of the intermediate layer is measured by a method according to the method for measuring the average thickness of the temporary support.
  • the method of forming the intermediate layer is not limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer containing the above components.
  • Examples of the method for forming the intermediate layer include a method in which the composition for the intermediate layer is applied to the surface of the thermoplastic resin layer or the photosensitive resin layer, and then the coating film of the composition for the intermediate layer is dried.
  • composition for the intermediate layer examples include a composition containing a resin and an arbitrary additive.
  • the composition for the intermediate layer preferably contains a solvent in order to adjust the viscosity of the composition for the intermediate layer and facilitate the formation of the intermediate layer.
  • the solvent is not limited as long as it is a solvent that can dissolve or disperse the resin.
  • the solvent is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of water and a water-miscible organic solvent, and more preferably water or a mixed solvent of water and a water-miscible organic solvent.
  • water-miscible organic solvent examples include alcohol, acetone, ethylene glycol, and glycerin having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • the water-miscible organic solvent is preferably an alcohol having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably methanol or ethanol.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure may have a contrast enhancement layer.
  • the contrast enhancement layer is described in, for example, paragraph 0134 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 and paragraphs 0194 to 0196 of JP2014-85643A. The contents of these gazettes are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin layer has a breaking elongation at 120 ° C. of 15% or more, and the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the temporary support on the photosensitive resin layer side is high. It is preferably 50 nm or less, and the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the cover film on the photosensitive resin layer side is 150 nm or less.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure preferably satisfies the following formula (R1).
  • X ⁇ Y ⁇ 1,500 Equation (R1)
  • X represents the value (%) of the elongation at break at 120 ° C. of the cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin layer
  • Y represents the surface of the temporary support on the photosensitive resin layer side.
  • X ⁇ Y is more preferably 750 or less.
  • the breaking elongation at 120 ° C. is twice or more larger than the breaking elongation at 23 ° C. of the cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the elongation at break was determined by exposing a photosensitive resin layer having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m to 120 mJ / cm 2 with an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp and curing it, and then further exposing it to 400 mJ / cm 2 with a high pressure mercury lamp and heating it at 145 ° C. for 30 minutes.
  • the later cured film is used and measured by a tensile test.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure preferably satisfies the following formula (R2).
  • Y represents the value (nm) of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the temporary support on the photosensitive resin layer side
  • Z represents the value (nm) of the photosensitive resin layer side of the cover film. It represents the value (nm) of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface.
  • the average thickness of the photosensitive transfer material is preferably 5 ⁇ m to 55 ⁇ m, more preferably 10 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 20 ⁇ m to 40 ⁇ m.
  • the average thickness of the photosensitive transfer material is measured by a method according to the method for measuring the average thickness of the temporary support.
  • the shape of the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure is not limited.
  • the shape of the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure is preferably roll-shaped from the viewpoint of versatility and transportability. By winding up the photosensitive transfer material, the shape of the photosensitive transfer material can be made into a roll.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic side view showing an example of the configuration of the photosensitive transfer material.
  • the method for producing the photosensitive transfer material 100 shown in FIG. 1 includes, for example, a step of forming a photosensitive resin layer 12 by applying a photosensitive resin composition on a temporary support 10, and the above-mentioned photosensitive.
  • a method including a step of arranging the cover film 14 on the resin layer 12 and a method including the step of arranging the cover film 14 can be mentioned.
  • the photosensitive resin composition applied on the temporary support 10 may be dried, if necessary.
  • the drying method is not limited, and a known drying method can be used.
  • Examples of the method of arranging the cover film 14 on the photosensitive resin layer 12 include a method of crimping the cover film 14 to the photosensitive resin layer 12.
  • the photosensitive transfer material 100 having the temporary support 10, the photosensitive resin layer 12, and the cover film 14 can be manufactured.
  • the manufactured photosensitive transfer material 100 may be wound into a roll.
  • the roll-shaped photosensitive transfer material 100 can be used, for example, in a bonding step with a substrate by a roll-to-roll method.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure can be used, for example, for forming a resin pattern and forming a circuit wiring.
  • the use of the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure is not limited to the above-mentioned use.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure may be used, for example, as a photosensitive transfer material for a wiring protective film.
  • Examples of the layer structure of the photosensitive transfer material preferably used as the photosensitive transfer material for the wiring protective film include the following (1) and (2).
  • the components of the photosensitive transfer material preferably used as the photosensitive transfer material for the wiring protective film will be described.
  • the components of the photosensitive transfer material preferably used as the photosensitive transfer material for the wiring protective film are not limited to the components shown below.
  • Temporal support Examples of the temporary support include the temporary support described in the above section "Components”. The preferred embodiment of the temporary support is the same as the preferred embodiment of the temporary support described in the section “Components” above.
  • Examples of the temporary support include the cover film described in the above section "Components”.
  • the preferred embodiment of the cover film is the same as the preferred embodiment of the cover film described in the above section "Components”.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin.
  • the alkali-soluble resin include (meth) acrylic resin, styrene resin, epoxy resin, amide resin, amide epoxy resin, alkyd resin, phenol resin, ester resin, urethane resin, and reaction of epoxy resin with (meth) acrylic acid.
  • examples thereof include an epoxy acrylate resin obtained in 1 and an acid-modified epoxy acrylate resin obtained by reacting an epoxy acrylate resin with an acid anhydride.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is a (meth) acrylic resin in that it is excellent in alkali developability and film forming property.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin means a resin having a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound.
  • the content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, still more preferably 90% by mass or more, based on all the structural units of the (meth) acrylic resin. ..
  • the (meth) acrylic resin may be composed of only structural units derived from the (meth) acrylic compound, or may have structural units derived from a polymerizable monomer other than the (meth) acrylic compound. .. That is, the upper limit of the content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is 100% by mass or less with respect to all the structural units of the (meth) acrylic resin.
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylic compound include (meth) acrylic acid, (meth) acrylic acid ester, (meth) acrylamide, and (meth) acrylonitrile.
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester include (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid tetrahydrofurfuryl ester, (meth) acrylic acid dimethylaminoethyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid diethylaminoethyl ester, and (meth) acrylic acid ester.
  • Acrylic acid glycidyl ester (meth) acrylic acid benzyl ester, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl (meth) acrylate, and 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Meta) Acrylic acid alkyl esters are preferred.
  • (meth) acrylamide include acrylamide such as diacetone acrylamide.
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth).
  • (meth) acrylic acid ester a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, and methyl (meth) acrylate or ethyl (meth) acrylate is more preferable.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin may have a structural unit other than the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound.
  • the polymerizable monomer forming the above-mentioned structural unit is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound other than the (meth) acrylic compound that is copolymerizable with the (meth) acrylic compound, and is, for example, styrene, vinyltoluene, and ⁇ .
  • -Styrene compounds such as methylstyrene which may have a substituent at the ⁇ -position or aromatic ring, vinyl alcohol esters such as acrylonitrile and vinyl-n-butyl ether, maleic acid, maleic acid anhydride, monomethyl maleate, maleic acid Examples thereof include monoethyl and maleic acid monoesters such as monoisopropyl maleate, fumaric acid, silicic acid, ⁇ -cyanosilicic acid, itaconic acid, and crotonic acid. These polymerizable monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin preferably has a structural unit having an acid group from the viewpoint of improving the alkali developability.
  • the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phosphonic acid group.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin more preferably has a structural unit having a carboxy group, and further preferably has a structural unit derived from the above-mentioned (meth) acrylic acid.
  • the content of the constituent unit having an acid group (preferably the constituent unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid) in the (meth) acrylic resin is excellent in developability with respect to the total mass of the (meth) acrylic resin. 10% by mass or more is preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, in terms of excellent alkali resistance.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin has a structural unit derived from the above-mentioned (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester.
  • the content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester in the (meth) acrylic resin is preferably 50% by mass to 90% by mass, preferably 60% by mass or more, based on all the structural units of the (meth) acrylic resin. 90% by mass is more preferable, and 65% by mass to 90% by mass is further preferable.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin a resin having both a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is preferable, and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid are preferable.
  • a resin composed only of structural units derived from (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is more preferable.
  • an acrylic resin having a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid, a structural unit derived from methyl methacrylate, and a structural unit derived from ethyl acrylate is also preferable.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin preferably has at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid alkyl ester from the viewpoint of resolvability, and methacrylic acid. It is preferable to have both a structural unit derived from an acid and a structural unit derived from an alkyl methacrylate ester.
  • the total content of the methacrylic acid-derived structural unit and the methacrylic acid alkyl ester-derived structural unit in the (meth) acrylic resin is 40 with respect to all the structural units of the (meth) acrylic resin from the viewpoint of resolution. It is preferably mass% or more, and more preferably 60% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, and may be 100% by mass or less, preferably 80% by mass or less.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin is derived from at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid alkyl ester from the viewpoint of resolution, and acrylic acid. It is also preferable to have at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit and a structural unit derived from an acrylic acid alkyl ester. From the viewpoint of resolution, the total content of the structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and the structural unit derived from methacrylic acid alkyl ester is the total content of the structural unit derived from acrylic acid and the structural unit derived from acrylic acid alkyl ester.
  • the mass ratio is preferably 60/40 to 80/20 with respect to the amount.
  • the (meth) acrylic resin preferably has an ester group at the end in that the photosensitive resin layer after transfer is excellent in developability.
  • the terminal portion of the (meth) acrylic resin is composed of a site derived from the polymerization initiator used in the synthesis.
  • a (meth) acrylic resin having an ester group at the terminal can be synthesized by using a polymerization initiator that generates a radical having an ester group.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is preferably an alkali-soluble resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more, for example, from the viewpoint of developability.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is, for example, a resin having a carboxy group having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more (so-called carboxy group-containing resin) from the viewpoint that it is easily crosslinked with a crosslinked component by heating to form a strong film. It is more preferable that the resin is a (meth) acrylic resin having a carboxy group having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more (so-called carboxy group-containing (meth) acrylic resin).
  • the alkali-soluble resin is a resin having a carboxy group
  • the three-dimensional cross-linking density can be increased by adding a heat-crosslinkable compound such as a blocked isocyanate compound and heat-crosslinking.
  • a heat-crosslinkable compound such as a blocked isocyanate compound and heat-crosslinking.
  • the carboxy group of the resin having a carboxy group is anhydrous and hydrophobized, the wet heat resistance can be improved.
  • the carboxy group-containing (meth) acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more is not particularly limited as long as the above acid value conditions are satisfied, and can be appropriately selected from known (meth) acrylic resins.
  • carboxy group-containing acrylic resins having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more among the polymers described in paragraphs 0025 of JP2011-095716A, carboxy group-containing acrylic resins having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more, and the polymers described in paragraphs 0033 to 0052 of JP2010-237589A.
  • a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more can be preferably used.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is a styrene-acrylic copolymer.
  • the styrene-acrylic copolymer refers to a resin having a structural unit derived from a styrene compound and a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic compound, and a structural unit derived from the styrene compound.
  • the total content of the structural units derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, based on all the structural units of the copolymer.
  • the content of the structural unit derived from the styrene compound is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and further preferably 5% by mass to 80% by mass, based on all the structural units of the copolymer. preferable.
  • the content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and 20% by mass to 95% by mass, based on all the structural units of the copolymer. Mass% is more preferred.
  • the alkali-soluble resin preferably has an aromatic ring structure, and more preferably has a structural unit having an aromatic ring structure, from the viewpoint of moisture permeability and strength of the obtained cured film.
  • the monomer forming a structural unit having an aromatic ring structure include styrene compounds such as styrene, tert-butoxystyrene, methylstyrene, and ⁇ -methylstyrene, and benzyl (meth) acrylate. Of these, styrene compounds are preferable, and styrene is more preferable.
  • the alkali-soluble resin more preferably has a structural unit (constituent unit derived from styrene) represented by the following formula (S) from the viewpoint of moisture permeability and strength of the obtained cured film.
  • the content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure is set with respect to all the structural units of the alkali-soluble resin from the viewpoint of the moisture permeability and strength of the obtained cured film. It is preferably 5% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 70% by mass, and even more preferably 20% by mass to 60% by mass.
  • the content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure in the alkali-soluble resin is 5 mol% to 70 mol% with respect to all the structural units of the alkali-soluble resin from the viewpoint of moisture permeability and strength of the obtained cured film.
  • 10 mol% to 60 mol% is more preferable, and 20 mol% to 60 mol% is further preferable.
  • the content of the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) in the alkali-soluble resin is 5 mol% or more with respect to all the structural units of the alkali-soluble resin from the viewpoint of moisture permeability and strength of the obtained cured film. 70 mol% is preferable, 10 mol% to 60 mol% is more preferable, 20 mol% to 60 mol% is further preferable, and 20 mol% to 50 mol% is particularly preferable.
  • the above “constituent unit” is synonymous with the “monomer unit”.
  • the above-mentioned “monomer unit” may be modified after polymerization by a polymer reaction or the like. The same applies to the following.
  • the alkali-soluble resin preferably has an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure from the viewpoint of suppressing development residue, strength of the obtained cured film, and adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film. That is, the alkali-soluble resin preferably has a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure. Above all, it is more preferable that the alkali-soluble resin has a ring structure in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused.
  • Examples of the ring constituting the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in the structural unit having the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure include a tricyclodecane ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclopentane ring, a norbornane ring, and an isoborone ring.
  • a ring in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused is preferable, and a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring is preferable, from the viewpoints of suppressing the development residue, the strength of the obtained cured film, and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film.
  • Tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane ring is more preferable.
  • the monomer forming a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure examples include dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, and isobornyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the alkali-soluble resin more preferably has a structural unit represented by the following formula (Cy) from the viewpoint of suppressing development residue, strength of the obtained cured film, and adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film. It is more preferable to have a structural unit represented by the above formula (S) and a structural unit represented by the following formula (Cy).
  • R M represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R Cy represents a monovalent group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure
  • R M in the formula (Cy) is preferably a methyl group.
  • Aliphatic hydrocarbon cyclic structure in the R Cy of formula (Cy) can be a single ring structure or may be a polycyclic structure. Further, the aliphatic hydrocarbon cyclic structure in the R Cy of formula (Cy), the development residue ⁇ system, strength of the obtained cured film, and, in view of the tackiness of the uncured film obtained, a cyclopentane ring, cyclohexane It is preferably a ring structure, a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring structure, a norbornane ring structure, or an isoborone ring structure, more preferably a cyclohexane ring structure or a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring structure, and a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring structure.
  • aliphatic hydrocarbon cyclic structure in the R Cy of formula (Cy), the development residue ⁇ system, strength of the obtained cured film, and, in view of the tackiness of the uncured film obtained bicyclic or more aliphatic A ring structure in which the hydrocarbon ring is fused is preferable, and a ring in which 2 to 4 aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused is more preferable.
  • R Cy in the formula (Cy), the intensity of the development residual ⁇ system resistance, the resulting cured film, and, in view of the tackiness of the uncured film obtained, -C in the formula (Cy) ( O) O-
  • the group in which the oxygen atom of the above and the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure are directly bonded that is, an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group is preferable, and a cyclohexyl group or a dicyclopentanyl group is more preferable. It is more preferably a pentanyl group.
  • the alkali-soluble resin may have one type of structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure alone, or may have two or more types.
  • the content of the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure is the development residue inhibitory property, the strength of the obtained cured film, and the obtained unobtained. From the viewpoint of the adhesiveness of the cured film, 5% by mass to 90% by mass is preferable, 10% by mass to 80% by mass is more preferable, and 20% by mass to 70% by mass is further based on all the constituent units of the alkali-soluble resin. preferable.
  • the content of the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in the alkali-soluble resin is determined from the viewpoint of suppressing development residue, the strength of the obtained cured film, and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film. 5 mol% to 70 mol% is preferable, 10 mol% to 60 mol% is more preferable, and 20 mol% to 50 mol% is further preferable, based on all the constituent units of. Further, the content of the structural unit represented by the above formula (Cy) in the alkali-soluble resin is alkaline-soluble from the viewpoint of suppressing development residue, strength of the obtained cured film, and adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film. It is preferably 5 mol% to 70 mol%, more preferably 10 mol% to 60 mol%, still more preferably 20 mol% to 50 mol%, based on all the constituent units of the resin.
  • the alkali-soluble resin has a structural unit having an aromatic ring structure and a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure
  • the total content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure and the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure is From the viewpoint of suppressing the development residue, the strength of the obtained cured film, and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film, 10% by mass to 90% by mass is preferable, and 20% by mass is based on all the constituent units of the alkali-soluble resin. -80% by mass is more preferable, and 40% by mass to 75% by mass is further preferable.
  • the total content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure and the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in the alkali-soluble resin is the development residue inhibitory property, the strength of the obtained cured film, and the obtained uncured film. From the viewpoint of adhesiveness, 10 mol% to 80 mol% is preferable, 20 mol% to 70 mol% is more preferable, and 40 mol% to 60 mol% is further preferable with respect to all the constituent units of the alkali-soluble resin. Further, the total content of the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) and the structural unit represented by the above formula (Cy) in the alkali-soluble resin is the development residue inhibitory property, the strength of the obtained cured film, and the obtained.
  • the molar amount nS of the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) and the molar amount nCy of the structural unit represented by the above formula (Cy) in the alkali-soluble resin are the development residue inhibitory property and the strength of the obtained cured film.
  • the alkali-soluble resin preferably has a structural unit having an acid group from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to the substrate.
  • the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group, and a carboxy group is preferable.
  • the structural unit having the acid group the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid, which is shown below, is preferable, and the structural unit derived from methacrylic acid is more preferable.
  • the alkali-soluble resin may have one type of constituent unit having an acid group alone or two or more types.
  • the content of the structural unit having an acid group is higher than that of all the structural units of the alkali-soluble resin from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to the substrate.
  • 5% by mass to 50% by mass is preferable, 5% by mass to 40% by mass is more preferable, and 10% by mass to 30% by mass is further preferable.
  • the content of the constituent unit having an acid group in the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 5 mol% to 70 mol% with respect to all the constituent units of the alkali-soluble resin from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to the substrate.
  • the content of the (meth) acrylic acid-derived structural unit in the alkali-soluble resin is 5 mol% to 70% with respect to all the structural units of the alkali-soluble resin from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to the substrate.
  • Mol% is preferable, 10 mol% to 50 mol% is more preferable, and 20 mol% to 40 mol% is further preferable.
  • the alkali-soluble resin preferably has a reactive group, and more preferably has a structural unit having a reactive group, from the viewpoint of curability and the strength of the obtained cured film.
  • a reactive group a radically polymerizable group is preferable, and an ethylenically unsaturated group is more preferable.
  • the alkali-soluble resin preferably has a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain.
  • the "main chain” represents a relatively longest binding chain among the molecules of the polymer compound constituting the resin, and the "side chain” refers to an atomic group branched from the main chain. show.
  • an ethylenically unsaturated group an allyl group or a (meth) acryloxy group is more preferable.
  • the structural unit having a reactive group include, but are not limited to, those shown below.
  • the alkali-soluble resin may have one type of structural unit having a reactive group alone or two or more types.
  • the content of the structural unit having a reactive group is set to all the structural units of the alkali-soluble resin from the viewpoint of curability and the strength of the obtained cured film.
  • 5% by mass to 70% by mass is preferable, 10% by mass to 50% by mass is more preferable, and 20% by mass to 40% by mass is further preferable.
  • the content of the structural unit having a reactive group in the alkali-soluble resin is 5 mol% to 70 mol with respect to all the structural units of the alkali-soluble resin from the viewpoint of curability and the strength of the obtained cured film.
  • % Is preferred 10 mol% to 60 mol% is more preferred, and 20 mol% to 50 mol% is even more preferred.
  • a functional group such as a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, an acetoacetyl group, and a sulfo group, an epoxy compound, and a block are used.
  • a functional group such as a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, an acetoacetyl group, and a sulfo group, an epoxy compound, and a block
  • examples thereof include a method of reacting a compound such as an isocyanate compound, an isocyanate compound, a vinyl sulfone compound, an aldehyde compound, a methylol compound, and a carboxylic acid anhydride.
  • a polymer having a carboxy group is synthesized by a polymerization reaction, and then glycidyl (meth) is added to a part of the carboxy groups of the obtained resin by the polymer reaction.
  • examples include a means of reacting an acrylate to introduce a (meth) acryloxy group into a polymer.
  • an alkali-soluble resin having a (meth) acryloxy group in the side chain can be obtained.
  • the polymerization reaction is preferably carried out under a temperature condition of 70 ° C. to 100 ° C., and more preferably carried out under a temperature condition of 80 ° C. to 90 ° C.
  • an azo-based initiator is preferable, and for example, V-601 (trade name) or V-65 (trade name) manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. is more preferable.
  • the polymer reaction is preferably carried out under temperature conditions of 80 ° C. to 110 ° C.
  • a catalyst such as an ammonium salt.
  • the alkali-soluble resin the following resins are preferable because the effects in the present disclosure are more excellent.
  • the content ratios (a to d) and the weight average molecular weight Mw of each of the structural units shown below can be appropriately changed according to the purpose.
  • a is preferably 20% by mass to 60% by mass
  • b is preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass
  • c is preferably 5.0% by mass to 25% by mass
  • d is preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass. ..
  • a is preferably 20% by mass to 60% by mass
  • b is preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass
  • c is preferably 5.0% by mass to 25% by mass
  • d is preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass. ..
  • a is 30% by mass to 65% by mass
  • b is 1.0% by mass to 20% by mass
  • c is 5.0% by mass to 25% by mass
  • d is 10% by mass to 50% by mass. Is preferable.
  • a is 1.0% by mass to 20% by mass
  • b is 20% by mass to 60% by mass
  • c is 5.0% by mass to 25% by mass
  • d is 10% by mass to 50% by mass. Is preferable.
  • the alkali-soluble resin may contain a polymer having a structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure (hereinafter, also referred to as “polymer X”).
  • the carboxylic acid anhydride structure may be either a chain carboxylic acid anhydride structure or a cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride structure, but a cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride structure is preferable.
  • a cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride structure As the ring having a cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride structure, a 5-membered ring to a 7-membered ring is preferable, a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring is more preferable, and a 5-membered ring is further preferable.
  • the structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure is a structural unit containing a divalent group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from the compound represented by the following formula P-1 in the main chain, or the following formula P-1. It is preferable that the monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the represented compound is a structural unit bonded to the main chain directly or via a divalent linking group.
  • R A1a represents a substituent
  • n 1a number of R A1a may be the same or different
  • n 1a represents an integer of 0 or more.
  • Examples of the substituent represented by RA1a include an alkyl group.
  • Z 1a an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 2 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • n 1a represents an integer of 0 or more.
  • Z 1a represents an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms
  • n 1a is preferably an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and even more preferably 0.
  • a plurality of RA1a may be the same or different. Further, the plurality of RA1a may be bonded to each other to form a ring, but it is preferable that they are not bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • a structural unit derived from an unsaturated carboxylic acid anhydride is preferable, a structural unit derived from an unsaturated cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride is more preferable, and an unsaturated aliphatic cyclic carboxylic acid is preferable.
  • a structural unit derived from an acid anhydride is more preferable, a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride or itaconic anhydride is particularly preferable, and a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride is most preferable.
  • Rx represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a CH 2 OH group, or CF 3 groups
  • Me represents a methyl group.
  • the structural unit having the carboxylic acid anhydride structure in the polymer X may be one kind alone or two or more kinds.
  • the total content of the structural units having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure is preferably 0 mol% to 60 mol%, more preferably 5 mol% to 40 mol%, and 10 mol% with respect to all the structural units of the polymer X. It is more preferably ⁇ 35 mol%.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain only one type of polymer X, or may contain two or more types of polymer X.
  • the content of the polymer X is 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer from the viewpoint of resolution and developability. Is more preferable, 0.2% by mass to 20% by mass is more preferable, 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass is further preferable, and 1% by mass to 20% by mass is further preferable.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 or more, further preferably 10,000 to 50,000, and 20 000 to 30,000 is particularly preferable.
  • the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 10 mgKOH / g to 200 mgKOH / g, more preferably 60 mgKOH / g to 200 mgKOH / g, further preferably 60 mgKOH / g to 150 mgKOH / g, and particularly preferably 60 mgKOH / g to 110 mgKOH / g. ..
  • the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is a value measured according to the method described in JIS K0070: 1992.
  • the dispersity (weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1.0 to 6.0, more preferably 1.0 to 5.0, and 1.0 to 4. 0 is more preferable, and 1.0 to 3.0 is particularly preferable.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain only one type of alkali-soluble resin, or may contain two or more types of alkali-soluble resin.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 10% by mass to 90% by mass, preferably 20% by mass to 80% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer from the viewpoint of photosensitive, resolution and developability. More preferably, 30% by mass to 70% by mass is further preferable.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a polymerizable compound.
  • a polymerizable compound is a compound having a polymerizable group. Examples of the polymerizable group include a radically polymerizable group and a cationically polymerizable group, and a radically polymerizable group is preferable.
  • the polymerizable compound preferably contains a polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “ethylenically unsaturated compound”).
  • ethylenically unsaturated compound a polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group
  • a (meth) acryloxy group is preferable.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the present specification is a compound other than the binder polymer, and preferably has a molecular weight of less than 5,000.
  • the preferred embodiment of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is the same as the preferred embodiment of the ethylenically unsaturated compound described in the above section “Photosensitive resin layer”.
  • a compound represented by the following formula (M) (simply also referred to as “Compound M”) can be mentioned.
  • Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represent a (meth) acryloyloxy group
  • R 1 represents a divalent linking group having a chain structure.
  • Q 1 and Q 2 in the formula (M) from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, it is preferred that Q 1 and Q 2 are the same group. Further, Q 1 and Q 2 in the formula (M) are preferably acryloyloxy groups from the viewpoint of reactivity.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a chain structure at least in part, and the portion other than the chain structure is not particularly limited, and is, for example, branched chain, cyclic, or having 1 to 1 to carbon atoms. It may be any of 5 linear alkylene groups, arylene groups, ether bonds, and combinations thereof, and alkylene groups or groups in which two or more alkylene groups and one or more arylene groups are combined are preferable. , The alkylene group is more preferable, and the linear alkylene group is further preferable.
  • the above L 1 independently represents an alkylene group, preferably an ethylene group, a propylene group, or a butylene group, and more preferably an ethylene group or a 1,2-propylene group.
  • p represents an integer of 2 or more, and is preferably an integer of 2 to 10.
  • the atomic number of the connecting chain of the shortest for connecting the Q 1, Q 2 in the compound M is developing residual ⁇ system resistance, rust resistance, from the viewpoint of bending resistance of the obtained cured film, 3 to 50 Is preferable, 4 to 40 pieces are more preferable, 6 to 20 pieces are further preferable, and 8 to 12 pieces are particularly preferable.
  • the "Q 1, Q atoms linking chain shortest connecting between the 2" connecting the atoms in R 1 be linked to Q 1 to atom in R 1 be linked to Q 2
  • the compound M examples include 1,3-butanediol di (meth) acrylate, tetramethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, and 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate.
  • the ester monomer can also be used as a mixture.
  • 1,9-Nonandiol di (meth) acrylate and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate, more preferably 1,9-nonane. More preferably, it is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of diol di (meth) acrylate and 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate.
  • a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound can be mentioned.
  • the term "bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound” means a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule.
  • a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
  • a (meth) acrylate compound is preferable.
  • the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known compounds.
  • Examples of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound other than the compound M include tricyclodecanedimethanol di (meth) acrylate and 1,4-cyclohexanediol di (meth) acrylate.
  • bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds include tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate (trade name: NK ester A-DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and tricyclodecanedimenanol dimethacrylate (commodity).
  • NK ester DCP manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate (trade name: NK ester A-NOD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
  • 1,6-hexanediol Diacrylate (trade name: NK ester A-HD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
  • the trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known compounds.
  • Examples of the trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound include dipentaerythritol (tri / tetra / penta / hexa) (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (tri / tetra) (meth) acrylate, and trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples thereof include ditrimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylate compound having a glycerin tri (meth) acrylate skeleton.
  • ethylenically unsaturated compounds include caprolactone-modified compounds of (meth) acrylate compounds (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-9300-1CL manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., etc.), (Meta ) Alkylene oxide-modified compound of acrylate compound (KAYARAD (registered trademark) RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., ATM-35E, A-9300 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., EBECRYL (registered trademark) 135 of Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd. Etc.), ethoxylated glycerin triacrylate (NK ester A-GLY-9E, etc. manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) can also be mentioned.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound include urethane (meth) acrylate compounds.
  • examples of the urethane (meth) acrylate include urethane di (meth) acrylate, and examples thereof include propylene oxide-modified urethane di (meth) acrylate, and ethylene oxide and propylene oxide-modified urethane di (meth) acrylate.
  • a urethane (meth) acrylate having trifunctionality or higher can also be mentioned.
  • As the lower limit of the number of functional groups 6-functionality or more is more preferable, and 8-functionality or more is further preferable.
  • the upper limit of the number of functional groups is preferably 20 functional or less.
  • trifunctional or higher functional urethane (meth) acrylates include 8UX-015A (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), UA-32P (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and U-15HA (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.). , UA-1100H (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), AH-600 (trade name) manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., and UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, UA-510H, and UX-5000. (Both manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • One of the preferred embodiments of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group.
  • the acid group include a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a carboxy group.
  • the carboxy group is preferable as the acid group.
  • ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group a trifunctional to tetrafunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group [pentaerythritol tri and tetraacrylate (PETA) having a carboxy group introduced into the skeleton (acid value: 80 mgKOH) / G to 120 mgKOH / g)], a pentafunctional to hexafunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group (dipentaerythritol penta and hexaacrylate (DPHA)) with a carboxy group introduced into the skeleton [acid value: 25 mgKOH / g] ⁇ 70 mgKOH / g)] and the like.
  • PETA pentafunctional to hexafunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group
  • DPHA dipentaerythritol penta and hexaacrylate
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group at least one selected from the group consisting of a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxy group and a carboxylic acid anhydride thereof is preferable.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group is at least one selected from the group consisting of a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxy group and a carboxylic acid anhydride thereof, the developability and film strength are higher. Increase.
  • the bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxy group is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known compounds.
  • Bifunctional or higher functional unsaturated compounds having a carboxy group include Aronix (registered trademark) TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), Aronix (registered trademark) M-520 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), and Aronix (registered trademark).
  • a registered trademark) M-510 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. can be mentioned.
  • the polymerizable compound having an acid group described in paragraphs 0025 to 0030 of JP-A-2004-239942 is preferable, and the contents described in this publication are incorporated in the present specification. Is done.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound include a compound obtained by reacting a polyhydric alcohol with an ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated carboxylic acid, and a compound obtained by reacting a glycidyl group-containing compound with an ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated carboxylic acid.
  • Urethane monomers such as (meth) acrylate compounds with urethane bonds, ⁇ -chloro- ⁇ -hydroxypropyl- ⁇ '-(meth) acryloyloxyethyl-o-phthalate, ⁇ -hydroxyethyl- ⁇ '-(meth) acryloyl Examples thereof include phthalic acid compounds such as oxyethyl-o-phthalate and ⁇ -hydroxypropyl- ⁇ '-(meth) acryloyloxyethyl-o-phthalate, and (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters. These are used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Examples of the compound obtained by reacting a polyvalent alcohol with ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated carboxylic acid include 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acryloxypolyethoxy) phenyl) propane and 2,2-bis.
  • Bisphenol A-based (meth) acrylate compounds such as (4-((meth) acryloxypolypropoxy) phenyl) propane and 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acryloxypolyethoxypolypropoxy) phenyl) propane , Polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate having 2 to 14 ethylene oxide groups, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate having 2 to 14 propylene oxide groups, and 2 to 14 ethylene oxide groups.
  • an ethylene unsaturated compound having a tetramethylolmethane structure or a trimethylolpropane structure is preferable, and a tetramethylolmethanetri (meth) acrylate, a tetramethylolmethanetetra (meth) acrylate, a trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, or a di (Trimethylolpropane) Tetraacrylate is more preferable.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound include caprolactone-modified compounds of ethylenically unsaturated compounds (for example, KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-9300-1CL manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., etc.).
  • An alkylene oxide-modified compound of an ethylenically unsaturated compound for example, KAYARAD RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., ATM-35E, A-9300 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., EBECRYL (registered trademark) 135 manufactured by Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd. Etc.), ethoxylated glycerin triacrylate (A-GLY-9E, etc. manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • ethylenically unsaturated compound those containing an ester bond are also preferable from the viewpoint of excellent developability.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound containing an ester bond is not particularly limited as long as it contains an ester bond in the molecule, but from the viewpoint of excellent curability and developability, ethylene having a tetramethylolmethane structure or a trimethylolpropane structure is used.
  • Unsaturated compounds are preferred, and tetramethylolmethanetri (meth) acrylates, tetramethylolmethanetetra (meth) acrylates, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylates, or di (trimethylolpropane) tetraacrylates are more preferred.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound includes an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms and the above-mentioned ethylene unsaturated compound having a tetramethylol methane structure or a trimethylol propane structure. It preferably contains a compound.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic structure having 6 or more carbon atoms include 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate, and tricyclodecanedimethanoldi. Examples include (meth) acrylate.
  • One of the preferred embodiments of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure (preferably a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound).
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound is ethylenically having a ring structure in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused (preferably a structure selected from the group consisting of a tricyclodecane structure and a tricyclodecene structure).
  • Unsaturated compounds are preferable, bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds having a ring structure in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused are more preferable, and tricyclodecanedimethanol di (meth) acrylate is further preferable.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure includes a cyclopentane structure, a cyclohexane structure, a tricyclodecane structure, and a tricyclodecene from the viewpoint of the moisture permeability and bending resistance of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film.
  • a structure, a norbornane structure, or an isoborone structure is preferable.
  • the molecular weight of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 200 to 3,000, more preferably 250 to 2,600, further preferably 280 to 2,200, and particularly preferably 300 to 2,200.
  • the ratio of the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less to the content of all the ethylenically unsaturated compounds contained in the photosensitive resin layer is based on the content of all the ethylenically unsaturated compounds contained in the photosensitive resin layer. 30% by mass or less is preferable, 25% by mass or less is more preferable, and 20% by mass or less is further preferable.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound, and more preferably contains a trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound. More preferably, it contains a functional or tetrafunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound.
  • the photosensitive resin layer is an alkali-soluble compound having a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure and a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring. It preferably contains a resin.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a compound represented by the formula (M) and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and 1,9 It is more preferable to contain -nonanediol diacrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, and a polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group, and 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate and tricyclodecandi It is more preferable to contain methanol diacrylate and a succinic acid-modified compound of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate.
  • M ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group
  • the photosensitive resin layer comprises a compound represented by the formula (M), an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and a heat-crosslinkable compound described later. It is preferable to include the compound represented by the formula (M), an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and a blocked isocyanate compound described later.
  • the photosensitive resin layer is a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound (preferably a bifunctional (preferably bifunctional)) from the viewpoint of suppressing development residue and preventing rust. It is preferable to contain a (meth) acrylate compound) and a trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound (preferably a trifunctional or higher functional (meth) acrylate compound).
  • the mass ratio of the contents of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound and the trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 10:90 to 90:10, more preferably 30:70 to 70:30.
  • the content of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 20% by mass to 80% by mass, more preferably 30% by mass to 70% by mass, based on the total amount of all the ethylenically unsaturated compounds.
  • the content of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 15% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the photosensitive resin layer contains compound M and a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure from the viewpoint of rust prevention. Is preferable. Further, as one of the preferred embodiments of the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer is not ethylenically having compound M and an acid group from the viewpoints of substrate adhesion, development residue inhibitory property, and rust prevention property.
  • a saturated compound and more preferably compound M, a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and compound M, an aliphatic. It is more preferable to contain a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a hydrocarbon ring structure, a trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound, and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and compound M, an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring.
  • the photosensitive resin layer contains 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate and carboxylic from the viewpoints of substrate adhesion, development residue inhibitory property, and rust prevention property.
  • It preferably contains a polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and includes 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, and a polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group. It is more preferable to contain 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group, more preferably 1,9-.
  • nonanediol diacrylate tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group, and a urethane acrylate compound.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound as the ethylenically unsaturated compound.
  • the content of the bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound in the above ethylenically unsaturated compound is 60% by mass to 100% by mass with respect to the total content of all the ethylenically unsaturated compounds contained in the photosensitive resin layer.
  • 80% by mass to 100% by mass is more preferable, and 90% by mass to 100% by mass is further preferable.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 70% by mass, and 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is more preferably from 60% by mass to 50% by mass, and particularly preferably from 5% by mass to 50% by mass.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a polymerization initiator.
  • a photopolymerization initiator is preferable.
  • the preferred embodiment of the photopolymerization initiator is the same as the preferred embodiment of the photopolymerization initiator described in the above section “Photosensitive resin layer”.
  • the polymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the polymerization initiator is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and 1.0% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. Is more preferable.
  • the upper limit of the value is preferably 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a heterocyclic compound.
  • the heterocycle contained in the heterocyclic compound may be either a monocyclic or polycyclic heterocycle.
  • Examples of the hetero atom contained in the heterocyclic compound include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom.
  • the heterocyclic compound preferably has at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and more preferably has a nitrogen atom.
  • heterocyclic compound examples include a triazole compound, a benzotriazole compound, a tetrazole compound, a thiadiazol compound, a triazine compound, a rhonin compound, a thiazole compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzoimidazole compound, a benzoxazole compound, and a pyrimidine compound.
  • the heterocyclic compound at least one selected from the group consisting of a triazole compound, a benzotriazole compound, a tetrazole compound, a thiadiazol compound, a triazine compound, a rhonin compound, a thiazole compound, a benzoimidazole compound, and a benzoxazole compound.
  • heterocyclic compound A preferable specific example of the heterocyclic compound is shown below.
  • examples of the triazole compound and the benzotriazole compound include the following compounds.
  • Examples of the tetrazole compound include the following compounds.
  • thiadiazole compounds include the following compounds.
  • Examples of the triazine compound include the following compounds.
  • Examples of the loadonine compound include the following compounds.
  • Examples of the thiazole compound include the following compounds.
  • benzothiazole compound examples include the following compounds.
  • Examples of the benzimidazole compound include the following compounds.
  • benzoxazole compound examples include the following compounds.
  • the heterocyclic compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the heterocyclic compound is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20.0% by mass, preferably 0.10% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is more preferably ⁇ 10.0% by mass, further preferably 0.30% by mass to 8.0% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.50% by mass to 5.0% by mass.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain an aliphatic thiol compound.
  • the photosensitive resin layer contains an aliphatic thiol compound, the aliphatic thiol compound undergoes an ene-thiol reaction with an ethylenically unsaturated compound, so that curing shrinkage of the formed film is suppressed and stress is relaxed. Will be done.
  • aliphatic thiol compound a monofunctional aliphatic thiol compound or a polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound (that is, a bifunctional or higher functional aliphatic thiol compound) is preferable.
  • a polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound is more preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion of the formed pattern (particularly, adhesion after exposure).
  • the term "polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound” means an aliphatic compound having two or more thiol groups (also referred to as "mercapto groups”) in the molecule.
  • the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound a low molecular weight compound having a molecular weight of 100 or more is preferable. Specifically, the molecular weight of the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound is more preferably 100 to 1,500, and even more preferably 150 to 1,000.
  • bifunctional to 10 functional is preferable, bifunctional to 8 functional is more preferable, and bifunctional to 6 functional is further preferable. preferable.
  • polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound examples include trimethylolpropanthris (3-mercaptobutylate), 1,4-bis (3-mercaptobutylyloxy) butane, pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), and the like.
  • the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compounds include trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,4-bis (3-mercaptobutyryloxy) butane, and 1,3,5-tris. At least one compound selected from the group consisting of (3-mercaptobutylyloxyethyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione is preferred.
  • Examples of the monofunctional aliphatic thiol compound include 1-octanethiol, 1-dodecanethiol, ⁇ -mercaptopropionic acid, methyl-3-mercaptopropionate, 2-ethylhexyl-3-mercaptopropionate, and n-. Examples thereof include octyl-3-mercaptopropionate, methoxybutyl-3-mercaptopropionate, and stearyl-3-mercaptopropionate.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain one type of aliphatic thiol compound alone, or may contain two or more types of aliphatic thiol compounds.
  • the content of the aliphatic thiol compound is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. 5, 5% by mass to 30% by mass is more preferable, and 8% by mass to 20% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a heat-crosslinkable compound from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film.
  • the heat-crosslinkable compound include the heat-crosslinkable compound described in the above section “Photosensitive resin layer”.
  • the heat-crosslinkable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the heat-crosslinkable compound is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, and 5% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. Is more preferable.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a surfactant.
  • the surfactant include the surfactant described in the above section "Photosensitive resin layer".
  • the surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.01% by mass to 3.0% by mass, preferably 0.01% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is more preferably from 1.0% by mass, still more preferably from 0.05% by mass to 0.80% by mass.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a radical polymerization inhibitor.
  • the radical polymerization inhibitor include the radical polymerization inhibitor described in the above section “Photosensitive resin layer”.
  • the radical polymerization inhibitor may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the radical polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass, preferably 0.05% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. ⁇ 1% by mass is more preferable.
  • the content is 0.01% by mass or more, the storage stability of the photosensitive resin layer is more excellent.
  • the content is 3% by mass or less, the maintenance of sensitivity and the suppression of dye decolorization are more excellent.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a hydrogen donating compound.
  • the hydrogen-donating compound has actions such as further improving the sensitivity of the photopolymerization initiator to active light and suppressing the polymerization inhibition of the polymerizable compound by oxygen.
  • Examples of the hydrogen donating compound include amines and amino acid compounds.
  • Examples of amines include M.I. R. "Journal of Polymer Society" by Sander et al., Vol. 10, p. 3173 (1972), Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 44-020189, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 51-082102, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 52-134692, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 59-138205 Examples thereof include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 60-084305, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 62-018537, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 64-033104, Research Transaction No. 33825, and the like.
  • 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone tris (4-dimethylaminophenyl) methane (also known as leucocrystal violet), triethanolamine, p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester, p-formyl.
  • examples thereof include dimethylaniline and p-methylthiodimethylaniline.
  • the amines are at least one selected from the group consisting of 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone and tris (4-dimethylaminophenyl) methane. Seeds are preferred.
  • amino acid compound examples include N-phenylglycine, N-methyl-N-phenylglycine, and N-ethyl-N-phenylglycine.
  • N-phenylglycine is preferable as the amino acid compound from the viewpoint of sensitivity, curing rate, and curability.
  • Examples of the hydrogen-donating compound include an organometallic compound (tributyltin acetate, etc.) described in JP-A-48-042465, a hydrogen donor described in JP-A-55-034414, and JP-A-6. Sulfur compounds (Trithian and the like) described in JP-A-308727 are also mentioned.
  • the hydrogen donating compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the hydrogen-donating compound is based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer in terms of improving the curing rate due to the balance between the polymerization growth rate and the chain transfer. , 0.01% by mass to 10.0% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 8.0% by mass, still more preferably 0.03% by mass to 5.0% by mass.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a predetermined amount of impurities.
  • impurities include the impurities described in the above section "Photosensitive resin layer”.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a residual monomer corresponding to each structural unit of the polymer A described above.
  • Examples of the residual monomer corresponding to each structural unit of the polymer A in the photosensitive resin layer include the residual monomer corresponding to each structural unit of the polymer A described in the above section “Photosensitive resin layer”.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain components other than the components described above (hereinafter, also referred to as “other components”).
  • Other components include, for example, colorants, antioxidants, and particles (eg, metal oxide particles).
  • other additives described in paragraphs 0058 to 0071 of JP-A-2000-310706 can also be mentioned.
  • metal oxide particles are preferable.
  • the metal in the metal oxide particles also includes metalloids such as B, Si, Ge, As, Sb, and Te.
  • the average primary particle size of the particles is preferably 1 nm to 200 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 80 nm, for example, from the viewpoint of transparency of the cured film.
  • the average primary particle size of the particles is calculated by measuring the particle size of 200 arbitrary particles using an electron microscope and arithmetically averaging the measurement results. When the shape of the particle is not spherical, the longest side is the particle diameter.
  • the photosensitive resin layer When the photosensitive resin layer contains particles, it may contain only one type of particles having different metal types and sizes, or may contain two or more types of particles.
  • the photosensitive resin layer does not contain particles, or when the photosensitive resin layer contains particles, the content of the particles is more than 0% by mass and 35% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. Is preferable, particles are not contained, or the content of particles is more preferably more than 0% by mass and 10% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, and particles are not contained or the particles are contained.
  • the amount is more preferably more than 0% by mass and 5% by mass or less based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, and either does not contain particles or the content of particles is 0% by mass based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. Ultra 1% by mass or less is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable that particles are not contained.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a colorant (pigment, dye, etc.), but for example, from the viewpoint of transparency, it is preferable that the photosensitive resin layer contains substantially no colorant.
  • the content of the colorant is preferably less than 1% by mass, more preferably less than 0.1% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the antioxidant examples include 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolidone (also known as phenidone), 1-phenyl-4,4-dimethyl-3-pyrazolidone, and 1-phenyl-4-methyl-4-hydroxymethyl-.
  • 3-Pyrazoridones such as 3-pyrazolidone; polyhydroxybenzenes such as hydroquinone, catechol, pyrogallol, methylhydroquinone, and chlorhydroquinone; paramethylaminophenol, paraaminophenol, parahydroxyphenylglycine, and paraphenylenediamine. Be done.
  • 3-pyrazolidones are preferable, and 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolidone is more preferable as the antioxidant from the viewpoint of storage stability and curability.
  • the content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.001% by mass or more, more preferably 0.005% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. 0.01% by mass or more is more preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1% by mass or less.
  • the thickness (layer thickness) of the photosensitive resin layer is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of developability and resolvability, it is preferably 30 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, further preferably 15 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 10 ⁇ m or less. Most preferably 5.0 ⁇ m or less. As the lower limit, 0.60 ⁇ m or more is preferable, and 1.5 ⁇ m or more is more preferable, because the strength of the film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin layer is excellent.
  • the refractive index of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 1.47 to 1.56, more preferably 1.49 to 1.54.
  • the photosensitive resin layer is preferably achromatic. Specifically, the total reflection (incident angle 8 °, light source: D-65 (2 ° field)) has an L * value of 10 to 90 in the CIE1976 (L * , a * , b * ) color space.
  • the a * value is preferably ⁇ 1.0 to 1.0
  • the b * value is preferably ⁇ 1.0 to 1.0.
  • the pattern (cured film of the photosensitive resin layer) obtained by curing the photosensitive resin layer is preferably achromatic.
  • the total reflection (incident angle 8 °, light source: D-65 (2 ° field)) has a pattern L * value of 10 to 90 in the CIE1976 (L * , a * , b * ) color space.
  • the a * value of the pattern is preferably ⁇ 1.0 to 1.0
  • the b * value of the pattern is preferably ⁇ 1.0 to 1.0.
  • Moisture permeability in the layer thickness 40 ⁇ m pattern obtained by curing the photosensitive resin layer (cured film of the photosensitive resin layer) is that from the viewpoint of corrosion resistance, it is 500g / (m 2 ⁇ 24hr) or less preferably, more preferably not more than 300g / (m 2 ⁇ 24hr) , and more preferably 100g / (m 2 ⁇ 24hr) or less.
  • the moisture permeability is a cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin layer by exposing the photosensitive resin layer with an i-ray at an exposure amount of 300 mJ / cm 2 and then performing post-baking at 145 ° C. for 30 minutes. Measure with.
  • the photosensitive transfer material preferably has a refractive index adjusting layer.
  • a known refractive index adjusting layer can be applied.
  • the material contained in the refractive index adjusting layer include an alkali-soluble resin, an ethylenically unsaturated compound, a metal salt, and particles.
  • the method of controlling the refractive index of the refractive index adjusting layer is not particularly limited, and for example, a method of using a resin having a predetermined refractive index alone, a method of using a resin and particles, and a method of using a composite of a metal salt and a resin. There is a method using.
  • alkali-soluble resin and the ethylenically unsaturated compound examples include the alkali-soluble resin and the ethylenically unsaturated compound described in the above section "Photosensitive resin layer".
  • the particles include metal oxide particles and metal particles.
  • the type of the metal oxide particles is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known metal oxide particles.
  • the metal in the metal oxide particles also includes metalloids such as B, Si, Ge, As, Sb, and Te.
  • the average primary particle size of the particles is preferably 1 nm to 200 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 80 nm, for example, from the viewpoint of transparency of the cured film.
  • the average primary particle size of the particles is calculated by measuring the particle size of 200 arbitrary particles using an electron microscope and arithmetically averaging the measurement results. When the shape of the particle is not spherical, the longest side is the particle diameter.
  • the metal oxide particles include zirconium oxide particles (ZrO 2 particles), Nb 2 O 5 particles, titanium oxide particles (TiO 2 particles), silicon dioxide particles (SiO 2 particles), and a composite thereof. At least one selected from the group consisting of particles is preferred. Among these, as the metal oxide particles, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of zirconium oxide particles and titanium oxide particles is more preferable from the viewpoint that the refractive index can be easily adjusted.
  • metal oxide particles include calcined zirconium oxide particles (manufactured by CIK Nanotech Co., Ltd., product name: ZRPGM15WT% -F04), calcined zirconium oxide particles (manufactured by CIK Nanotech Co., Ltd., product name: ZRPGM15WT% -F74).
  • Calcined zirconium oxide particles (manufactured by CIK Nanotech Co., Ltd., product name: ZRPGM15WT% -F75), calcined zirconium oxide particles (manufactured by CIK Nanotech Co., Ltd., product name: ZRPGM15WT% -F76), zirconium oxide particles (Nano Teen OZ-S30M, Nissan) (Made by Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and zirconium oxide particles (Nano Teen OZ-S30K, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) can be mentioned.
  • the particles may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of particles in the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably 1% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, and 40% by mass to 85% by mass with respect to the total mass of the refractive index adjusting layer. More preferred.
  • the content of the titanium oxide particles is preferably 1% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, based on the total mass of the refractive index adjusting layer. , 40% by mass to 85% by mass is more preferable.
  • the refractive index of the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably higher than that of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the refractive index of the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably 1.50 or more, more preferably 1.55 or more, further preferably 1.60 or more, and particularly preferably 1.65 or more.
  • the upper limit of the refractive index of the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably 2.10 or less, more preferably 1.85 or less, and particularly preferably 1.78 or less.
  • the thickness of the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably 50 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 55 nm to 110 nm, and even more preferably 60 nm to 100 nm.
  • the refractive index adjusting layer is formed by using, for example, the refractive index adjusting layer.
  • the composition for forming the refractive index adjusting layer preferably contains various components forming the above-mentioned refractive index adjusting layer and a solvent.
  • the preferable range of the content of each component with respect to the total solid content of the composition is the same as the preferable range of the content of each component with respect to the total mass of the refractive index adjusting layer described above. be.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited as long as the components contained in the refractive index adjusting layer can be dissolved or dispersed, and at least one selected from the group consisting of water and a water-miscible organic solvent is preferable, and water or water and water.
  • a mixed solvent with a water-miscible organic solvent is more preferable.
  • the water-miscible organic solvent include alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, acetone, ethylene glycol, and glycerin. Alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms are preferable, and methanol or ethanol is more preferable.
  • the solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the solvent is preferably 50 parts by mass to 2,500 parts by mass, more preferably 50 parts by mass to 1,900 parts by mass, and 100 parts by mass to 900 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the composition.
  • the portion is more preferable.
  • the method for forming the refractive index adjusting layer is not particularly limited as long as it can form a layer containing the above components, and examples thereof include known coating methods (slit coating, spin coating, curtain coating, inkjet coating, etc.). Be done.
  • the photosensitive transfer material preferably used as the photosensitive transfer material for the wiring protective film also satisfies the relationship of the temporary support, the photosensitive resin layer and the cover film described above.
  • the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is not limited as long as it is a method for producing a resin pattern using the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure.
  • the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is a step of laminating a photosensitive transfer material and a substrate according to the present disclosure and arranging a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate (hereinafter, referred to as a “bonding step”). (There is), a step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive resin layer (hereinafter, may be referred to as “exposure step”), and a step of developing the photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern (hereinafter, “exposed step”).
  • development step it is preferable to include in this order.
  • a method for producing a resin pattern using a photosensitive transfer material that suppresses the occurrence of wrinkles in a temporary support in the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend.
  • the resin pattern manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is preferably performed by a roll-to-roll method.
  • the roll-to-roll method uses a substrate that can be wound and unwound as a substrate, and unwinds the substrate or a structure including the substrate before any of the steps included in the resin pattern manufacturing method (the process of unwinding the substrate or the structure including the substrate).
  • a step also referred to as “unwinding step” and a step of winding the substrate or a structure including the substrate (also referred to as a “winding step”) after any of the steps, and at least one of the steps (also referred to as a “winding step”).
  • the unwinding method in the unwinding step and the winding method in the winding step are not limited, and a known method may be used in the manufacturing method to which the roll-to-roll method is applied.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure and a substrate are bonded together, and a photosensitive resin layer is arranged on the substrate.
  • the photosensitive resin layer arranged on the substrate is a photosensitive resin layer contained in the photosensitive transfer material.
  • the photosensitive resin layer and the temporary support are usually arranged in this order on the substrate.
  • the photosensitive resin layer (specifically, the surface of the photosensitive resin layer opposite to the surface facing the temporary support) and the substrate are brought into contact with each other, and the photosensitive transfer material and the substrate are pressure-bonded. It is preferable to let it. According to the above aspect, since the adhesion between the photosensitive resin layer and the substrate is improved, the formed resin pattern can be suitably used as an etching resist.
  • the conductive layer is provided on the surface of the substrate, it is preferable that the photosensitive resin layer and the conductive layer are brought into contact with each other.
  • the cover film may be removed from the photosensitive transfer material, and then the photosensitive transfer material and the substrate may be bonded together.
  • a layer other than the cover film (for example, a high refractive index layer and / or a low refractive index layer) is arranged on the surface of the photosensitive resin layer opposite to the surface facing the temporary support.
  • the photosensitive resin layer and the substrate may be bonded to each other via a layer other than the cover film.
  • the method of crimping the photosensitive transfer material and the substrate is not limited, and a known transfer method and laminating method can be used.
  • the bonding of the photosensitive transfer material and the substrate is preferably performed by superimposing the photosensitive resin layer and the substrate and applying pressure and heating by means such as a roll. Further, for bonding, a laminator, a vacuum laminator, and an auto-cut laminator capable of further increasing productivity can be used.
  • the substrate is not limited, and a known substrate can be used.
  • the substrate is preferably a substrate having a conductive layer, and more preferably a substrate having a base material and a conductive layer on a part or the entire surface of the base material.
  • the substrate may have any layer other than the conductive layer, if necessary.
  • Examples of the base material include glass, silicon, and film.
  • the base material is preferably transparent.
  • transparent means that the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm is 80% or more.
  • the refractive index of the base material is preferably 1.50 to 1.52.
  • the transparent glass base material examples include tempered glass represented by Corning's gorilla glass. Further, as the transparent glass base material, for example, the materials used in JP-A-2010-86684, JP-A-2010-152809, and JP-A-2010-257492 can be used.
  • a film base material When a film base material is used as the base material, it is preferable to use a film base material having low optical distortion and / or high transparency.
  • the film substrate as described above include polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate, triacetyl cellulose, and cycloolefin polymer.
  • the base material constituting the substrate used in the roll-to-roll method is preferably a film base material. Further, when the circuit wiring for the touch panel is manufactured by the roll-to-roll method, the base material is preferably a sheet-like resin composition.
  • the conductive layer examples include a conductive layer used for general circuit wiring or touch panel wiring.
  • the conductive layer may be at least one selected from the group consisting of a metal layer, a conductive metal oxide layer, a graphene layer, a carbon nanotube layer, and a conductive polymer layer from the viewpoint of conductivity and fine wire forming property.
  • a metal layer is more preferable, and a copper layer or a silver layer is particularly preferable.
  • the substrate may have one layer alone or two or more conductive layers.
  • a substrate having two or more conductive layers preferably has a plurality of conductive layers made of different materials.
  • Examples of the material of the conductive layer include metals and conductive metal oxides.
  • Examples of the metal include Al, Zn, Cu, Fe, Ni, Cr, Mo, Ag, and Au.
  • Examples of the conductive metal oxide include ITO (Indium Tin Oxide), IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide), and SiO 2 .
  • conductive means that the volume resistivity is less than 1 ⁇ 10 6 ⁇ cm.
  • the volume resistivity of the conductive metal oxide is preferably less than 1 ⁇ 10 4 ⁇ cm.
  • At least one of the plurality of conductive layers contains a conductive metal oxide.
  • an electrode pattern corresponding to the sensor of the visual recognition part used in the capacitive touch panel or wiring of the peripheral extraction part is preferable.
  • a substrate having at least one of a transparent electrode and a routing wire is preferable.
  • the above-mentioned substrate can be suitably used as a touch panel substrate.
  • the transparent electrode can function suitably as a touch panel electrode.
  • the transparent electrode is preferably composed of a metal oxide film such as ITO (indium tin oxide) and IZO (indium zinc oxide), a metal mesh, and a fine metal wire such as a metal nanowire.
  • the thin metal wire include thin wires such as silver and copper. Of these, silver conductive materials such as silver mesh and silver nanowires are preferable.
  • Metal is preferable as the material of the routing wiring.
  • the metal that is the material of the routing wiring include gold, silver, copper, molybdenum, aluminum, titanium, chromium, zinc, and manganese, and alloys composed of two or more of these metal elements.
  • copper, molybdenum, aluminum, or titanium is preferable, and copper is particularly preferable.
  • Exposure process In the exposure step, the photosensitive resin layer is pattern-exposed.
  • the take-out wiring portion preferably includes a thin wire having a width of 20 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably contains a thin wire having a width of 10 ⁇ m or less.
  • the light source used for exposure may be a light source that irradiates the photosensitive resin layer with light having a wavelength that allows exposure (for example, 365 nm or 405 nm).
  • Specific examples of the light source include an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, and an LED (Light Emitting Diode).
  • the exposure amount is preferably 5 mJ / cm 2 to 200 mJ / cm 2 , and more preferably 10 mJ / cm 2 to 100 mJ / cm 2 .
  • the temporary support may be peeled off from the photosensitive resin layer and then pattern-exposed, or the temporary support may be peeled off after pattern-exposure through the temporary support.
  • the mask When the temporary support is peeled off before the exposure, the mask may be exposed in contact with the photosensitive resin layer, or the mask may be exposed in close proximity without being in contact with the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the temporary support When the temporary support is exposed without being peeled off, the mask may be exposed in contact with the temporary support, or the mask may be exposed in close proximity without contacting the photosensitive resin layer. In order to prevent mask contamination due to contact between the photosensitive resin layer and the mask and to avoid the influence of foreign matter adhering to the mask on the exposure, it is preferable to perform pattern exposure without peeling off the temporary support.
  • a contact exposure method is used for contact exposure
  • a proximity exposure method is used for non-contact exposure method
  • a lens-based or mirror-based projection exposure method and a direct exposure method using an exposure laser or the like are used. It can be appropriately selected and used.
  • an exposure machine having an appropriate numerical aperture (NA) of the lens can be used depending on the required resolution and depth of focus.
  • drawing may be performed directly on the photosensitive resin layer, or reduced projection exposure may be performed on the photosensitive resin layer via a lens. Further, the exposure may be performed not only in the atmosphere but also under reduced pressure or vacuum. A liquid such as water may be interposed between the light source and the photosensitive resin layer for exposure.
  • Development process In the developing process, the photosensitive resin layer is developed to form a resin pattern.
  • the photosensitive resin layer can be developed using a developing solution.
  • the type of developer is not limited as long as the image portion (exposed portion) or non-image portion (non-exposed portion) of the photosensitive resin layer can be removed.
  • As the developing solution a known developing solution (for example, the developing solution described in JP-A-5-72724) can be used.
  • the developer is preferably an alkaline aqueous solution-based developer containing a compound having a pKa of 7 to 13 at a concentration of 0.05 mol / L to 5 mol / L.
  • the developer may contain a water-soluble organic solvent and / or a surfactant.
  • the developing solution the developing solution described in paragraph 0194 of International Publication No. 2015/093271 is also preferable.
  • the development method is not particularly limited, and may be any of paddle development, shower development, shower and spin development, and dip development.
  • shower development is a development process in which an exposed portion or a non-exposed portion is removed by spraying a developing solution onto the photosensitive resin layer after exposure by a shower.
  • the cleaning agent After the developing step, it is preferable to spray the cleaning agent with a shower and rub with a brush to remove the developing residue.
  • the temperature of the developer is not limited.
  • the liquid temperature of the developing solution is preferably 20 ° C. to 40 ° C.
  • the photosensitive transfer material contains a thermoplastic resin and an intermediate layer
  • the thermoplastic resin in the developing process, together with the image portion (exposed portion) or the non-image portion (non-exposed portion) of the photosensitive resin layer, And the intermediate layer is also removed.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer and the intermediate layer may be removed by dissolution or dispersion in a developing solution.
  • the resin pattern manufacturing method according to the present disclosure may include any step other than the above steps. Examples of the steps other than the above steps include the steps described in the following "other steps”.
  • the method for manufacturing the circuit wiring according to the present disclosure is not limited as long as it is the method for manufacturing the circuit wiring using the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure.
  • the method for manufacturing a circuit wiring according to the present disclosure includes a step of preparing a laminate having a base material, a conductive layer, and a resin pattern formed by using the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure in this order.
  • the laminate can be produced, for example, by the method for producing a resin pattern described in the section "Method for producing a resin pattern".
  • the method for manufacturing a circuit wiring according to the present disclosure is a step of bonding a photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure and a substrate having a conductive layer and arranging a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate (hereinafter, “bonding").
  • a step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive resin layer hereinafter, may be referred to as an “exposure step” and a step of developing the photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern.
  • a development step (Hereinafter, it may be referred to as a “development step”) and a step of etching the conductive layer in the region where the resin pattern is not arranged to form a circuit wiring are more preferably included in this order. ..
  • a method for manufacturing a circuit wiring using a photosensitive transfer material that suppresses the occurrence of wrinkles in a temporary support in the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend.
  • the circuit wiring manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is preferably performed by a roll-to-roll method.
  • the roll-to-roll method is as described in the section “Method for manufacturing resin pattern” above.
  • the bonding step in the circuit wiring manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is the same as the bonding step described in the above section "Manufacturing method of resin pattern" except that a substrate having a conductive layer is used as the substrate.
  • the preferred embodiment of the bonding step in the circuit wiring manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is the same as the preferred mode of the bonding step described in the above section “Resin pattern manufacturing method”.
  • Exposure process The exposure step in the circuit wiring manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is the same as the exposure step described in the above-mentioned "Resin pattern manufacturing method" section.
  • the preferred embodiment of the exposure step in the method for manufacturing the circuit wiring according to the present disclosure is the same as the preferred embodiment of the exposure step described in the above section “Method for manufacturing the resin pattern”.
  • the developing process in the circuit wiring manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is the same as the developing step described in the above-mentioned "Resin pattern manufacturing method” section.
  • the preferred embodiment of the developing step in the method for manufacturing the circuit wiring according to the present disclosure is the same as the preferred embodiment of the developing step described in the above section "Method for manufacturing the resin pattern”.
  • the conductive layer in the region where the resin pattern is not arranged is etched to form the circuit wiring.
  • the "conductive layer in the region where the resin pattern is not arranged” means a conductive layer that is not covered by the resin pattern (that is, an exposed conductive layer).
  • the conductive layer is etched by using the resin pattern as an etching resist.
  • a method of etching treatment a known method can be applied.
  • the etching treatment method include the methods described in paragraphs 0209 to 0210 of JP-A-2017-120435, the methods described in paragraphs 0048 to paragraph 0054 of JP-A-2010-152155, and immersion in an etching solution.
  • Examples include a wet etching method and a dry etching (for example, plasma etching) method.
  • an acidic or alkaline etching solution may be appropriately selected according to the etching target.
  • the acidic etching solution examples include an aqueous solution of an acidic component alone selected from the group consisting of hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, hydrofluoric acid, oxalic acid, and phosphoric acid, an acidic component, and ferric chloride.
  • an acidic component alone selected from the group consisting of hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, hydrofluoric acid, oxalic acid, and phosphoric acid
  • an acidic component and ferric chloride.
  • ferric chloride examples include a mixed aqueous solution with a salt selected from the group consisting of ammonium fluoride and potassium permanganate.
  • the acidic component may be a component in which a plurality of acidic components are combined.
  • the alkaline etching solution examples include an aqueous solution of an alkaline component alone selected from the group consisting of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, ammonia, organic amines, and salts of organic amines (for example, tetramethylammonium hydroxide). , A mixed aqueous solution of an alkaline component and a salt (for example, potassium permanganate).
  • the alkaline component may be a component in which a plurality of alkaline components are combined.
  • the circuit wiring manufacturing method according to the present disclosure preferably includes a step of removing the remaining resin pattern (hereinafter, may be referred to as a "removal step").
  • the removal step is preferably performed after the etching step.
  • Examples of the method for removing the remaining resin pattern include a method for removing the remaining resin pattern by chemical treatment.
  • the method for removing the remaining resin pattern is preferably a method for removing the remaining resin pattern using a removing liquid.
  • a method of using the removing liquid for example, a substrate having a residual resin pattern is added to the removing liquid during stirring at a liquid temperature of preferably 30 ° C. to 80 ° C., more preferably 50 ° C. to 80 ° C. for 1 minute to 30 ° C.
  • a method of immersing for a minute can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the removing liquid include a removing liquid in which an inorganic alkaline component or an organic alkaline component is dissolved in water, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, or a mixed solution thereof.
  • Examples of the inorganic alkaline component include sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide.
  • Examples of the organic alkali component include a primary amine compound, a secondary amine compound, a tertiary amine compound, and a quaternary ammonium salt compound.
  • the method of removing the remaining resin pattern using the removing liquid is not limited to the dipping method, and may be a known method other than the dipping method (for example, a spray method, a shower method, and a paddle method).
  • the circuit wiring manufacturing method according to the present disclosure may include an arbitrary process (hereinafter, may be referred to as “another process”) other than the above-mentioned process.
  • Examples of the exposure step, the developing step, and other steps applicable to the method for manufacturing the circuit wiring according to the present disclosure include the steps described in paragraphs 0035 to 0051 of JP-A-2006-23696.
  • examples of other steps include the steps shown below. However, the other steps are not limited to the steps shown below.
  • the method for manufacturing a circuit wiring according to the present disclosure may include a step of reducing the reflectance of a part or all of the conductive layer on the substrate.
  • Examples of the treatment for reducing the visible light reflectance of the conductive layer include an oxidation treatment.
  • the visible light reflectance of the conductive layer can be lowered by converting copper into copper oxide by an oxidation treatment and blackening the conductive layer.
  • the method for manufacturing a circuit wiring according to the present disclosure preferably includes a step of forming an insulating film on the surface of the circuit wiring and a step of forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film.
  • the method of forming the insulating film is not limited.
  • the insulating film may be formed by a known method for forming a permanent film.
  • an insulating film having a desired pattern may be formed by photolithography using a photosensitive material having an insulating property.
  • a new conductive layer having a desired pattern may be formed by photolithography using a photosensitive material having conductivity.
  • circuit wiring manufacturing method it is also preferable to use a substrate having conductive layers on both surfaces of the base material, and to form circuits on each of the conductive layers sequentially or simultaneously.
  • a touch panel circuit wiring having a first conductive pattern formed on one surface of the base material and a second conductive pattern formed on the other surface of the base material can be formed.
  • the circuit wiring manufactured by the circuit wiring manufacturing method according to the present disclosure can be applied to various devices.
  • Examples of the device provided with the circuit wiring manufactured by the method for manufacturing the circuit wiring according to the present disclosure include an input device, a touch panel is preferable, and a capacitance type touch panel is more preferable.
  • the input device can be applied to various display devices (for example, an organic EL display device and a liquid crystal display device).
  • the method for manufacturing a touch panel according to the present disclosure is not limited as long as it is a method for manufacturing a touch panel using the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure.
  • the method for manufacturing a touch panel according to the present disclosure includes a step of preparing a laminate having a base material, a conductive layer, and a resin pattern formed by using the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure in this order, and the above.
  • the laminated body it is preferable to include a step of etching the conductive layer in the region where the resin pattern is not arranged to form the wiring for the touch panel.
  • the method for manufacturing a touch panel according to the present disclosure includes a step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure and a substrate having a conductive layer and arranging a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate, and the photosensitive resin layer.
  • each step in the touch panel manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is as described in the above-mentioned "resin pattern manufacturing method” and the above-mentioned “circuit wiring manufacturing method”, and the preferred embodiments are also the same. be.
  • a known method for manufacturing the touch panel may be referred to except that the wiring for the touch panel is formed by the above method.
  • the touch panel manufacturing method according to the present disclosure may include any process other than the above-mentioned process.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic plan view showing an example of a pattern of a mask for manufacturing a touch panel.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic plan view showing another example of the pattern of the mask for manufacturing the touch panel.
  • DL indicates a frame for alignment
  • G indicates a non-image portion (light-shielding portion).
  • SL indicates a non-image portion (light-shielding portion).
  • the touch panel can be manufactured by the method shown in FIG. 1 of International Publication No. 2016/190405.
  • G is a portion where a transparent electrode (that is, a touch panel electrode) is formed
  • SL is a portion where wiring of a peripheral take-out portion is formed.
  • a touch panel having at least touch panel wiring is manufactured.
  • the touch panel preferably has a transparent substrate, electrodes, and an insulating layer or a protective layer.
  • Examples of the detection method on the touch panel include a resistance film method, a capacitance method, an ultrasonic method, an electromagnetic induction method, and an optical method.
  • the detection method is preferably a capacitance method.
  • the touch panel type includes a so-called in-cell type (for example, the configuration shown in FIGS. 5, 6, 7, and 8 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-517501), and a so-called on-cell type (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-168125).
  • in-cell type for example, the configuration shown in FIGS. 5, 6, 7, and 8 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-517501
  • on-cell type for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-168125.
  • the configuration shown in FIG. 19 and the configurations shown in FIGS. 1 and 5 of JP2012-89102A), OGS (One Glass Solution) type, and TOR (Touch-on-Lens) type for example, JP-A-2012.
  • TOR Touch-on-Lens
  • the temporary support for photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure has a rate of change in the contact angle of water of 0% to 10.0% before and after heat treatment at 100 ° C. for 15 minutes.
  • the temporary support for photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure has at least one surface in which the rate of change of the contact angle of water is 0% to 10.0% before and after heat treatment at 100 ° C. for 15 minutes. Just do it.
  • the rate of change in the contact angle of water on the surface of the temporary support for photosensitive transfer material is 0% to 10.0%.
  • the preferable range of the change rate of the contact angle is the same as the range described in the section of "Photosensitive transfer material”.
  • the method for measuring the rate of change of the contact angle is the same as the method described in the section “Photosensitive transfer material”.
  • the absolute value of the difference between the haze before heat treatment at 120 ° C. for 5 minutes and the haze after heat treatment at 120 ° C. for 5 minutes is 0% to 0. It is preferably 40%, more preferably 0% to 0.30%, further preferably 0% to 0.20%, and particularly preferably 0% to 0.10%.
  • the method for measuring the haze of the temporary support for the photosensitive transfer material is measured by a method according to the method for measuring the haze of the temporary support described in the above section “Photosensitive transfer material”.
  • the preferred embodiment of the temporary support for the photosensitive transfer material other than the above items is the same as the preferred embodiment of the temporary support described in the above section "Photosensitive transfer material".
  • the aspect of the temporary support for the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure the aspect of the temporary support described in the above-mentioned "Photosensitive transfer material” section can be referred to.
  • Hydroquinone monomethyl ether (0.09 g) was added to the organic layer, and the solvent was removed by reducing the pressure to 30 Torr at 50 ° C. to remove an average of 15 mol of ethylene oxide and an average of 2 mol of propylene oxide at both ends of bisphenol A. Dimethacrylate (90.0 g) of polyethylene glycol added with the above was obtained.
  • a coating liquid for forming a coating layer was applied to one side of a polyester film used as a base material, and then stretched to obtain a temporary support 1.
  • a coating liquid for forming a coating layer was obtained.
  • the obtained coating liquid was filtered using a filter having a pore size of 2.5 ⁇ m (250PG, 3M Japan Ltd.) and then degassed (SEPAREL EF-G5, DIC Corporation).
  • the obtained film roll was used as a temporary support (temporary support 1) of Example 1.
  • the temporary support 1 has a base material (polyester film) having a thickness of 16 ⁇ m and a coating layer having a thickness of 40 nm.
  • the content of carnauba wax was 0.008% by mass with respect to the total mass of the temporary support 1.
  • the heat shrinkage rate of the base material of the temporary support by heating at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes was 1.4% in MD (machine direction) and 0.8% in TD (Transverse Direction).
  • the temporary support 2 was manufactured by the same procedure as that of the temporary support 1 except that the amount of the carnauba wax dispersion added was changed to 10.6 parts by mass.
  • the content of carnauba wax in the temporary support 2 was 0.003% by mass.
  • the temporary support 3 was manufactured by the same procedure as that of the temporary support 1 except that the amount of the carnauba wax dispersion added was changed to 5.3 parts by mass. The content of carnauba wax in the temporary support 3 was 0.002% by mass.
  • the temporary support 4 was manufactured by the same procedure as that of the temporary support 1 except that the amount of the carnauba wax dispersion added was changed to 2.7 parts by mass. The content of carnauba wax in the temporary support 4 was 0.001% by mass.
  • the temporary support 5 was manufactured by the same procedure as that of the temporary support 1 except that the amount of the carnauba wax dispersion added was changed to 53.0 parts by mass. The content of carnauba wax in the temporary support 5 was 0.016% by mass.
  • the temporary support 6 was manufactured by the same procedure as that of the temporary support 1 except that the carnauba wax dispersion was not added.
  • ⁇ Preparation of photosensitive resin composition After mixing the components shown in Table 1, a photosensitive resin is added by adding a mixed solvent of methyl ethyl ketone, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (50/25/25, unit: mass%). A composition (solid content concentration: 25% by mass) was prepared.
  • B-CIM represents 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole.
  • a photosensitive resin composition was applied to the surface of the base material (polyester film) of the temporary support 1 using a slit-shaped nozzle so that the thickness after drying was 6 ⁇ m.
  • a photosensitive resin layer was formed by drying the formed coating film of the photosensitive resin composition at 95 ° C. for 100 seconds.
  • a photosensitive transfer material was prepared by pressure-bonding a polyethylene film (Tamapoli Co., Ltd., GF-818, thickness: 19 ⁇ m) as a cover film on the surface of the formed photosensitive resin layer. By winding up the obtained photosensitive transfer material, a roll-shaped photosensitive transfer material was produced.
  • Examples 2 to 8 and Comparative Example 1 A photosensitive transfer material was prepared by the same procedure as that of the photosensitive transfer material of Example 1 except that the type of the temporary support and the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer were appropriately changed according to the description in Table 2.
  • a PET substrate with a copper layer was produced by forming a copper layer having a thickness of 200 nm on a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m by sputtering.
  • the layer structure of the obtained laminate is a PET film / copper layer / photosensitive resin layer / temporary support.
  • the temporary support after the photosensitive transfer material and the PET substrate with the copper layer were bonded to each other was visually observed and evaluated for the occurrence of wrinkles according to the following criteria. Of the following criteria, A, B, or C will be accepted. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
  • D Strong wrinkles with a width of 1 mm or more can be visually recognized.
  • the properties and average thickness described in the "Temporary support” column in Table 2 were measured by the method described above.
  • the "heat treatment” in the “water contact angle before heat treatment” and the “water contact angle after heat treatment” shown in Table 2 is defined as “heat treatment” at 100 ° C. for 15 minutes as described in the section of "temporary support” above. Refers to heat treatment.
  • the “heat treatment” in the “haze before heat treatment” and the “haze after heat treatment” described in Table 2 refers to the heat treatment at 120 ° C. for 5 minutes described in the above section “Temporary support”. ..
  • the average thickness of the photosensitive resin layer was measured by the method described above.
  • Table 2 shows that the occurrence of wrinkles on the temporary support was suppressed in Examples 1 to 8 as compared with Comparative Example 1.
  • the cover film of the photosensitive transfer material is peeled off on a copper substrate on which copper is sputtered on a PET film to form a copper layer having a thickness of 200 ⁇ m, and the peeled surface of the photosensitive transfer material is brought into contact with the copper substrate.
  • a laminate was obtained by laminating with. -Laminating conditions- Copper substrate temperature: 40 ° C Rubber roller temperature: 110 ° C Linear pressure: 3N / cm Transport speed: 2 m / min
  • an exposure mask having a plurality of width lines and spaces is vacuum-adhered to a temporary support on the side where the photosensitive transfer material of the laminate is laminated, and a proximity type exposure having an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp is passed through the exposure mask.
  • a proximity type exposure having an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp is passed through the exposure mask.
  • a machine manufactured by Hitachi Electronic Engineering Co., Ltd.
  • exposure was performed with an exposure amount such that the width of the uppermost portion of the resist pattern on the side opposite to the substrate side was the same as the width of the exposed portion of the mask.
  • the temporary support was peeled off from the exposed laminate and developed with a 1.0 mass% sodium carbonate aqueous solution under development conditions of 26 ° C. for 30 seconds. Then, using pure water, the development treatment was carried out at 26 ° C. for a time 1.5 times the dissolution time. Next, air was blown onto the surface to remove water, and a substrate having a resin pattern was produced. A shower-type developing machine was used for the developing treatment and the cleaning treatment, and the spray pressure was 0.08 MPa.
  • a copper layer was shower-etched on a substrate having a resin pattern for 60 seconds with a copper etching solution (Cu-02, manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Inc.) at 25 ° C. Then, the resin pattern was removed by shower peeling for 2 minutes using a stripping solution at 60 ° C. (KP-301 manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Inc.) to obtain circuit wiring.
  • a copper etching solution Cu-02, manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Inc.
  • KP-301 manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Inc.
  • the circuit wiring obtained by using each of the photosensitive transfer materials of Examples 1 to 8 was observed with an optical microscope, and it was confirmed that no chipping was observed in the wiring.
  • Photosensitive resin compositions A-1 to A-10 having the compositions shown in the table below were prepared, respectively.
  • P-1 solution a solid content 36.3% by mass solution (solvent: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate) of the polymer P-1 having the following structure was used.
  • Polymer P-1 is an alkali-soluble resin.
  • the numerical value at the lower right of each structural unit indicates the content ratio (mol%) of each structural unit.
  • the P-1 solution was prepared by the polymerization step and the addition step shown below.
  • methacrylic acid manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd., trade name Acryester M
  • methyl methacrylate manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc., trade name MMA
  • cyclohexyl methacrylate manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc., trade name CHMA
  • dimethyl 2,2'-azobis (2-methylpropionate) (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., trade name V-601) (9.637 g) was added to PGM-Ac (9,637 g).
  • the dropping liquid (2) was obtained by dissolving with 136.56 g).
  • the dropping liquid (1) and the dropping liquid (2) were simultaneously added dropwise to the above-mentioned 2000 mL flask (specifically, a 2000 mL flask containing a liquid heated to 90 ° C.) over 3 hours.
  • the container of the dropping liquid (1) was washed with PGM-Ac (12 g), and the washing liquid was dropped into the above 2000 mL flask.
  • the container of the dropping liquid (2) was washed with PGM-Ac (6 g), and the washing liquid was dropped into the above 2000 mL flask.
  • the reaction solution in the 2000 mL flask was kept at 90 ° C. and stirred at a stirring speed of 250 rpm. Further, as a post-reaction, the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 1 hour.
  • V-601 (2.401 g) was added to the reaction solution after the post-reaction as the first additional addition of the initiator. Further, the container of V-601 was washed with PGM-Ac (6 g), and the washing liquid was introduced into the reaction liquid. Then, the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 1 hour.
  • V-601 (2.401 g) was added to the reaction solution as the second additional addition of the initiator. Further, the container of V-601 was washed with PGM-Ac (6 g), and the washing liquid was introduced into the reaction liquid. Then, the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 1 hour. Next, V-601 (2.401 g) was added to the reaction solution as the third additional addition of the initiator. Further, the container of V-601 was washed with PGM-Ac (6 g), and the washing liquid was introduced into the reaction liquid. Then, the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 3 hours.
  • glycidyl methacrylate manufactured by NOF CORPORATION, trade name Blemmer G (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION, trade name Blemmer G) (76.03 g) was added dropwise to the reaction solution over 1 hour.
  • the container of Blemmer G was washed with PGM-Ac (6 g), and the washing liquid was introduced into the reaction liquid. Then, as an addition reaction, the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 6 hours.
  • the reaction solution was cooled and filtered through a mesh filter (100 mesh) for removing dust to obtain a solution (1158 g) of the polymer P-1 (solid content concentration: 36.3% by mass).
  • the obtained polymer P-1 had a weight average molecular weight of 27,000, a number average molecular weight of 15,000, and an acid value of 95 mgKOH / g.
  • the structure of the polymer P-1 is shown below.
  • the molar ratio of the repeating units in the formula was 51.5: 2: 26.5: 20 in order from the repeating unit on the left side.
  • P-2 solution A solution having a solid content of 36.5% by mass of the polymer P-2 was prepared as a P-2 solution according to the following method.
  • the polymer P-2 is an alkali-soluble resin. 82.4 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether was placed in a flask and heated to 90 ° C. under a nitrogen stream.
  • the weight average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene in GPC was 17,000, the dispersity was 2.4, and the acid value was 95 mgKOH / g.
  • the amount of residual monomer measured by gas chromatography was less than 0.1% by mass with respect to the solid content of the polymer P-2 in all the monomers.
  • the structure of the polymer P-2 is shown below.
  • the molar ratio of the repeating units in the formula was 41.0: 15.2: 23.9: 19.9 in order from the repeating unit on the left side.
  • P-3 solution A 36.2% by mass solid content solution of the polymer P-3 was prepared as a P-3 solution according to the following method.
  • the polymer P-3 is an alkali-soluble resin.
  • 113.5 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether was placed in a flask and heated to 90 ° C. under a nitrogen stream.
  • a solution in which 172 g of styrene, 4.7 g of methyl methacrylate, and 112.1 g of methacrylic acid were dissolved in 30 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether in this solution, and a polymerization initiator V-601 (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 27.
  • a solution prepared by dissolving 6 g in 57.7 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether was simultaneously added dropwise over 3 hours. After completion of the dropping, 2.5 g of V-601 was added three times every hour. After that, it was reacted for another 3 hours. Then, it was diluted with 160.7 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and 233.3 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether. The temperature of the reaction solution was raised to 100 ° C. under an air flow, and 1.8 g of tetraethylammonium bromide and 0.86 g of p-methoxyphenol were added.
  • compositions B-1 to B-4 for forming a refractive index adjusting layer having the compositions shown in the following table were prepared.
  • the numerical values in the table below represent "parts by mass”.
  • Polymer A Polymer A in the above table was synthesized as follows. 1-Methylenepropanol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (270.0 g) was introduced into a 1 L three-necked flask, and the temperature was raised to 70 ° C. under a nitrogen stream while stirring. On the other hand, allyl methacrylate (45.6 g) (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and methacrylic acid (14.4 g) (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) are 1-methoxypropanol (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
  • polymer A was obtained as a powder in a yield of 70%.
  • the ratio of methacrylic acid / allyl methacrylate of the obtained polymer A was 76% by mass / 24% by mass.
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw was 38,000.
  • Examples 9 to 24> Using a slit-shaped nozzle on the temporary support 1, the coating amount is adjusted to a coating amount at which the film thickness after drying becomes the thickness shown in the table below, and the photosensitive resin composition described in the table below is obtained. Any one of the substances A-1 to A-10 was applied to form a photosensitive resin layer. After volatilizing the solvent in the drying zone at 100 ° C., use any one of the compositions B-1 to B-4 for forming the refractive index adjusting layer in the combination shown in the table below using a slit-shaped nozzle.
  • the coating amount is adjusted so that the film thickness after drying becomes the film thickness shown in the table below, and the film is applied onto the photosensitive resin layer, and then dried at a drying temperature of 80 ° C. to adjust the refractive index.
  • a layer was formed.
  • a protective film (Lumirror 16KS40, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) was pressure-bonded onto the refractive index adjusting layer to prepare photosensitive transfer materials 1 to 16.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure can be suitably used for various applications requiring precision microfabrication by photolithography. After patterning the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer may be used as a coating for etching, or electroforming may be performed mainly by electroplating. Moreover, the cured film obtained by patterning may be used as a permanent film. The cured film may be used as, for example, an interlayer insulating film, a wiring protective film, or a wiring protective film having an index matching layer.
  • the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure includes, for example, various wiring forming applications for semiconductor packages, printed circuit boards, sensor substrates, touch panels, electromagnetic wave shielding materials, conductive films such as film heaters, liquid crystal sealing materials, micromachines and micros. It can be suitably used for applications such as the formation of structures in the field of electronics.
  • Temporary support 12 Photosensitive resin layer 14: Cover film 100: Photosensitive transfer material DL: Alignment frame G: Non-image part (light-shielding part) SL: Non-image part (light-shielding part)

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure provides: a photosensitive transfer material which comprises a provisional support and a photosensitive resin layer on the provisional support, wherein the change ratio of the contact angle of water with respect to a surface of the provisional support, said surface being on the reverse side of the surface facing the photosensitive resin layer, is from 0% to 10.0% before and after a 15-minute heat treatment at 100°C; and applications of this photosensitive transfer material.

Description

感光性転写材料、樹脂パターンの製造方法、回路配線の製造方法、及び感光性転写材料用仮支持体Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and temporary support for photosensitive transfer material
 本開示は、感光性転写材料、樹脂パターンの製造方法、回路配線の製造方法、及び感光性転写材料用仮支持体に関する。 The present disclosure relates to a photosensitive transfer material, a resin pattern manufacturing method, a circuit wiring manufacturing method, and a temporary support for a photosensitive transfer material.
 タッチパネル(例えば、静電容量型入力装置)を備えた表示装置(例えば、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置、及び液晶表示装置)は、タッチパネル内部にパターン状の導電層を有する。パターン状の導電層としては、例えば、視認部のセンサーに相当する電極パターン、及び配線(例えば、周辺配線、及び取り出し配線)が挙げられる。 A display device (for example, an organic electroluminescence display device and a liquid crystal display device) provided with a touch panel (for example, a capacitance type input device) has a patterned conductive layer inside the touch panel. Examples of the patterned conductive layer include an electrode pattern corresponding to a sensor in the visual recognition portion and wiring (for example, peripheral wiring and take-out wiring).
 パターン状の導電層の形成においては、必要とするパターン形状を得るための工程数が少ないことから、感光性転写材料を用いる方法が広く採用されている(例えば、特許文献1)。例えば、基板上に、感光性転写材料を用いて感光性樹脂層を設け、次いで、上記感光性樹脂層に対して所望のパターンを有するマスクを介して露光した後、現像、及びエッチング処理することで、パターン状の導電層を形成することができる。 In forming a patterned conductive layer, a method using a photosensitive transfer material is widely adopted because the number of steps for obtaining a required pattern shape is small (for example, Patent Document 1). For example, a photosensitive resin layer is provided on a substrate using a photosensitive transfer material, and then the photosensitive resin layer is exposed to a mask having a desired pattern, and then developed and etched. Therefore, a patterned conductive layer can be formed.
特開2019-128445号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2019-128445
 感光性転写材料を用いたパターン形成方法においては、高解像度なパターンを得るために薄い仮支持体が用いられている。薄い仮支持体を介して感光性樹脂層を露光する際に、感光性樹脂層とフォトマスクとの距離を短くすることができるためである。しかしながら、仮支持体の厚みを小さくすると、薄い仮支持体を有する感光性転写材料と被着体(感光性転写材料に貼り付けられる対象物(例えば、基板)をいう。以下同じ。)とを貼り合わせる工程で仮支持体にシワが発生することがある。仮支持体にシワが発生すると、例えば、ロールツーロール(Roll to Roll)方式による搬送性の低下、又は配線故障を引き起こす可能性がある。 In the pattern forming method using a photosensitive transfer material, a thin temporary support is used in order to obtain a high-resolution pattern. This is because the distance between the photosensitive resin layer and the photomask can be shortened when the photosensitive resin layer is exposed through the thin temporary support. However, when the thickness of the temporary support is reduced, the photosensitive transfer material having the thin temporary support and the adherend (meaning an object (for example, a substrate) to be attached to the photosensitive transfer material; the same applies hereinafter). Wrinkles may occur on the temporary support during the bonding process. If wrinkles are generated on the temporary support, for example, there is a possibility that the transportability is lowered by the roll-to-roll method or a wiring failure is caused.
 本開示は、上記の事情に鑑みてなされたものである。
 本開示の一態様は、感光性転写材料と被着体とを貼り合わせる工程において仮支持体のシワの発生を抑制する感光性転写材料を提供することを目的とする。
 本開示の他の一態様は、感光性転写材料と被着体とを貼り合わせる工程において仮支持体のシワの発生を抑制する感光性転写材料を用いる樹脂パターンの製造方法を提供することを目的とする。
 本開示の他の一態様は、感光性転写材料と被着体とを貼り合わせる工程において仮支持体のシワの発生を抑制する感光性転写材料を用いる回路配線の製造方法を提供することを目的とする。
 本開示の他の一態様は、感光性転写材料と被着体とを貼り合わせる工程において仮支持体のシワの発生を抑制する感光性転写材料に用いられる仮支持体を提供することを目的とする。
This disclosure has been made in view of the above circumstances.
One aspect of the present disclosure is to provide a photosensitive transfer material that suppresses the occurrence of wrinkles in a temporary support in a step of bonding a photosensitive transfer material and an adherend.
Another aspect of the present disclosure is to provide a method for producing a resin pattern using a photosensitive transfer material that suppresses the occurrence of wrinkles in a temporary support in a step of bonding a photosensitive transfer material and an adherend. And.
Another aspect of the present disclosure is to provide a method for manufacturing a circuit wiring using a photosensitive transfer material that suppresses the occurrence of wrinkles in a temporary support in a step of bonding a photosensitive transfer material and an adherend. And.
Another aspect of the present disclosure is to provide a temporary support used as a photosensitive transfer material that suppresses the occurrence of wrinkles in the temporary support in the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend. do.
 本開示は、以下の態様を含む。
<1> 仮支持体と、上記仮支持体の上に感光性樹脂層と、を有し、100℃で15分間の加熱処理の前後において、上記仮支持体の上記感光性樹脂層に対向する面とは反対側の面に対する水の接触角の変化率が、0%~10.0%である感光性転写材料。
<2> 100℃で15分間の加熱処理前において、上記仮支持体の上記感光性樹脂層に対向する面とは反対側の面に対する水の接触角が、90度以下である<1>に記載の感光性転写材料。
<3> 上記仮支持体の平均厚さが、20μm以下である<1>又は<2>に記載の感光性転写材料。
<4> 120℃で5分間の加熱処理前の上記仮支持体のヘイズと120℃で5分間の加熱処理後の上記仮支持体のヘイズとの差の絶対値が、0%~0.40%である<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性転写材料。
<5> 上記仮支持体の剥離力が、0.5gf/cm以上である<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性転写材料。
<6> 上記感光性樹脂層の平均厚さが、3μm~10μmである<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性転写材料。
<7> 上記仮支持体が、ワックスを含む<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性転写材料。
<8> 上記ワックスの含有率が、上記仮支持体の全質量に対して、0.0001質量%~0.05質量%である<7>に記載の感光性転写材料。
<9> <1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性転写材料と基板とを貼り合わせて、上記基板の上に感光性樹脂層を配置する工程と、上記感光性樹脂層をパターン露光する工程と、上記感光性樹脂層を現像して樹脂パターンを形成する工程と、をこの順に含む樹脂パターンの製造方法。
<10> <1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性転写材料と導電層を有する基板とを貼り合わせて、上記基板の上に感光性樹脂層を配置する工程と、上記感光性樹脂層をパターン露光する工程と、上記感光性樹脂層を現像して樹脂パターンを形成する工程と、
 上記樹脂パターンが配置されていない領域にある上記導電層をエッチング処理して回路配線を形成する工程と、をこの順に含む回路配線の製造方法。
<11> 100℃で15分間の加熱処理の前後において水の接触角の変化率が0%~10.0%である面を有する感光性転写材料用仮支持体。
<12> 120℃で5分間の加熱処理前のヘイズと120℃で5分間の加熱処理後のヘイズとの差の絶対値が0%~0.40%である<11>に記載の感光性転写材料用仮支持体。
The present disclosure includes the following aspects.
<1> It has a temporary support and a photosensitive resin layer on the temporary support, and faces the photosensitive resin layer of the temporary support before and after heat treatment at 100 ° C. for 15 minutes. A photosensitive transfer material in which the rate of change of the contact angle of water with respect to the surface opposite to the surface is 0% to 10.0%.
<2> Before the heat treatment at 100 ° C. for 15 minutes, the contact angle of water with respect to the surface of the temporary support opposite to the surface facing the photosensitive resin layer is 90 degrees or less <1>. The photosensitive transfer material described.
<3> The photosensitive transfer material according to <1> or <2>, wherein the temporary support has an average thickness of 20 μm or less.
<4> The absolute value of the difference between the haze of the temporary support before the heat treatment at 120 ° C. for 5 minutes and the haze of the temporary support after the heat treatment at 120 ° C. for 5 minutes is 0% to 0.40. The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of <1> to <3>, which is%.
<5> The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the temporary support has a peeling force of 0.5 gf / cm or more.
<6> The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the average thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is 3 μm to 10 μm.
<7> The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the temporary support contains wax.
<8> The photosensitive transfer material according to <7>, wherein the wax content is 0.0001% by mass to 0.05% by mass with respect to the total mass of the temporary support.
<9> A step of adhering the photosensitive transfer material according to any one of <1> to <8> and a substrate, and arranging a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate, and the photosensitive resin layer. A method for producing a resin pattern, which comprises a step of pattern exposure and a step of developing the photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern in this order.
<10> The step of laminating the photosensitive transfer material according to any one of <1> to <8> and the substrate having the conductive layer, and arranging the photosensitive resin layer on the substrate, and the above. A step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive resin layer, a step of developing the photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern, and a step of forming a resin pattern.
A method for manufacturing a circuit wiring, which includes a step of etching a conductive layer in a region where the resin pattern is not arranged to form a circuit wiring, and a step of forming a circuit wiring in this order.
<11> A temporary support for a photosensitive transfer material having a surface in which the rate of change in the contact angle of water is 0% to 10.0% before and after heat treatment at 100 ° C. for 15 minutes.
<12> The photosensitive property according to <11>, wherein the absolute value of the difference between the haze before the heat treatment at 120 ° C. for 5 minutes and the haze after the heat treatment at 120 ° C. for 5 minutes is 0% to 0.40%. Temporary support for transfer material.
 本開示の一態様によれば、感光性転写材料と被着体とを貼り合わせる工程において仮支持体のシワの発生を抑制する感光性転写材料が提供される。
 本開示の他の一態様によれば、感光性転写材料と被着体とを貼り合わせる工程において仮支持体のシワの発生を抑制する感光性転写材料を用いる樹脂パターンの製造方法が提供される。
 本開示の他の一態様によれば、感光性転写材料と被着体とを貼り合わせる工程において仮支持体のシワの発生を抑制する感光性転写材料を用いる回路配線の製造方法が提供される。
 本開示の他の一態様によれば、感光性転写材料と被着体とを貼り合わせる工程において仮支持体のシワの発生を抑制する感光性転写材料に用いられる仮支持体が提供される。
According to one aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a photosensitive transfer material that suppresses the occurrence of wrinkles in the temporary support in the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend.
According to another aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a method for producing a resin pattern using a photosensitive transfer material that suppresses the occurrence of wrinkles in a temporary support in the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend. ..
According to another aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a method for manufacturing a circuit wiring using the photosensitive transfer material that suppresses the occurrence of wrinkles in the temporary support in the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend. ..
According to another aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a temporary support used as a photosensitive transfer material that suppresses the occurrence of wrinkles in the temporary support in the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend.
感光性転写材料の構成の一例を示す概略側面図である。It is a schematic side view which shows an example of the structure of the photosensitive transfer material. タッチパネル製造用マスクのパターンの一例を示す概略平面図である。It is a schematic plan view which shows an example of the pattern of the mask for touch panel manufacturing. タッチパネル製造用マスクのパターンの他の一例を示す概略平面図である。It is the schematic plan view which shows another example of the pattern of the mask for touch panel manufacturing.
 以下、本開示の実施形態について詳細に説明する。本開示は、以下の実施形態に何ら制限されず、本開示の目的の範囲内において、適宜変更を加えて実施することができる。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present disclosure will be described in detail. The present disclosure is not limited to the following embodiments, and may be carried out with appropriate modifications within the scope of the purpose of the present disclosure.
 本開示の実施形態について図面を参照して説明する場合、図面において重複する構成要素、及び符号については、説明を省略することがある。図面において同一の符号を用いて示す構成要素は、同一の構成要素であることを意味する。図面における寸法の比率は、必ずしも実際の寸法の比率を表すものではない。 When the embodiment of the present disclosure is described with reference to the drawings, the description of overlapping components and reference numerals in the drawings may be omitted. The components shown by using the same reference numerals in the drawings mean that they are the same components. The dimensional ratio in the drawings does not necessarily represent the actual dimensional ratio.
 本開示において、「~」を用いて示された数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値をそれぞれ下限値及び上限値として含む範囲を示す。本開示に段階的に記載されている数値範囲において、ある数値範囲で記載された上限値又は下限値は、他の段階的な記載の数値範囲の上限値又は下限値に置き換えてもよい。また、本開示に記載されている数値範囲において、ある数値範囲で記載された上限値又は下限値は、実施例に示されている値に置き換えてもよい。 In the present disclosure, the numerical range indicated by using "-" indicates a range including the numerical values before and after "-" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value, respectively. In the numerical range described stepwise in the present disclosure, the upper limit value or the lower limit value described in a certain numerical range may be replaced with the upper limit value or the lower limit value of another numerical range described stepwise. Further, in the numerical range described in the present disclosure, the upper limit value or the lower limit value described in a certain numerical range may be replaced with the value shown in the examples.
 本開示において、組成物中の各成分の量は、組成物中に各成分に該当する物質が複数存在する場合、特に断らない限り、組成物中に存在する複数の物質の合計量を意味する。 In the present disclosure, the amount of each component in the composition means the total amount of the plurality of substances present in the composition when a plurality of substances corresponding to each component are present in the composition, unless otherwise specified. ..
 本開示において、「工程」との用語には、独立した工程だけでなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であっても工程の所期の目的が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。 In the present disclosure, the term "process" is included in the term "process" as long as the intended purpose of the process is achieved, not only in an independent process but also in cases where it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. ..
 本開示において、「質量%」と「重量%」とは同義であり、「質量部」と「重量部」とは同義である。 In the present disclosure, "% by mass" and "% by weight" are synonymous, and "parts by mass" and "parts by weight" are synonymous.
 本開示において、2以上の好ましい態様の組み合わせは、より好ましい態様である。 In the present disclosure, a combination of two or more preferred embodiments is a more preferred embodiment.
 本開示において、置換、及び無置換を記していない基(原子団)は、置換基を有しない基、及び置換基を有する基を包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」との表記は、置換基を有しないアルキル基(すなわち、無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(すなわち、置換アルキル基)を包含する。 In the present disclosure, the groups (atomic groups) not described as substituted and unsubstituted include a group having no substituent and a group having a substituent. For example, the notation "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (ie, an unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (ie, a substituted alkyl group).
 本開示において、「(メタ)アクリル酸」とは、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、又はアクリル酸及びメタクリル酸の両方を意味する。 In the present disclosure, "(meth) acrylic acid" means acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, or both acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.
 本開示において、「(メタ)アクリロイル基」とは、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、又はアクリロイル基及びメタクリロイル基の両方を意味する。 In the present disclosure, the "(meth) acryloyl group" means an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, or both an acryloyl group and a methacryloyl group.
 本開示において、「(メタ)アクリレート」とは、アクリレート、メタクリレート、又はアクリレート及びメタクリレートの両方を意味する。 In the present disclosure, "(meth) acrylate" means acrylate, methacrylate, or both acrylate and methacrylate.
 本開示において、「アルカリ可溶性」とは、22℃の液温において、炭酸ナトリウムの水溶液(100g、炭酸ナトリウムの濃度:1質量%)への溶解度が0.1g以上である性質を意味する。 In the present disclosure, "alkali-soluble" means the property that the solubility of sodium carbonate in an aqueous solution (100 g, sodium carbonate concentration: 1% by mass) is 0.1 g or more at a liquid temperature of 22 ° C.
 本開示において、化学構造式は、水素原子を省略した構造式で記載する場合がある。 In the present disclosure, the chemical structural formula may be described by a structural formula in which a hydrogen atom is omitted.
 本開示において、「露光」とは、特に断りのない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、粒子線(例えば、電子線、及びイオンビーム)を用いた描画を含む。露光に用いられる光としては、例えば、活性光線(活性エネルギー線ともいう。)が挙げられる。活性光線としては、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV(Extreme ultraviolet lithography)光)、及びX線が挙げられる。 In the present disclosure, "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams (for example, electron beam and ion beam) unless otherwise specified. Examples of the light used for exposure include active rays (also referred to as active energy rays). Examples of the active light beam include the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV (Extreme ultraviolet lithium) light), and X-rays.
 本開示において、重量平均分子量(Mw)、及び数平均分子量(Mn)は、特に断りのない限り、「TSKgel GMHxL」、「TSKgel G4000HxL」、及び「TSKgel G2000HxL」(いずれも東ソー株式会社製の商品名)のカラムを使用したゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC:Gel Permeation Chromatography)分析装置により、THF(テトラヒドロフラン)中の化合物を示差屈折計により検出し、標準物質としてポリスチレンを用いて換算した分子量である。 In the present disclosure, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are "TSKgel GMHxL", "TSKgel G4000HxL", and "TSKgel G2000HxL" (all products manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd.) unless otherwise specified. It is a molecular weight converted by detecting a compound in THF (tetrahexyl) with a differential refractometer by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analyzer using a column of (name) and using polystyrene as a standard substance.
 本開示において、「固形分」とは、対象物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分を意味する。 In the present disclosure, "solid content" means a component obtained by removing a solvent from all the components of an object.
 本開示において、序数詞(例えば、「第1」、及び「第2」)は、構成要素を区別するために使用する用語であり、構成要素の数、及び構成要素の優劣を制限するものではない。 In the present disclosure, the ordinal numbers (eg, "first" and "second") are terms used to distinguish the components and do not limit the number of components and the superiority or inferiority of the components. ..
 本開示において、名称に付記される記号(例えば、「A」、及び「B」)は、構成要素を区別するために使用する記号であり、構成要素の種類、構成要素の数、及び構成要素の優劣を制限するものではない。 In the present disclosure, the symbols added to the names (for example, "A" and "B") are symbols used to distinguish the components, and are the types of components, the number of components, and the components. It does not limit the superiority or inferiority of.
 本開示において、特段の断りがない限り、屈折率は、波長550nmでエリプソメーターを用いて測定した値である。 In the present disclosure, unless otherwise specified, the refractive index is a value measured using an ellipsometer at a wavelength of 550 nm.
<感光性転写材料>
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、仮支持体と、上記仮支持体の上に感光性樹脂層と、を有し、100℃で15分間の加熱処理の前後において、上記仮支持体の上記感光性樹脂層に対向する面とは反対側の面に対する水の接触角の変化率が、0%~10.0%である。本開示に係る感光性転写材料によれば、感光性転写材料と被着体とを貼り合わせる工程において仮支持体のシワの発生が抑制される。
<Photosensitive transfer material>
The photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure has a temporary support and a photosensitive resin layer on the temporary support, and before and after heat treatment at 100 ° C. for 15 minutes, the above-mentioned temporary support The rate of change of the contact angle of water with respect to the surface opposite to the surface facing the photosensitive resin layer is 0% to 10.0%. According to the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure, the occurrence of wrinkles in the temporary support is suppressed in the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend.
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料が上記効果を奏する理由は、以下のように推察される。感光性転写材料を用いたパターン形成方法において、感光性転写材料と被着体とを貼り合わせる工程は、加熱条件下で行われることがある。例えば、加熱された圧着部材(例えば、ロール)を仮支持体に接触させることで、感光性転写材料と被着体とを貼り合わせている。上記のような方法では、加熱された仮支持体の表面にオリゴマーのような成分が析出することで、仮支持体表面の接着性が増大する。この結果、仮支持体の表面特性(例えば、滑り性)が変化し、仮支持体にシワが発生すると考えられる。一方、本開示に係る感光性転写材料では、100℃で15分間の加熱処理の前後において仮支持体の感光性樹脂層に対向する面とは反対側の面に対する水の接触角の変化率が0%~10.0%であることで、加熱条件下で感光性転写材料と被着体とを貼り合わせても仮支持体の表面特性が変化することを抑制することができる。よって、本開示に係る感光性転写材料によれば、感光性転写材料と被着体とを貼り合わせる工程において仮支持体のシワの発生が抑制される。 The reason why the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure exerts the above effect is presumed as follows. In the pattern forming method using the photosensitive transfer material, the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend may be performed under heating conditions. For example, the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend are bonded together by bringing a heated pressure-bonding member (for example, a roll) into contact with the temporary support. In the above method, a component such as an oligomer is deposited on the surface of the heated temporary support, so that the adhesiveness of the surface of the temporary support is increased. As a result, it is considered that the surface characteristics (for example, slipperiness) of the temporary support are changed and wrinkles are generated on the temporary support. On the other hand, in the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure, the rate of change in the contact angle of water with respect to the surface of the temporary support opposite to the surface facing the photosensitive resin layer before and after the heat treatment at 100 ° C. for 15 minutes. When it is 0% to 10.0%, it is possible to suppress the change in the surface characteristics of the temporary support even when the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend are bonded together under heating conditions. Therefore, according to the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure, the occurrence of wrinkles in the temporary support is suppressed in the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend.
<<構成要素>>
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、仮支持体と、上記仮支持体の上に感光性樹脂層と、を有する。感光性樹脂層は、仮支持体の上に、直接、又は任意の層を介して積層されてもよい。本開示に係る感光性転写材料では、感光性樹脂層の上に任意の層が積層されてもよい。任意の層としては、例えば、後述する他の層が挙げられる。以下、本開示に係る感光性転写材料の構成要素について具体的に説明する。
<< Components >>
The photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure has a temporary support and a photosensitive resin layer on the temporary support. The photosensitive resin layer may be laminated on the temporary support directly or via an arbitrary layer. In the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure, an arbitrary layer may be laminated on the photosensitive resin layer. Examples of the arbitrary layer include other layers described later. Hereinafter, the components of the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure will be specifically described.
[仮支持体]
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、仮支持体を有する。仮支持体は、感光性転写材料から剥離可能な支持体である。仮支持体は、少なくとも感光性樹脂層を支持することができる。仮支持体の構造は、単層構造、又は多層構造であってもよい。多層構造を有する仮支持体の層構成は、制限されない。多層構造を有する仮支持体は、被覆層、又は機能層を有してもよい。多層構造を有する仮支持体としては、例えば、基材と、被覆層又は機能層と、を有する仮支持体が挙げられる。基材としては、例えば、下記「組成」の項において説明する材料(例えば、ガラス基板、樹脂フィルム、及び紙)が挙げられる。被覆層は、任意の層(例えば、基材)の表面の一部又は全部を覆う層である。機能層としては、例えば、接着層(密着層)、剥離層、滑り性付与層、帯電防止層、支持体からの成分の染み出しを防止する層、平滑性付与層、及びハードコート層が挙げられる。被覆層は、機能層であってもよい。また、多層構造を有する仮支持体は、塗布法、又は共押出により形成される。
[Temporary support]
The photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure has a temporary support. The temporary support is a support that can be peeled off from the photosensitive transfer material. The temporary support can support at least a photosensitive resin layer. The structure of the temporary support may be a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure. The layer structure of the temporary support having a multi-layer structure is not limited. The temporary support having a multi-layer structure may have a coating layer or a functional layer. Examples of the temporary support having a multi-layer structure include a temporary support having a base material and a coating layer or a functional layer. Examples of the base material include materials (for example, glass substrate, resin film, and paper) described in the section of "composition" below. The coating layer is a layer that covers a part or all of the surface of an arbitrary layer (for example, a base material). Examples of the functional layer include an adhesive layer (adhesive layer), a peeling layer, a slippery imparting layer, an antistatic layer, a layer for preventing exudation of components from a support, a smoothing imparting layer, and a hard coat layer. Be done. The coating layer may be a functional layer. Further, the temporary support having a multi-layer structure is formed by a coating method or coextrusion.
(接触角)
 100℃で15分間の加熱処理の前後において、仮支持体の感光性樹脂層に対向する面とは反対側の面に対する水の接触角の変化率は、0%~10.0%である。本開示において、「仮支持体の感光性樹脂層に対向する面」とは、仮支持体の表面のうち感光性樹脂層を向いている面をいう。例えば仮支持体が感光性樹脂層に隣接している場合、仮支持体の感光性樹脂層に対向する面は、仮支持体の表面のうち感光性樹脂層に接している面である。以下、「仮支持体の感光性樹脂層に対向する面」を「第1面」という場合がある。以下、「仮支持体の感光性樹脂層に対向する面とは反対側の面」を「第2面」という場合がある。仮支持体の第2面に対する水の接触角の変化率が0%~10.0%であることで、加熱条件下で仮支持体の表面特性が変化することを抑制することができるため、感光性転写材料と被着体とを貼り合わせる工程において仮支持体のシワの発生が抑制される。上記接触角の変化率は、9.0%以下であることが好ましい。また、ロールツーロールでの搬送性の点から、上記加熱処理後の仮支持体の第2面に対する水の接触角は、90度以下であることが好ましく、85度以下であることがより好ましく、80度以下であることが更に好ましい。
(Contact angle)
Before and after the heat treatment at 100 ° C. for 15 minutes, the rate of change of the contact angle of water with respect to the surface of the temporary support opposite to the surface facing the photosensitive resin layer is 0% to 10.0%. In the present disclosure, the "surface of the temporary support facing the photosensitive resin layer" refers to the surface of the temporary support facing the photosensitive resin layer. For example, when the temporary support is adjacent to the photosensitive resin layer, the surface of the temporary support facing the photosensitive resin layer is the surface of the temporary support that is in contact with the photosensitive resin layer. Hereinafter, the "surface of the temporary support facing the photosensitive resin layer" may be referred to as a "first surface". Hereinafter, the "surface opposite to the surface of the temporary support facing the photosensitive resin layer" may be referred to as a "second surface". Since the rate of change of the contact angle of water with respect to the second surface of the temporary support is 0% to 10.0%, it is possible to suppress the change in the surface characteristics of the temporary support under heating conditions. In the process of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend, the occurrence of wrinkles on the temporary support is suppressed. The rate of change of the contact angle is preferably 9.0% or less. Further, from the viewpoint of roll-to-roll transportability, the contact angle of water with respect to the second surface of the temporary support after the heat treatment is preferably 90 degrees or less, more preferably 85 degrees or less. , 80 degrees or less is more preferable.
 加熱処理前の水の接触角をC1とし、加熱処理後の水の接触角をC2とした場合、水の接触角の変化率は、下記式に従って求める。下記式において、「|C2-C1|」は、C2とC1との差の絶対値を表す。
 式:水の接触角の変化率(%)=(|C2-C1|)/C1×100
When the contact angle of water before the heat treatment is C1 and the contact angle of water after the heat treatment is C2, the rate of change of the contact angle of water is calculated according to the following formula. In the following formula, "| C2-C1 |" represents the absolute value of the difference between C2 and C1.
Formula: Change rate of contact angle of water (%) = (| C2-C1 |) / C1 × 100
 加熱処理前の水の接触角(C1)は、以下の方法によって測定する。
 (1)室温が25℃、相対湿度が50%の雰囲気下で仮支持体を24時間静置する。
 (2)上記(1)に示す雰囲気下で仮支持体の第2面に滴下した12μLの純水の接触角を、接触角計CA-D型(協和界面科学株式会社)を用いて測定する。上記した測定を合計5回行う。
 (3)5点の測定値の最大値と最小値を除いた3点の測定値の算術平均を、加熱処理前の水の接触角(C1)とする。
The contact angle (C1) of water before the heat treatment is measured by the following method.
(1) The temporary support is allowed to stand for 24 hours in an atmosphere where the room temperature is 25 ° C. and the relative humidity is 50%.
(2) The contact angle of 12 μL of pure water dropped on the second surface of the temporary support under the atmosphere shown in (1) above is measured using a contact angle meter CA-D type (Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.). .. The above measurements are performed a total of 5 times.
(3) The arithmetic mean of the three measured values excluding the maximum and minimum values of the five measured values is defined as the water contact angle (C1) before the heat treatment.
 加熱処理後の水の接触角(C2)は、以下の方法によって測定する。
 (1)100℃の雰囲気下で仮支持体を15分間静置する。
 (2)室温が25℃、相対湿度が50%の雰囲気下で仮支持体を24時間静置する。
 (3)上記(2)に示す雰囲気下で仮支持体の第2面に滴下した12μLの純水の接触角を、接触角計CA-D型(協和界面科学株式会社)を用いて測定する。上記した測定を合計5回行う。
 (4)5点の測定値の最大値と最小値を除いた3点の測定値の算術平均を、加熱処理後の水の接触角(C2)とする。
The contact angle (C2) of water after the heat treatment is measured by the following method.
(1) The temporary support is allowed to stand for 15 minutes in an atmosphere of 100 ° C.
(2) The temporary support is allowed to stand for 24 hours in an atmosphere where the room temperature is 25 ° C. and the relative humidity is 50%.
(3) The contact angle of 12 μL of pure water dropped on the second surface of the temporary support under the atmosphere shown in (2) above is measured using a contact angle meter CA-D type (Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.). .. The above measurements are performed a total of 5 times.
(4) The arithmetic mean of the three measured values excluding the maximum and minimum values of the five measured values is defined as the contact angle (C2) of the water after the heat treatment.
 100℃で15分間の加熱処理前において、仮支持体の第2面に対する水の接触角は、実用的な観点から、90度以下であることが好ましく、80度以下であることがより好ましい。上記接触角の下限は、制限されない。上記接触角の下限を設定する場合、上記接触角は、50度以上であることが好ましく、60度以上であることがより好ましい。 Before the heat treatment at 100 ° C. for 15 minutes, the contact angle of water with respect to the second surface of the temporary support is preferably 90 degrees or less, and more preferably 80 degrees or less from a practical point of view. The lower limit of the contact angle is not limited. When setting the lower limit of the contact angle, the contact angle is preferably 50 degrees or more, and more preferably 60 degrees or more.
 仮支持体の第2面に対する水の接触角(水の接触角の変化率を含む。以下、本段落において同じ。)を調整する方法としては、公知の方法を利用することができる。仮支持体の第2面に対する水の接触角は、例えば、仮支持体の組成、及び仮支持体の表面粗さに応じて変化する。例えば、後述するワックスを仮支持体の成分として用いることで、仮支持体の第2面に対する水の接触角を調整することができる。また、仮支持体の原料として用いられる樹脂の組成を変更すること、又は仮支持体の成分としてマット剤若しくは無機フィラーを添加することで、仮支持体の第2面に対する水の接触角を調整することができる。 A known method can be used as a method for adjusting the contact angle of water with respect to the second surface of the temporary support (including the rate of change of the contact angle of water; the same shall apply hereinafter in this paragraph). The contact angle of water with respect to the second surface of the temporary support varies depending on, for example, the composition of the temporary support and the surface roughness of the temporary support. For example, by using wax, which will be described later, as a component of the temporary support, the contact angle of water with respect to the second surface of the temporary support can be adjusted. Further, by changing the composition of the resin used as the raw material of the temporary support, or by adding a matting agent or an inorganic filler as a component of the temporary support, the contact angle of water with respect to the second surface of the temporary support can be adjusted. can do.
 上記した接触角に関する性質は、少なくとも仮支持体の第2面で発現していればよい。仮支持体の第1面は、上記した仮支持体の第2面の性質と同様の性質を有してもよい。 The above-mentioned properties related to the contact angle may be exhibited at least on the second surface of the temporary support. The first surface of the temporary support may have the same properties as the second surface of the temporary support described above.
(ヘイズ)
 仮支持体のヘイズは、加熱環境下で変化しにくいことが好ましい。具体的に、120℃で5分間の加熱処理前の仮支持体のヘイズ(以下、「H1」という場合がある。)と120℃で5分間の加熱処理後の仮支持体のヘイズ(以下、「H2」という場合ある。)との差の絶対値(すなわち、|H2-H1|)は、0%~0.40%であることが好ましく、0%~0.30%であることがより好ましく、0%~0.20%であることが更に好ましく、0%~0.10%であることが特に好ましい。120℃で5分間の加熱処理前の仮支持体のヘイズは、0%~0.40%であることが好ましく、0%~0.30%であることがより好ましく、0%~0.20%であることが特に好ましい。
(Haze)
The haze of the temporary support preferably does not change easily in a heating environment. Specifically, the haze of the temporary support before the heat treatment at 120 ° C. for 5 minutes (hereinafter, may be referred to as “H1”) and the haze of the temporary support after the heat treatment at 120 ° C. for 5 minutes (hereinafter, referred to as “H1”). The absolute value of the difference from (sometimes referred to as "H2") (that is, | H2-H1 |) is preferably 0% to 0.40%, more preferably 0% to 0.30%. It is preferably 0% to 0.20%, more preferably 0% to 0.10%. The haze of the temporary support before the heat treatment at 120 ° C. for 5 minutes is preferably 0% to 0.40%, more preferably 0% to 0.30%, and 0% to 0.20. % Is particularly preferable.
 仮支持体のヘイズは、ヘイズメーター(例えば、NDH-2000、日本電色工業株式会社)を用いて「JIS K 7105」に準ずる方法により測定する。ただし、「120℃で5分間の加熱処理後の仮支持体のヘイズ」は、120℃の雰囲気下で仮支持体を5分間静置し、次いで、室温25℃、相対湿度が50%の雰囲気下で仮支持体を180分間静置した後、上記方法によって測定した仮支持体のヘイズとする。 The haze of the temporary support is measured using a haze meter (for example, NDH-2000, Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd.) by a method according to "JIS K 7105". However, in the "haze of the temporary support after heat treatment at 120 ° C. for 5 minutes", the temporary support is allowed to stand for 5 minutes in an atmosphere of 120 ° C., and then an atmosphere of room temperature of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity of 50%. After allowing the temporary support to stand for 180 minutes, the haze of the temporary support measured by the above method is used.
(剥離力)
 仮支持体の剥離力は、0.2gf/cm以上であることが好ましく、0.5gf/cm以上であることがより好ましく、0.8gf/cm以上であることが更に好ましく、1.0gf/cm以上であることが特に好ましい。仮支持体の剥離力が0.2gf/cm以上であることで、感光性転写材料において仮支持体に隣接する層(例えば、感光性樹脂層)と仮支持体との密着性を大きくすることができるため、仮支持体のシワの発生を更に抑制することができる。仮支持体の剥離力の上限は、制限されない。仮支持体の剥離力の上限を設定する場合、仮支持体の剥離力は、例えば、10gf/cm以下の範囲で決定すればよい。本開示において規定される仮支持体の剥離力は、加熱処理前における仮支持体の剥離力である。
(Peeling force)
The peeling force of the temporary support is preferably 0.2 gf / cm or more, more preferably 0.5 gf / cm or more, further preferably 0.8 gf / cm or more, and 1.0 gf / cm or more. It is particularly preferable that it is cm or more. When the peeling force of the temporary support is 0.2 gf / cm or more, the adhesion between the layer adjacent to the temporary support (for example, the photosensitive resin layer) and the temporary support in the photosensitive transfer material is increased. Therefore, the occurrence of wrinkles on the temporary support can be further suppressed. The upper limit of the peeling force of the temporary support is not limited. When setting the upper limit of the peeling force of the temporary support, the peeling force of the temporary support may be determined in the range of, for example, 10 gf / cm or less. The peeling force of the temporary support defined in the present disclosure is the peeling force of the temporary support before the heat treatment.
 仮支持体の剥離力は、以下の方法によって測定する。測定装置は、テンシロン引張試験機(株式会社オリエンテック、型式名:「RTM500」)を用いる。カッターを用いて、幅が25mm、長さが80mmの矩形状に感光性転写材料を切断する。得られた試験片の長手方向を鉛直方向(重力方向)に沿って固定する。固定された試験片において仮支持体の下方先端部を剥がす。剥がした仮支持体の先端部をテンシロン引張試験機のチャック(試験片を挟むための治具をいう。)で挟む。仮支持体の先端部を挟んだチャックを100mm/分の引張速度で上方向(すなわち、鉛直方向とは反対側の方向)に移動させ、仮支持体を180度剥離した際の力(粘着力)を測定する。ただし、測定開始後、最初の30mmの長さの測定値は無視する。仮支持体の剥離開始から剥離終了までの間に測定された力を平均して得られた値を、粘着力として採用する。粘着力を試験片の幅(25mm=2.5cm)で除することで、仮支持体の剥離力(gf/cm)を求める。 The peeling force of the temporary support is measured by the following method. As the measuring device, a Tensilon tensile tester (Orientec Co., Ltd., model name: "RTM500") is used. Using a cutter, the photosensitive transfer material is cut into a rectangular shape having a width of 25 mm and a length of 80 mm. The longitudinal direction of the obtained test piece is fixed along the vertical direction (gravity direction). Peel off the lower tip of the temporary support on the fixed test piece. The tip of the peeled temporary support is sandwiched between the chucks of the Tensilon tensile tester (meaning a jig for sandwiching the test piece). The force (adhesive force) when the chuck sandwiching the tip of the temporary support is moved upward (that is, in the direction opposite to the vertical direction) at a tensile speed of 100 mm / min and the temporary support is peeled 180 degrees. ) Is measured. However, after the start of measurement, the measurement value of the first 30 mm length is ignored. The value obtained by averaging the forces measured from the start of peeling of the temporary support to the end of peeling is adopted as the adhesive force. The peeling force (gf / cm) of the temporary support is obtained by dividing the adhesive force by the width of the test piece (25 mm = 2.5 cm).
(厚さ)
 仮支持体の平均厚さは、仮支持体を介した感光性樹脂層の露光を経て形成されるパターンの解像性を向上させるという観点から、20μm以下であることが好ましく、18μm以下であることがより好ましく、16μm以下であることが特に好ましい。本開示に係る感光性転写材料においては、上記したような薄い仮支持体を採用した場合であっても、感光性転写材料と被着体とを貼り合わせる工程において仮支持体のシワの発生を抑制することができる。仮支持体の厚さの下限は、制限されない。仮支持体の平均厚さは、取り扱い易さ、及び汎用性の観点から、5μm以上であることが好ましく、10μm以上であることがより好ましい。
(thickness)
The average thickness of the temporary support is preferably 20 μm or less, preferably 18 μm or less, from the viewpoint of improving the resolution of the pattern formed by exposing the photosensitive resin layer through the temporary support. It is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable that it is 16 μm or less. In the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure, even when the thin temporary support as described above is adopted, wrinkles of the temporary support are generated in the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend. It can be suppressed. The lower limit of the thickness of the temporary support is not limited. The average thickness of the temporary support is preferably 5 μm or more, and more preferably 10 μm or more, from the viewpoint of ease of handling and versatility.
 仮支持体の平均厚さは、以下の方法によって測定する。走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)を用いて、仮支持体の主面に対して垂直な方向(すなわち、厚さ方向)の断面を観察する。得られた観察画像に基づいて、仮支持体の厚さを10点測定する。測定値を算術平均することで、仮支持体の平均厚さを求める。なお、上記した測定方法は、単層構造を有する仮支持体に限られず、多層構造を有する仮支持体にも適用するものとする。 The average thickness of the temporary support is measured by the following method. A scanning electron microscope (SEM) is used to observe the cross section in the direction perpendicular to the main surface of the temporary support (that is, in the thickness direction). Based on the obtained observation image, the thickness of the temporary support is measured at 10 points. The average thickness of the temporary support is obtained by arithmetically averaging the measured values. The above-mentioned measuring method is not limited to the temporary support having a single-layer structure, but is also applied to the temporary support having a multi-layer structure.
(光透過性)
 仮支持体は、光透過性を有することが好ましい。仮支持体が光透過性を有することで、感光性樹脂層を露光する際に、仮支持体を介して感光性樹脂層を露光することができる。本開示において、「光透過性を有する」とは、パターン露光に使用する波長の光の透過率が50%以上であることを意味する。仮支持体において、パターン露光に使用する波長(好ましくは波長365nm)の光の透過率は、感光性樹脂層の露光感度の向上の観点から、60%以上であることが好ましく、70%以上であることがより好ましい。本開示において、「透過率」とは、測定対象となる層の主面に垂直な方向(すなわち、厚さ方向)に光を入射させたときの入射光の強度に対する、測定対象となる層を通過して出射した出射光の強度の比率である。透過率は、大塚電子株式会社製のMCPD Seriesを用いて測定する。
(Optical transparency)
The temporary support preferably has light transmission. Since the temporary support has light transmission property, when the photosensitive resin layer is exposed, the photosensitive resin layer can be exposed through the temporary support. In the present disclosure, "having light transmittance" means that the transmittance of light having a wavelength used for pattern exposure is 50% or more. In the temporary support, the transmittance of light having a wavelength (preferably a wavelength of 365 nm) used for pattern exposure is preferably 60% or more, preferably 70% or more, from the viewpoint of improving the exposure sensitivity of the photosensitive resin layer. More preferably. In the present disclosure, the "transmittance" refers to a layer to be measured with respect to the intensity of the incident light when light is incident in a direction perpendicular to the main surface of the layer to be measured (that is, in the thickness direction). It is the ratio of the intensity of the emitted light that has passed through and emitted. The transmittance is measured using MCPD Series manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.
(組成)
 仮支持体としては、例えば、ガラス基板、樹脂フィルム、及び紙が挙げられる。仮支持体は、強度、可撓性、及び光透過性の観点から、樹脂フィルムであることが好ましい。
(composition)
Examples of the temporary support include a glass substrate, a resin film, and paper. The temporary support is preferably a resin film from the viewpoint of strength, flexibility, and light transmission.
 樹脂フィルムとしては、例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(すなわち、PETフィルム)、トリ酢酸セルロースフィルム、ポリスチレンフィルム、及びポリカーボネートフィルムが挙げられる。樹脂フィルムは、PETフィルムであることが好ましく、2軸延伸PETフィルムであることがより好ましい。 Examples of the resin film include polyethylene terephthalate film (that is, PET film), cellulose triacetate film, polystyrene film, and polycarbonate film. The resin film is preferably a PET film, more preferably a biaxially stretched PET film.
 仮支持体としては、例えば、膜厚16μmの2軸延伸ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム、膜厚12μmの2軸延伸ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム、及び膜厚9μmの2軸延伸ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムが挙げられる。 Examples of the temporary support include a biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 16 μm, a biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 12 μm, and a biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 9 μm.
 仮支持体は、ワックスを含むことが好ましい。仮支持体がワックスを含むことで、仮支持体の表面にオリゴマーのような成分が析出することを抑制することができるため、感光性転写材料と被着体とを貼り合わせる工程において仮支持体のシワの発生を更に抑制することができる。上記と同様の観点から、仮支持体は、ワックスを含む層を有することが好ましく、ワックスを含む表層(被覆層)を有することがより好ましい。 The temporary support preferably contains wax. Since the temporary support contains wax, it is possible to suppress the precipitation of components such as oligomers on the surface of the temporary support. Therefore, the temporary support is used in the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend. The occurrence of wrinkles can be further suppressed. From the same viewpoint as above, the temporary support preferably has a layer containing wax, and more preferably has a surface layer (coating layer) containing wax.
 ワックスとしては、公知のワックスを利用することができる。ワックスとしては、例えば、天然ワックス、及び合成ワックスが挙げられる。 As the wax, a known wax can be used. Examples of the wax include natural wax and synthetic wax.
 天然ワックスとしては、例えば、植物系ワックス(例えば、カルナバワックス、キャンデリラワックス、及び木蝋)、石油系ワックス(例えば、パラフィンワックス、及びマイクロクリスタリンワックス)、鉱物系ワックス(例えば、モンタンワックス)、動物系ワックス(例えば、蜜蝋、及びラノリン)などが挙げられる。 Natural waxes include, for example, vegetable waxes (eg, carnauba wax, candelilla wax, and wood wax), petroleum waxes (eg, paraffin wax, and microcrystallin wax), mineral waxes (eg, montan wax), and animals. Examples thereof include based waxes (for example, beeswax and lanolin).
 合成ワックスとしては、例えば、オレフィン系ワックス(例えば、ポリエチレンワックス、及びポリプロピレンワックス)、合成炭化水素系ワックス(例えば、フィッシャートロプシュワックス)、水素化ワックス(例えば、硬化ヒマシ油、硬化ヒマシ油誘導体)が挙げられる。合成ワックスとしては、例えば、ステアリン酸、オレイン酸、エルカ酸、ラウリン酸、ベヘン酸、パルミチン酸、若しくはアジピン酸のエステル、アミド、ビスアミド、ケトン、又は金属塩、及びこれらの誘導体も挙げられる。 Examples of synthetic waxes include olefin waxes (eg, polyethylene wax and polypropylene wax), synthetic hydrocarbon waxes (eg, Fishertropsh wax), and hydride waxes (eg, hardened castor oil, hardened castor oil derivative). Can be mentioned. Synthetic waxes also include, for example, esters, amides, bisamides, ketones, or metal salts of stearic acid, oleic acid, erucic acid, lauric acid, behenic acid, palmitic acid, or adipic acid, and derivatives thereof.
 ワックスの分子量は、制限されない。ワックスの分子量は、耐摩耗性の観点から、100以上であることが好ましく、300以上であることがより好ましい。ワックスの分子量は、滑り性付与の観点から、5,000以下であることが好ましく、3,000以下であることがより好ましい。ワックスが分子量分布を有する場合において「ワックスの分子量」とは、ワックスの重量平均分子量を意味する。 The molecular weight of wax is not limited. From the viewpoint of abrasion resistance, the molecular weight of the wax is preferably 100 or more, and more preferably 300 or more. The molecular weight of the wax is preferably 5,000 or less, and more preferably 3,000 or less, from the viewpoint of imparting slipperiness. When the wax has a molecular weight distribution, the "molecular weight of the wax" means the weight average molecular weight of the wax.
 仮支持体は、1種単独、又は2種以上のワックスを含んでもよい。 The temporary support may contain one type of wax alone or two or more types of wax.
 ワックスの含有率は、仮支持体の全質量に対して、0.0001質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.0005質量%以上であることがより好ましく、0.001質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。ワックスの含有率は、仮支持体の全質量に対して、0.05質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.03質量%以下であることがより好ましく、0.01質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。ワックスの含有率が上記範囲であることで、感光性転写材料と被着体とを貼り合わせる工程において仮支持体のシワの発生を更に抑制することができる。 The wax content is preferably 0.0001% by mass or more, more preferably 0.0005% by mass or more, and 0.001% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the temporary support. Is particularly preferable. The wax content is preferably 0.05% by mass or less, more preferably 0.03% by mass or less, and 0.01% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the temporary support. Is particularly preferable. When the wax content is in the above range, it is possible to further suppress the occurrence of wrinkles in the temporary support in the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend.
(粗さ)
 仮支持体の第1面及び仮支持体の第2面からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つの算術平均粗さRaは、0.1μm以下であることが好ましく、0.05μm以下であることがより好ましく、0.02μm以下であることが特に好ましい。算術平均粗さRaの下限は、制限されない。算術平均粗さRaの下限を設定する場合、仮支持体の第1面及び仮支持体の第2面からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つの算術平均粗さRaは、例えば、0μm以上の範囲で決定すればよい。仮支持体の第1面及び仮支持体の第2面のうち、少なくとも仮支持体の第2面の算術平均粗さRaが上記範囲であることが好ましい。
(Roughness)
The arithmetic mean roughness Ra selected from the group consisting of the first surface of the temporary support and the second surface of the temporary support is preferably 0.1 μm or less, and preferably 0.05 μm or less. It is more preferably 0.02 μm or less, and particularly preferably 0.02 μm or less. The lower limit of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra is not limited. When setting the lower limit of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra, at least one arithmetic mean roughness Ra selected from the group consisting of the first surface of the temporary support and the second surface of the temporary support is, for example, in the range of 0 μm or more. You can decide with. Of the first surface of the temporary support and the second surface of the temporary support, it is preferable that at least the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the second surface of the temporary support is in the above range.
 算術平均粗さRaは、以下の方法によって測定する。3次元光学プロファイラー(New View7300、Zygo社)を用いて、以下の条件にて測定対象物の表面プロファイルを得る。測定及び解析ソフトウェアとしては、MetroPro ver8.3.2のMicroscope Applicationを用いる。次に、上記ソフトウェアを用いてSurface Map画面を表示し、Surface Map画面中でヒストグラムデータを得る。得られたヒストグラムデータから、測定対象物の表面の算術平均粗さRaを得る。なお、測定対象物の表面が他の層の表面と接触している場合、測定対象物を他の層から剥離することで露出した測定対象物の表面の算術平均粗さRaを測定すればよい。 Arithmetic mean roughness Ra is measured by the following method. Using a three-dimensional optical profiler (New View7300, Zygo), the surface profile of the object to be measured is obtained under the following conditions. As the measurement and analysis software, Microscope Application of MetroPro ver 8.3.2 is used. Next, the Surface Map screen is displayed using the above software, and histogram data is obtained in the Surface Map screen. From the obtained histogram data, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the object to be measured is obtained. When the surface of the object to be measured is in contact with the surface of another layer, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the exposed object to be measured may be measured by peeling the object to be measured from the other layer. ..
(他の性質)
 仮支持体(特に樹脂フィルム)には、例えば、変形(例えば、シワ)、傷、及び欠陥がないことが好ましい。仮支持体を介するパターン露光時のパターン形成性、及び仮支持体の透明性の観点から、仮支持体に含まれる微粒子、異物、欠陥、及び析出物の数は少ないことが好ましい。仮支持体において、直径が1μm以上である、微粒子、異物、及び欠陥の数は、50個/10mm以下であることが好ましく、10個/10mm以下であることがより好ましく、3個/10mm以下であることが更に好ましく、0個/10mmであることが特に好ましい。
(Other properties)
It is preferable that the temporary support (particularly the resin film) is free from, for example, deformation (for example, wrinkles), scratches, and defects. From the viewpoint of pattern formation during pattern exposure via the temporary support and transparency of the temporary support, it is preferable that the number of fine particles, foreign substances, defects, and precipitates contained in the temporary support is small. In the temporary support, the number of fine particles, foreign substances, and defects having a diameter of 1 μm or more is preferably 50 pieces / 10 mm 2 or less, more preferably 10 pieces / 10 mm 2 or less, and 3 pieces / It is more preferably 10 mm 2 or less, and particularly preferably 0/10 mm 2.
 仮支持体の好ましい態様については、例えば、特開2014-85643号公報の段落0017~段落0018、特開2016-27363号公報の段落0019~段落0026、国際公開第2012/081680号の段落0041~段落0057、国際公開第2018/179370号の段落0029~段落0040、及び特開2019-101405号公報の段落0012~段落0032に記載がある。これらの公報の内容は、参照により本明細書に組み込まれる。 Regarding preferred embodiments of the provisional support, for example, paragraphs 0017 to 0018 of JP-A-2014-85643, paragraphs 0019 to paragraph 0026 of JP-A-2016-27363, and paragraphs 0041 to International Publication No. 2012/081680. It is described in paragraph 0057, paragraphs 0029 to 0040 of International Publication No. 2018/179370, and paragraphs 0012 to 0032 of JP-A-2019-101405. The contents of these gazettes are incorporated herein by reference.
[感光性樹脂層]
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、感光性樹脂層を有する。感光性樹脂層は、露光により露光部の現像液に対する溶解性が低下し、非露光部が現像により除去されるネガ型感光性樹脂層であることが好ましい。しかしながら、感光性樹脂層は、ネガ型感光性樹脂層に限られず、露光により露光部の現像液に対する溶解性が向上し、露光部が現像により除去されるポジ型感光性樹脂層であってもよい。
[Photosensitive resin layer]
The photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure has a photosensitive resin layer. The photosensitive resin layer is preferably a negative photosensitive resin layer in which the solubility of the exposed portion in the developing solution is reduced by exposure and the non-exposed portion is removed by development. However, the photosensitive resin layer is not limited to the negative photosensitive resin layer, and even if the photosensitive resin layer is a positive photosensitive resin layer in which the solubility of the exposed portion in the developing solution is improved by exposure and the exposed portion is removed by development. good.
 ある実施形態において、感光性樹脂層は、重合体Aと、重合性化合物Bと、光重合開始剤と、を含むことが好ましい。ある実施形態において、感光性樹脂層は、上記感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、10質量%~90質量%の重合体A、5質量%~70質量%の重合性化合物B、及び0.01質量%~20質量%の光重合開始剤を含むことが好ましい。重合体A、重合性化合物B、及び光重合開始剤については、後述する。 In certain embodiments, the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymer A, a polymerizable compound B, and a photopolymerization initiator. In certain embodiments, the photosensitive resin layer comprises 10% by mass to 90% by mass of the polymer A, 5% by mass to 70% by mass of the polymerizable compound B, and 0, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is preferable to contain 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass of a photopolymerization initiator. The polymer A, the polymerizable compound B, and the photopolymerization initiator will be described later.
(重合体A)
 感光性樹脂層は、重合体Aを含むことが好ましい。重合体Aは、アルカリ可溶性高分子であることが好ましい。アルカリ可溶性高分子は、アルカリ物質に溶け易い高分子を包含する。
(Polymer A)
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains the polymer A. The polymer A is preferably an alkali-soluble polymer. Alkali-soluble polymers include polymers that are easily soluble in alkaline substances.
 重合体Aの酸価は、現像液による感光性樹脂層の膨潤を抑制することで解像性がより優れる観点から、220mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、200mgKOH/g未満であることがより好ましく、190mgKOH/g未満であることが特に好ましい。酸価の下限は、制限されない。重合体Aの酸価は、現像性がより優れる観点から、60mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、120mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましく、150mgKOH/g以上であることが更に好ましく、170mgKOH/g以上であることが特に好ましい。重合体Aの酸価は、例えば、重合体Aを構成する構成単位の種類、及び酸基を含有する構成単位の含有量によって調整することができる。 The acid value of the polymer A is preferably 220 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably less than 200 mgKOH / g, from the viewpoint of improving the resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive resin layer due to the developing solution. It is preferably less than 190 mgKOH / g, especially preferably less than 190 mgKOH / g. The lower limit of acid value is not limited. The acid value of the polymer A is preferably 60 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 120 mgKOH / g or more, further preferably 150 mgKOH / g or more, and 170 mgKOH / g or more, from the viewpoint of more excellent developability. It is particularly preferable that it is g or more. The acid value of the polymer A can be adjusted, for example, by the type of the structural unit constituting the polymer A and the content of the structural unit containing an acid group.
 本開示において、酸価は、試料1gを中和するのに必要な水酸化カリウムの質量(mg)である。本開示においては、酸価の単位をmgKOH/gと記載する。酸価は、例えば、化合物中における酸基の平均含有量から算出できる。 In the present disclosure, the acid value is the mass (mg) of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize 1 g of the sample. In the present disclosure, the unit of acid value is described as mgKOH / g. The acid value can be calculated, for example, from the average content of acid groups in the compound.
 重合体Aの重量平均分子量(Mw)は、5,000~500,000であることが好ましい。重量平均分子量を500,000以下にすることは、解像性、及び現像性を向上させる観点から好ましい。重合体Aの重量平均分子量は、100,000以下であることがより好ましく、60,000以下であることが更に好ましく、50,000以下であることが特に好ましい。一方、重量平均分子量を5,000以上にすることは、現像凝集物の性状、エッジフューズ性、及びカットチップ性を制御する観点から好ましい。重合体Aの重量平均分子量は、10,000以上であることがより好ましく、20,000以上であることが更に好ましく、30,000以上であることが特に好ましい。エッジフューズ性とは、感光性転写材料をロール状に巻き取った場合に、ロールの端面からの、感光性樹脂層のはみ出し易さの程度をいう。カットチップ性とは、未露光膜をカッターで切断した場合に、チップの飛び易さの程度をいう。例えば、チップが感光性転写材料の表面に付着すると、露光工程でチップがマスクに転写して、不良品の原因となる。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer A is preferably 5,000 to 500,000. It is preferable that the weight average molecular weight is 500,000 or less from the viewpoint of improving the resolvability and the developability. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer A is more preferably 100,000 or less, further preferably 60,000 or less, and particularly preferably 50,000 or less. On the other hand, it is preferable to set the weight average molecular weight to 5,000 or more from the viewpoint of controlling the properties of the developed aggregate, the edge fuse property, and the cut chip property. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer A is more preferably 10,000 or more, further preferably 20,000 or more, and particularly preferably 30,000 or more. The edge fuse property refers to the degree to which the photosensitive resin layer easily protrudes from the end face of the roll when the photosensitive transfer material is wound into a roll. The cut chip property refers to the degree of ease with which the chip flies when the unexposed film is cut with a cutter. For example, if the chip adheres to the surface of the photosensitive transfer material, the chip is transferred to the mask in the exposure process, which causes a defective product.
 重合体Aの分散度は、1.0~6.0であることが好ましく、1.0~5.0であることがより好ましく、1.0~4.0であることが更に好ましく、1.0~3.0であることが特に好ましい。本開示において、分散度は、数平均分子量に対する重量平均分子量の比(重量平均分子量/数平均分子量)である。 The dispersity of the polymer A is preferably 1.0 to 6.0, more preferably 1.0 to 5.0, and even more preferably 1.0 to 4.0. It is particularly preferably 0.0 to 3.0. In the present disclosure, the degree of dispersion is the ratio of the weight average molecular weight to the number average molecular weight (weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight).
 重合体Aは、露光時の焦点位置がずれたときの線幅太り、及び解像度の悪化を抑制する観点から、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に由来する構成単位を有することが好ましい。 The polymer A preferably has a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, from the viewpoint of suppressing the line width thickening when the focal position is deviated during exposure and the deterioration of resolution.
 芳香族炭化水素基としては、例えば、置換又は非置換のフェニル基、及び置換又は非置換のアラルキル基が挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group and a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group.
 重合体Aにおける芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に由来する構成単位の含有割合は、重合体Aの全質量に対して、20質量%以上であることが好ましく、30質量%以上であることがより好ましく、40質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、45質量%以上であることが特に好ましく、50質量%以上であることが最も好ましい。芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に由来する構成単位の含有割合の上限は、制限されない。重合体Aにおける芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に由来する構成単位の含有割合は、重合体Aの全質量に対して、95質量%以下であることが好ましく、85質量%以下であることがより好ましい。なお、感光性樹脂層が複数種の重合体Aを含む場合、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に由来する構成単位の含有割合は、重量平均値として求める。 The content ratio of the structural unit derived from the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is preferably 20% by mass or more, preferably 30% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the polymer A. More preferably, it is more preferably 40% by mass or more, particularly preferably 45% by mass or more, and most preferably 50% by mass or more. The upper limit of the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is not limited. The content ratio of the structural unit derived from the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is preferably 95% by mass or less, preferably 85% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the polymer A. Is more preferable. When the photosensitive resin layer contains a plurality of types of polymers A, the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is determined as a weight average value.
 芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体としては、例えば、アラルキル基を有する単量体、スチレン、及び重合可能なスチレン誘導体(例えば、メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、tert-ブトキシスチレン、アセトキシスチレン、4-ビニル安息香酸、スチレンダイマー、及びスチレントリマー)が挙げられる。芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体は、アラルキル基を有する単量体、又はスチレンであることが好ましい。 Examples of the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group include a monomer having an aralkyl group, styrene, and a polymerizable styrene derivative (for example, methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, tert-butoxystyrene, acetoxystyrene, 4-). Vinyl benzoic acid, styrene dimer, and styrene trimmer). The monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a monomer having an aralkyl group or styrene.
 アラルキル基としては、置換又は非置換のフェニルアルキル基(ベンジル基を除く)、及び置換又は非置換のベンジル基が挙げられ、置換又は非置換のベンジル基が好ましい。 Examples of the aralkyl group include a substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkyl group (excluding a benzyl group) and a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group is preferable.
 フェニルアルキル基を有する単量体としては、例えば、フェニルエチル(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。 Examples of the monomer having a phenylalkyl group include phenylethyl (meth) acrylate.
 ベンジル基を有する単量体としては、ベンジル基を有する(メタ)アクリレート(例えば、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、及びクロロベンジル(メタ)アクリレート)、ベンジル基を有するビニルモノマー(例えば、ビニルベンジルクロライド、及びビニルベンジルアルコール)が挙げられる。ベンジル基を有する単量体は、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレートであることが好ましい。 Examples of the monomer having a benzyl group include a (meth) acrylate having a benzyl group (for example, benzyl (meth) acrylate and a chlorobenzyl (meth) acrylate), a vinyl monomer having a benzyl group (for example, vinylbenzyl chloride, and the like). Vinyl benzyl alcohol). The monomer having a benzyl group is preferably a benzyl (meth) acrylate.
 ある実施形態において、重合体Aにおける芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に由来する構成単位がベンジル(メタ)アクリレートに由来する構成単位である場合、重合体Aにおけるベンジル(メタ)アクリレート単量体に由来する構成単位の含有割合は、重合体Aの全質量に対して、50質量%~95質量%であることが好ましく、60質量%~90質量%であることがより好ましく、70質量%~90質量%であることが更に好ましく、75質量%~90質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In certain embodiments, when the structural unit derived from the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is the structural unit derived from the benzyl (meth) acrylate, the benzyl (meth) acrylate single amount in the polymer A is used. The content ratio of the structural unit derived from the body is preferably 50% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 60% by mass to 90% by mass, and 70% by mass, based on the total mass of the polymer A. It is more preferably% to 90% by mass, and particularly preferably 75% by mass to 90% by mass.
 ある実施形態において、重合体Aにおける芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に由来する構成単位がスチレンに由来する構成単位である場合、重合体Aにおけるスチレンに由来する構成単位の含有割合は、重合体Aの全質量に対して、20質量%~60質量%であることが好ましく、25~55質量%であることがより好ましく、30質量%~50質量%であることが更に好ましい。なお、感光性樹脂層が複数の種類の重合体Aを含む場合、芳香族炭化水素基を有する構成単位の含有率は、重量平均値として求められる。 In a certain embodiment, when the structural unit derived from the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is the structural unit derived from styrene, the content ratio of the structural unit derived from styrene in the polymer A is determined. It is preferably 20% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 25 to 55% by mass, and further preferably 30% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the polymer A. When the photosensitive resin layer contains a plurality of types of polymers A, the content of the structural unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is determined as a weight average value.
 ある実施形態において、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に由来する構成単位を有する重合体Aは、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体と、後述する第一の単量体、及び後述する第二の単量体からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種と、を重合することで得られる共重合体であることが好ましい。上記共重合体は、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に由来する構成単位と、第一の単量体に由来する構成単位、及び第二の単量体に由来する構成単位からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種と、を有する。 In a certain embodiment, the polymer A having a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group includes a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a first monomer described later, and a monomer described later. It is preferable that the copolymer is obtained by polymerizing at least one selected from the group consisting of the second monomer. The above-mentioned copolymer is a group consisting of a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a structural unit derived from the first monomer, and a structural unit derived from the second monomer. It has at least one selected from the above.
 重合体Aは、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に由来する構成単位を有しない重合体であってもよい。芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に由来する構成単位を有しない重合体Aは、後述する第一の単量体(芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体を除く。)の少なくとも1種を重合することで得られる重合体であることが好ましく、後述する第一の単量体(芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体を除く。)の少なくとも1種と、後述する第二の単量体(芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体を除く。)の少なくとも1種と、を重合することにより得られる共重合体であることがより好ましい。 The polymer A may be a polymer having no structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The polymer A having no structural unit derived from the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is at least one kind of the first monomer (excluding the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group) described later. It is preferable that the polymer is obtained by polymerizing the above, and at least one of the first monomer (excluding the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group) described later and the second simpler described later. It is more preferable that it is a copolymer obtained by polymerizing at least one of a dimer (excluding a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group).
 ある実施形態において、重合体Aは、後述する第一の単量体の少なくとも1種を重合することで得られる重合体であることが好ましく、後述する第一の単量体の少なくとも1種と、後述する第二の単量体の少なくとも1種と、を重合することにより得られる共重合体であることがより好ましい。上記共重合体は、第一の単量体に由来する構成単位と、第二の単量体に由来する構成単位と、を有する。 In a certain embodiment, the polymer A is preferably a polymer obtained by polymerizing at least one of the first monomers described later, and is preferably the same as at least one of the first monomers described below. It is more preferable that the copolymer is obtained by polymerizing with at least one of the second monomers described later. The copolymer has a structural unit derived from the first monomer and a structural unit derived from the second monomer.
 第一の単量体は、分子中にカルボキシ基と重合性不飽和基とを有する単量体である。第一の単量体は、分子中に芳香族炭化水素基を有しない単量体であってもよい。第一の単量体としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、フマル酸、ケイ皮酸、クロトン酸、イタコン酸、4-ビニル安息香酸、マレイン酸無水物、及びマレイン酸半エステルが挙げられる。第一の単量体は、(メタ)アクリル酸であることが好ましい。 The first monomer is a monomer having a carboxy group and a polymerizable unsaturated group in the molecule. The first monomer may be a monomer having no aromatic hydrocarbon group in the molecule. Examples of the first monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, maleic anhydride, and maleic acid semiester. The first monomer is preferably (meth) acrylic acid.
 重合体Aにおける第一の単量体に由来する構成単位の含有割合は、重合体Aの全質量に対して、5質量%~50質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~40質量%であることがより好ましく、15質量%~30質量%であることが特に好ましい。 The content ratio of the structural unit derived from the first monomer in the polymer A is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, and 10% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total mass of the polymer A. Is more preferable, and 15% by mass to 30% by mass is particularly preferable.
 第二の単量体は、非酸性であり、かつ、分子中に少なくとも1つの重合性不飽和基を有する単量体である。第二の単量体は、分子中に芳香族炭化水素基を有しない単量体であってもよい。第二の単量体としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリレート化合物、ビニルアルコールのエステル化合物、及び(メタ)アクリロニトリルが挙げられる。本開示において、「(メタ)アクリロニトリル」は、アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリル、又はアクリロニトリル及びメタクリロニトリルの両方を包含する。 The second monomer is a monomer that is non-acidic and has at least one polymerizable unsaturated group in the molecule. The second monomer may be a monomer having no aromatic hydrocarbon group in the molecule. Examples of the second monomer include a (meth) acrylate compound, an ester compound of vinyl alcohol, and (meth) acrylonitrile. In the present disclosure, "(meth) acrylonitrile" includes acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, or both acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile.
 (メタ)アクリレート化合物としては、例えば、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、n-プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、イソプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、tert-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、及び2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。 Examples of the (meth) acrylate compound include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, and isobutyl (meth) acrylate. Examples thereof include tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, and 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate.
 ビニルアルコールのエステル化合物としては、例えば、酢酸ビニルが挙げられる。 Examples of the ester compound of vinyl alcohol include vinyl acetate.
 第二の単量体は、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、及びn-ブチル(メタ)アクリレートからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、メチル(メタ)アクリレートであることがより好ましい。 The second monomer is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of methyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, and n-butyl (meth) acrylate, and is preferably methyl (meth). More preferably, it is an acrylate.
 重合体Aにおける第二の単量体に由来する構成単位の含有割合は、重合体Aの全質量に対して、5質量%~60質量%であることが好ましく、15質量%~50質量%であることがより好ましく、20質量%~45質量%であることが特に好ましい。 The content ratio of the structural unit derived from the second monomer in the polymer A is preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, and 15% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total mass of the polymer A. Is more preferable, and 20% by mass to 45% by mass is particularly preferable.
 重合体Aは、露光時の焦点位置がずれたときの線幅太り、及び解像度の悪化を抑制する観点から、アラルキル基を有する単量体に由来する構成単位、及びスチレンに由来する構成単位からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましい。例えば、重合体Aは、メタクリル酸に由来する構成単位と、ベンジルメタクリレートに由来する構成単位と、スチレンに由来する構成単位と、を含む共重合体、及びメタクリル酸に由来する構成単位と、メチルメタクリレートに由来する構成単位と、ベンジルメタクリレートに由来する構成単位と、スチレンに由来する構成単位と、を含む共重合体からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。 The polymer A is composed of a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aralkyl group and a structural unit derived from styrene from the viewpoint of suppressing the line width thickening when the focal position is deviated during exposure and the deterioration of resolution. It is preferable to include at least one selected from the group. For example, the polymer A is a copolymer containing a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid, a structural unit derived from benzyl methacrylate, a structural unit derived from styrene, a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid, and methyl. It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of copolymers containing a structural unit derived from methacrylate, a structural unit derived from benzyl methacrylate, and a structural unit derived from styrene.
 ある実施形態において、重合体Aは、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に由来する構成単位を25質量%~60質量%、第一の単量体に由来する構成単位を20質量%~55質量%、及び第二の単量体に由来する構成単位を15質量%~55質量%含む重合体であることが好ましい。重合体Aは、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に由来する構成単位を25質量%~40質量%、第一の単量体に由来する構成単位を20質量%~35質量%、及び第二の単量体に由来する構成単位を15質量%~45質量%含む重合体であることがより好ましい。 In a certain embodiment, the polymer A contains 25% by mass to 60% by mass of a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and 20% by mass or more of a structural unit derived from a first monomer. A polymer containing 55% by mass and 15% by mass to 55% by mass of a structural unit derived from the second monomer is preferable. In the polymer A, the structural unit derived from the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is 25% by mass to 40% by mass, the structural unit derived from the first monomer is 20% by mass to 35% by mass, and the like. It is more preferable that the polymer contains 15% by mass to 45% by mass of the structural unit derived from the second monomer.
 ある実施形態において、重合体Aは、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に由来する構成単位を70質量%~90質量%、及び第一の単量体に由来する構成単位を10質量%~25質量%含む重合体であることが好ましい。 In certain embodiments, the polymer A contains 70% by mass to 90% by mass of a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and 10% by mass of a structural unit derived from a first monomer. It is preferably a polymer containing up to 25% by mass.
 重合体Aのガラス転移温度(Tg)は、30℃~135℃であることが好ましい。感光性樹脂層において、重合体AのTgが135℃以下であることで、露光時の焦点位置がずれたときの線幅太り、及び解像度の悪化を抑制することができる。上記の観点から、重合体AのTgは、130℃以下であることがより好ましく、120℃以下であることが更に好ましく、110℃以下であることが特に好ましい。また、重合体AのTgが30℃以上であることは、耐エッジフューズ性を向上させる観点から好ましい。上記の観点から、重合体AのTgは、40℃以上であることがより好ましく、50℃以上であることが更に好ましく、60℃以上であることが特に好ましく、70℃以上であることが最も好ましい。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polymer A is preferably 30 ° C to 135 ° C. When the Tg of the polymer A is 135 ° C. or lower in the photosensitive resin layer, it is possible to suppress the line width thickening and the deterioration of the resolution when the focal position at the time of exposure is deviated. From the above viewpoint, the Tg of the polymer A is more preferably 130 ° C. or lower, further preferably 120 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 110 ° C. or lower. Further, it is preferable that the Tg of the polymer A is 30 ° C. or higher from the viewpoint of improving the edge fuse resistance. From the above viewpoint, the Tg of the polymer A is more preferably 40 ° C. or higher, further preferably 50 ° C. or higher, particularly preferably 60 ° C. or higher, and most preferably 70 ° C. or higher. preferable.
 重合体Aは、市販品、又は合成品であってもよい。重合体Aの合成は、例えば、上記した少なくとも1種の単量体を溶剤(例えば、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、又はイソプロパノール)で希釈した溶液に、ラジカル重合開始剤(例えば、過酸化ベンゾイル、又はアゾイソブチロニトリル)を適量添加し、次いで、加熱撹拌することによって行われることが好ましい。また、混合物の一部を反応液に滴下しながら合成を行う場合もある。反応終了後、さらに溶剤を加えて、所望の濃度に調整する場合もある。合成手段としては、溶液重合以外に、塊状重合、懸濁重合、又は乳化重合を用いてもよい。 The polymer A may be a commercially available product or a synthetic product. The synthesis of the polymer A is carried out, for example, by diluting at least one of the above-mentioned monomers with a solvent (for example, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, or isopropanol) with a radical polymerization initiator (for example, benzoyl peroxide or azoisobuty). Butyronitrile) is preferably added in an appropriate amount, and then heated and stirred. In some cases, the synthesis is carried out while dropping a part of the mixture into the reaction solution. After completion of the reaction, a solvent may be further added to adjust the concentration to a desired level. As the synthesis means, bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, or emulsion polymerization may be used in addition to solution polymerization.
 感光性樹脂層は、1種単独、又は2種以上の重合体Aを含んでもよい。感光性樹脂層が2種以上の重合体Aを含む場合、感光性樹脂層は、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に由来する構成単位を有する2種以上の重合体Aを含むこと、又は芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に由来する構成単位を有する重合体Aと、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に由来する構成単位を有しない重合体Aと、を含むことが好ましい。後者の場合、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体に由来する構成単位を有する重合体Aの含有割合は、重合体Aの全質量に対して、50質量%以上であることが好ましく、70質量%以上であることがより好ましく、80質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、90質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of polymer A. When the photosensitive resin layer contains two or more kinds of polymers A, the photosensitive resin layer contains two or more kinds of polymers A having a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group. Alternatively, it may contain a polymer A having a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and a polymer A having no structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group. preferable. In the latter case, the content ratio of the polymer A having a structural unit derived from the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 50% by mass or more, preferably 70% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the polymer A. It is more preferably mass% or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 90% by mass or more.
 重合体Aの含有割合は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、10質量%~90質量%であることが好ましく、30質量%~70質量%であることがより好ましく、40質量%~60質量%であることが特に好ましい。感光性樹脂層に対する重合体Aの含有割合を90質量%以下にすることは、現像時間を制御する観点から好ましい。一方で、感光性樹脂層に対する重合体Aの含有割合を10質量%以上にすることは、耐エッジフューズ性を向上させる観点から好ましい。 The content ratio of the polymer A is preferably 10% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably 30% by mass to 70% by mass, and 40% by mass to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is particularly preferably 60% by mass. It is preferable that the content ratio of the polymer A to the photosensitive resin layer is 90% by mass or less from the viewpoint of controlling the developing time. On the other hand, it is preferable that the content ratio of the polymer A to the photosensitive resin layer is 10% by mass or more from the viewpoint of improving the edge fuse resistance.
(重合性化合物B)
 感光性樹脂層は、重合性基を有する重合性化合物Bを含むことが好ましい。本開示において、「重合性化合物」とは、重合開始剤の作用を受けて重合する化合物を意味する。なお、重合性化合物Bは、上記重合体Aとは異なる化合物である。
(Polymerizable compound B)
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound B having a polymerizable group. In the present disclosure, the "polymerizable compound" means a compound that polymerizes under the action of a polymerization initiator. The polymerizable compound B is a compound different from the polymer A.
 重合性化合物Bにおける重合性基は、重合反応に関与する基であれば制限されない。重合性化合物Bにおける重合性基としては、例えば、エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基(例えば、ビニル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、スチリル基、及びマレイミド基)、及びカチオン性重合性基(例えば、エポキシ基、及びオキセタン基)が挙げられる。重合性基は、エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基(以下、「エチレン性不飽和基」という場合がある。)であることが好ましく、アクリロイル基、又はメタアクリロイル基であることがより好ましい。 The polymerizable group in the polymerizable compound B is not limited as long as it is a group involved in the polymerization reaction. Examples of the polymerizable group in the polymerizable compound B include a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond (for example, a vinyl group, an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a styryl group, and a maleimide group), and a cationically polymerizable group (for example, a cationically polymerizable group). Epoxide group and oxetane group). The polymerizable group is preferably a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond (hereinafter, may be referred to as an "ethylenically unsaturated group"), and more preferably an acryloyl group or a metaacryloyl group.
 重合性化合物Bは、感光性樹脂層の感光性がより優れる点で、一分子中に1つ以上のエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物(すなわち、エチレン性不飽和化合物)であることが好ましく、一分子中に2つ以上のエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物(すなわち、多官能エチレン性不飽和化合物)であることがより好ましい。また、解像性、及び剥離性により優れる点で、一分子のエチレン性不飽和化合物に含まれるエチレン性不飽和基の数は、6つ以下であることが好ましく、3つ以下であることがより好ましく、2つ以下であることが特に好ましい。 The polymerizable compound B is preferably a compound having one or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule (that is, an ethylenically unsaturated compound) in that the photosensitive resin layer is more photosensitive. More preferably, it is a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule (that is, a polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound). In addition, the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in one molecule of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 6 or less, and preferably 3 or less, in terms of being excellent in resolution and peelability. It is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable that the number is two or less.
 エチレン性不飽和化合物は、一分子中に1つ以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましい。 The ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably a (meth) acrylate compound having one or more (meth) acryloyl groups in one molecule.
 重合性化合物Bは、感光性樹脂層における感光性、解像性、及び剥離性のバランスがより優れる観点から、一分子中に2つのエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物(すなわち、2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物)、及び一分子中に3つのエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物(すなわち、3官能エチレン性不飽和化合物)からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、一分子中に2つのエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物であることがより好ましい。 The polymerizable compound B is a compound having two ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule (that is, bifunctional ethylenically) from the viewpoint of having a better balance of photosensitivity, resolution, and peelability in the photosensitive resin layer. It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of (unsaturated compounds) and compounds having three ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule (that is, trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds), preferably in one molecule. It is more preferable that the compound has two ethylenically unsaturated groups.
 感光性樹脂層において、重合性化合物Bの含有量に対する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物の含有量の割合は、感光性樹脂層の剥離性が優れる観点から、60質量%以上であることが好ましく、70質量%超であることがより好ましく、90質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。重合性化合物Bの含有量に対する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物の含有割合の上限は、制限されず、100質量%であってもよい。すなわち、感光性樹脂層に含まれる重合性化合物Bが全て2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物であってもよい。 In the photosensitive resin layer, the ratio of the content of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound to the content of the polymerizable compound B is preferably 60% by mass or more from the viewpoint of excellent peelability of the photosensitive resin layer. It is more preferably more than 70% by mass, and particularly preferably 90% by mass or more. The upper limit of the content ratio of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound to the content of the polymerizable compound B is not limited and may be 100% by mass. That is, all the polymerizable compounds B contained in the photosensitive resin layer may be bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds.
-重合性化合物B1-
 感光性樹脂層は、一分子中に、1つ以上の芳香環、及び2つのエチレン性不飽和基を有する重合性化合物B1を含むことが好ましい。重合性化合物B1は、上記した重合性化合物Bのうち、一分子中に1つ以上の芳香環を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物である。
-Polymerizable compound B1-
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound B1 having one or more aromatic rings and two ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule. The polymerizable compound B1 is a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having one or more aromatic rings in one molecule among the above-mentioned polymerizable compounds B.
 感光性樹脂層において、重合性化合物Bの含有量に対する重合性化合物B1の含有量の割合は、解像性がより優れる観点から、40質量%以上であることが好ましく、50質量%以上であることがより好ましく、55質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、60質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。重合性化合物Bの含有量に対する重合性化合物B1の含有量の割合の上限は、制限されない。重合性化合物Bの含有量に対する重合性化合物B1の含有量の割合は、剥離性の点から、99質量%以下であることが好ましく、95質量%以下であることがより好ましく、90質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、85質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。 In the photosensitive resin layer, the ratio of the content of the polymerizable compound B1 to the content of the polymerizable compound B is preferably 40% by mass or more, preferably 50% by mass or more, from the viewpoint of better resolution. More preferably, it is more preferably 55% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 60% by mass or more. The upper limit of the ratio of the content of the polymerizable compound B1 to the content of the polymerizable compound B is not limited. The ratio of the content of the polymerizable compound B1 to the content of the polymerizable compound B is preferably 99% by mass or less, more preferably 95% by mass or less, and 90% by mass or less from the viewpoint of peelability. Is more preferable, and 85% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
 重合性化合物B1における芳香環としては、例えば、芳香族炭化水素環(例えば、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、及びアントラセン環)、芳香族複素環(例えば、チオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環、イミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、及びピリジン環)、及びこれらの縮合環が挙げられる。芳香環は、芳香族炭化水素環であることが好ましく、ベンゼン環であることがより好ましい。なお、芳香環は、置換基を有してもよい。 Examples of the aromatic ring in the polymerizable compound B1 include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring (for example, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, and an anthracene ring) and an aromatic heterocycle (for example, a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, and an imidazole ring. Triazole ring and pyridine ring), and fused rings thereof. The aromatic ring is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, more preferably a benzene ring. The aromatic ring may have a substituent.
 重合性化合物B1は、現像液による感光性樹脂層の膨潤を抑制することにより、解像性が向上する点から、ビスフェノール構造を有することが好ましい。ビスフェノール構造としては、例えば、ビスフェノールA(すなわち、2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン)に由来するビスフェノールA構造、ビスフェノールF(すなわち、2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メタン)に由来するビスフェノールF構造、及びビスフェノールB(すなわち、2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ブタン)に由来するビスフェノールB構造が挙げられる。ビスフェノール構造は、ビスフェノールA構造であることが好ましい。 The polymerizable compound B1 preferably has a bisphenol structure from the viewpoint of improving the resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive resin layer due to the developing solution. Examples of the bisphenol structure include a bisphenol A structure derived from bisphenol A (that is, 2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane) and bisphenol F (that is, 2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) methane). Examples include a bisphenol F structure derived from bisphenol B and a bisphenol B structure derived from bisphenol B (that is, 2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) butane). The bisphenol structure is preferably a bisphenol A structure.
 ビスフェノール構造を有する重合性化合物B1としては、例えば、ビスフェノール構造と、上記ビスフェノール構造の両端に結合した2つの重合性基(好ましくは(メタ)アクリロイル基)と、を有する化合物が挙げられる。各重合性基は、ビスフェノール構造に直接結合してもよい。各重合性基は、1つ以上のアルキレンオキシ基を介してビスフェノール構造に結合してもよい。ビスフェノール構造の両端に付加するアルキレンオキシ基は、エチレンオキシ基、又はプロピレンオキシ基であることが好ましく、エチレンオキシ基であることがより好ましい。ビスフェノール構造に付加するアルキレンオキシ基の付加数は、制限されないが、一分子あたり4個~16個であることが好ましく、6個~14個であることがより好ましい。 Examples of the polymerizable compound B1 having a bisphenol structure include a compound having a bisphenol structure and two polymerizable groups (preferably (meth) acryloyl groups) bonded to both ends of the bisphenol structure. Each polymerizable group may be directly attached to the bisphenol structure. Each polymerizable group may be attached to the bisphenol structure via one or more alkyleneoxy groups. The alkyleneoxy group added to both ends of the bisphenol structure is preferably an ethyleneoxy group or a propyleneoxy group, and more preferably an ethyleneoxy group. The number of alkyleneoxy groups added to the bisphenol structure is not limited, but is preferably 4 to 16 per molecule, and more preferably 6 to 14.
 ビスフェノール構造を有する重合性化合物B1については、特開2016-224162号公報の段落0072~段落0080に記載されている。上記公報の内容は、参照により本明細書に組み込まれる。 The polymerizable compound B1 having a bisphenol structure is described in paragraphs 0072 to 0080 of JP-A-2016-224162. The contents of the above gazette are incorporated herein by reference.
 重合性化合物B1は、ビスフェノールA構造を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物であることが好ましく、2,2-ビス(4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリアルコキシ)フェニル)プロパンであることがより好ましい。 The polymerizable compound B1 is preferably a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a bisphenol A structure, and more preferably 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acryloxypolyalkoxy) phenyl) propane. ..
 2,2-ビス(4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリアルコキシ)フェニル)プロパンとしては、例えば、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシジエトキシ)フェニル)プロパン(FA-324M、日立化成株式会社)、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシエトキシプロポキシ)フェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシペンタエトキシ)フェニル)プロパン(BPE-500、新中村化学工業株式会社)、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシドデカエトキシテトラプロポキシ)フェニル)プロパン(FA-3200MY、日立化成株式会社)、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシペンタデカエトキシ)フェニル)プロパン(BPE-1300、新中村化学工業株式会社)、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシジエトキシ)フェニル)プロパン(BPE-200、新中村化学工業株式会社)、及びエトキシ化(10)ビスフェノールAジアクリレート(NKエステルA-BPE-10、新中村化学工業株式会社)が挙げられる。 Examples of 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acryloxipolyalkoxy) phenyl) propane include 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxydiethoxy) phenyl) propane (FA-324M, Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.). Company), 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxyethoxypropoxy) phenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxypentethoxy) phenyl) propane (BPE-500, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) , 2,2-Bis (4- (methacryloxydodecaethoxytetrapropoxy) phenyl) propane (FA-3200MY, Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxypentadecaethoxy) phenyl) propane ( BPE-1300, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxydiethoxy) phenyl) propane (BPE-200, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and ethoxylated (10) bisphenol A Diacrylate (NK ester A-BPE-10, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) can be mentioned.
 重合性化合物B1としては、下記一般式(I)で表される化合物も挙げられる。 Examples of the polymerizable compound B1 include a compound represented by the following general formula (I).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
 一般式(I)中、R、及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、又はメチル基を表し、Aは、Cを表し、Bは、Cを表し、n、及びnは、それぞれ独立して、1~39の整数であり、n+nは、2~40の整数であり、n、及びnは、それぞれ独立して、0~29の整数であり、n+nは、0~30の整数であり、-(A-O)-、及び-(B-O)-の繰り返し単位の配列は、ランダム、又はブロックであってもよい。ブロックの場合、-(A-O)-、及び-(B-O)-のいずれかがビスフェニル基側でもよい。n+nは、0~10の整数であることが好ましく、0~4の整数であることがより好ましく、0~2の整数であることが更に好ましく、0であることが特に好ましい。n+n+n+nは、2~20の整数であることが好ましく、2~16の整数であることがより好ましく、4~12の整数であることが特に好ましい。 In the general formula (I), R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A represents C 2 H 4 , B represents C 3 H 6 , and n. 1 and n 3 are independently integers from 1 to 39, n 1 + n 3 are integers from 2 to 40, and n 2 and n 4 are independent integers from 0 to 29, respectively. N 2 + n 4 is an integer of 0 to 30, and the sequence of repeating units of-(AO)-and-(BO)-is random or block. good. In the case of a block, either − (A—O) − or − (BO) − may be on the bisphenyl group side. n 2 + n 4 is preferably an integer of 0 to 10, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, further preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and particularly preferably 0. n 1 + n 2 + n 3 + n 4 is preferably an integer of 2 to 20, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and particularly preferably an integer of 4 to 12.
 感光性樹脂層は、1種単独、又は2種以上の重合性化合物B1を含んでもよい。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of polymerizable compound B1.
 感光性樹脂層における重合性化合物B1の含有割合は、解像性がより優れる観点から、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、10質量%以上であることが好ましく、20質量%以上であることがより好ましい。重合性化合物B1の含有割合の上限は、制限されない。感光性樹脂層における重合性化合物B1の含有割合は、転写性、及び耐エッジフューズ性の観点から、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、70質量%以下であることが好ましく、60質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 The content ratio of the polymerizable compound B1 in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% by mass or more, preferably 20% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer from the viewpoint of better resolution. Is more preferable. The upper limit of the content ratio of the polymerizable compound B1 is not limited. The content ratio of the polymerizable compound B1 in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 70% by mass or less, preferably 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer from the viewpoint of transferability and edge fuse resistance. It is more preferable that it is as follows.
 感光性樹脂層は、重合性化合物B1、及び重合性化合物B1以外の重合性化合物Bを含んでもよい。重合性化合物B1以外の重合性化合物Bとしては、例えば、単官能エチレン性不飽和化合物(すなわち、一分子中に1つのエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物)、芳香環を有しない2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物(すなわち、一分子中に芳香環を有しておらず、かつ、2つのエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物)、及び3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物(すなわち、一分子中に3つ以上のエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物)が挙げられる。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain a polymerizable compound B1 and a polymerizable compound B other than the polymerizable compound B1. Examples of the polymerizable compound B other than the polymerizable compound B1 include a monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound (that is, a compound having one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule) and a bifunctional ethylenically having no aromatic ring. Unsaturated compounds (ie, compounds that do not have an aromatic ring in one molecule and have two ethylenically unsaturated groups), and trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compounds (ie, in one molecule). Compounds having 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated groups).
 単官能エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、例えば、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルサクシネート、ポリエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、及びフェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。 Examples of the monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound include ethyl (meth) acrylate, ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl succinate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, and polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate. , And phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate.
 芳香環を有しない2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、例えば、アルキレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリアルキレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ウレタンジ(メタ)アクリレート、及びトリメチロールプロパンジアクリレートが挙げられる。 Examples of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having no aromatic ring include alkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polyalkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, urethane di (meth) acrylate, and trimethylolpropane diacrylate.
 アルキレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート(A-DCP、新中村化学工業株式会社)、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジメタクリレート(DCP、新中村化学工業株式会社)、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート(A-NOD-N、新中村化学工業株式会社)、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(A-HD-N、新中村化学工業株式会社)、エチレングリコールジメタクリレート、1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート、及びネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。 Examples of the alkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate include tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate (A-DCP, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), tricyclodecanedimethanol dimethacrylate (DCP, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and the like. 1,9-Nonandiol diacrylate (A-NOD-N, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 1,6-Hexanediol diacrylate (A-HD-N, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Ethylene glycol dimethacrylate , 1,10-decanediol diacrylate, and neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate.
 ポリアルキレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジプロピレングリコールジアクリレート、トリプロピレングリコールジアクリレート、及びポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。 Examples of the polyalkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate include polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, and polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate.
 ウレタンジ(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、プロピレンオキサイド変性ウレタンジ(メタ)アクリレート、並びに、エチレンオキサイド及びプロピレンオキサイド変性ウレタンジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。市販品としては、例えば、8UX-015A(大成ファインケミカル株式会社)、UA-32P(新中村化学工業株式会社)、及びUA-1100H(新中村化学工業株式会社)が挙げられる。 Examples of the urethane di (meth) acrylate include propylene oxide-modified urethane di (meth) acrylate, and ethylene oxide and propylene oxide-modified urethane di (meth) acrylate. Examples of commercially available products include 8UX-015A (Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), UA-32P (Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and UA-1100H (Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
 3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、例えば、ジペンタエリスリトール(トリ/テトラ/ペンタ/ヘキサ)(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトール(トリ/テトラ)(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート(例えば、新中村化学工業株式会社製のA-TMPT)、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸トリ(メタ)アクリレート、グリセリントリ(メタ)アクリレート、及びこれらのアルキレンオキサイド変性物が挙げられる。本開示において、「(トリ/テトラ/ペンタ/ヘキサ)(メタ)アクリレート」は、トリ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、及びヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートを包含する概念である。本開示において、「(トリ/テトラ)(メタ)アクリレート」は、トリ(メタ)アクリレート、及びテトラ(メタ)アクリレートを包含する概念である。 Examples of the trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound include dipentaerythritol (tri / tetra / penta / hexa) (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (tri / tetra) (meth) acrylate, and trimethylolpropane tri (meth). Acrylate (for example, A-TMPT manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), trimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, trimethylolethanetri (meth) acrylate, isocyanurate tri (meth) acrylate, glycerin tri (meth) acrylate, And these alkylene oxide modified products. In the present disclosure, "(tri / tetra / penta / hexa) (meth) acrylate" is a concept that includes tri (meth) acrylate, tetra (meth) acrylate, penta (meth) acrylate, and hexa (meth) acrylate. be. In the present disclosure, "(tri / tetra) (meth) acrylate" is a concept including tri (meth) acrylate and tetra (meth) acrylate.
 3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物のアルキレンオキサイド変性物としては、カプロラクトン変性(メタ)アクリレート化合物(例えば、日本化薬株式会社製のKAYARAD(登録商標)DPCA-20、及び新中村化学工業株式会社製のA-9300-1CL)、アルキレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレート化合物(例えば、日本化薬株式会社製のKAYARAD RP-1040、新中村化学工業株式会社製のATM-35E、新中村化学工業株式会社製のA-9300、及びダイセル・オルネクス社製のEBECRYL(登録商標) 135)、エトキシル化グリセリントリアクリレート(例えば、新中村化学工業株式会社製のA-GLY-9E)、アロニックス(登録商標)TO-2349(東亞合成株式会社)、アロニックスM-520(東亞合成株式会社)、アロニックスM-510(東亞合成株式会社)、及びSR454(アルケマ社)が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkylene oxide-modified product of the trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound include caprolactone-modified (meth) acrylate compound (for example, KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. A-9300-1CL), alkylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate compound (for example, KAYARAD RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., ATM-35E manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. A-9300 manufactured by A-9300, EBECRYL (registered trademark) 135) manufactured by Daicel Ornex, glycerin triacrylate ethoxylated (for example, A-GLY-9E manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Aronix (registered trademark) TO Examples thereof include -2349 (Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.), Aronix M-520 (Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.), Aronix M-510 (Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.), and SR454 (Alchema Co., Ltd.).
 重合性化合物B1以外の重合性化合物Bとしては、特開2004-239942号公報の段落0025~段落0030に記載の酸基を有する重合性化合物も挙げられる。 Examples of the polymerizable compound B other than the polymerizable compound B1 include the polymerizable compounds having an acid group described in paragraphs 0025 to 0030 of JP-A-2004-239942.
 ある実施形態において、感光性樹脂層は、重合性化合物B1、及び3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましく、重合性化合物B1、及び2種以上の3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことがより好ましい。上記実施形態において、重合性化合物B1と3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物との質量比([重合性化合物B1の合計質量]:[3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物の合計質量]は、1:1~5:1であることが好ましく、1.2:1~4:1であることがより好ましく、1.5:1~3:1であることが特に好ましい。ある実施形態において、感光性樹脂層は、重合性化合物B1及び2種以上の3官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましい。 In certain embodiments, the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound B1 and a trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound, with the polymerizable compound B1 and two or more trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds. More preferably, it contains a compound. In the above embodiment, the mass ratio of the polymerizable compound B1 to the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound ([total mass of the polymerizable compound B1]: [total mass of the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound] is In certain embodiments, it is preferably 1: 1 to 5: 1, more preferably 1.2: 1 to 4: 1, and particularly preferably 1.5: 1 to 3: 1. The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound B1 and two or more trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds.
 重合性化合物Bの分子量(重合性化合物Bが分子量分布を有する場合には重量平均分子量(Mw)をいう。)は、200~3,000であることが好ましく、280~2,200であることがより好ましく、300~2,200であることが特に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the polymerizable compound B (when the polymerizable compound B has a molecular weight distribution, it means the weight average molecular weight (Mw)) is preferably 200 to 3,000, and preferably 280 to 2,200. Is more preferable, and 300 to 2,200 is particularly preferable.
 感光性樹脂層におけるエチレン性不飽和化合物の含有量Mmと重合体Aの含有量Mbとの比Mm/Mbの値は、解像性及び直線性の観点から、1.0以下であることが好ましく、0.9以下であることがより好ましく、0.5以上0.9以下であることが特に好ましい。
 また、感光性樹脂層におけるエチレン性不飽和化合物は、硬化性、及び、解像性の観点から、(メタ)アクリル化合物を含むことが好ましく、(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含むことがより好ましい。
 さらに、感光性樹脂層におけるエチレン性不飽和化合物は、硬化性、解像性及び直線性の観点から、(メタ)アクリル化合物を含み、かつ、感光性樹脂層に含まれる上記(メタ)アクリル化合物の全質量に対するアクリル化合物の含有量は、60質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
The value of the ratio Mm / Mb of the content Mm of the ethylenically unsaturated compound and the content Mb of the polymer A in the photosensitive resin layer is 1.0 or less from the viewpoint of resolution and linearity. It is more preferably 0.9 or less, and particularly preferably 0.5 or more and 0.9 or less.
Further, the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a (meth) acrylic compound, and more preferably contains a (meth) acrylate compound, from the viewpoint of curability and resolvability.
Further, the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin layer contains the (meth) acrylic compound from the viewpoint of curability, resolution and linearity, and the (meth) acrylic compound contained in the photosensitive resin layer. The content of the acrylic compound with respect to the total mass of the above is more preferably 60% by mass or less.
 感光性樹脂層は、1種単独、又は2種以上の重合性化合物Bを含んでもよい。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of polymerizable compound B.
 感光性樹脂層における重合性化合物Bの含有割合は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、10質量%~70質量%であることが好ましく、20質量%~60質量%であることがより好ましく、20質量%~50質量%であることが特に好ましい。 The content ratio of the polymerizable compound B in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% by mass to 70% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is preferably 20% by mass to 50% by mass, and particularly preferably 20% by mass.
(任意成分)
 感光性樹脂層は、上記した成分以外の成分(以下、「任意成分」という場合がある。)を含んでもよい。任意成分としては、光重合開始剤、色素、界面活性剤、及び上記成分以外の添加剤が挙げられる。
(Arbitrary ingredient)
The photosensitive resin layer may contain components other than the above-mentioned components (hereinafter, may be referred to as “arbitrary components”). Optional components include photopolymerization initiators, dyes, surfactants, and additives other than the above components.
-光重合開始剤-
 感光性樹脂層は、光重合開始剤を含むことが好ましい。光重合開始剤は、活性光線(例えば、紫外線、可視光線、及びX線)を受けて、重合性化合物(例えば、重合性化合物B)の重合を開始する化合物である。
-Photopolymerization initiator-
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is a compound that receives active light (for example, ultraviolet rays, visible light, and X-rays) to initiate polymerization of a polymerizable compound (for example, polymerizable compound B).
 光重合開始剤としては、制限されず、公知の光重合開始剤を用いることができる。光重合開始剤としては、例えば、光ラジカル重合開始剤、及び光カチオン重合開始剤が挙げられ、光ラジカル重合開始剤が好ましい。 The photopolymerization initiator is not limited, and a known photopolymerization initiator can be used. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include a photoradical polymerization initiator and a photocationic polymerization initiator, and a photoradical polymerization initiator is preferable.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、例えば、オキシムエステル構造を有する光重合開始剤、α-アミノアルキルフェノン構造を有する光重合開始剤、α-ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン構造を有する光重合開始剤、アシルフォスフィンオキサイド構造を有する光重合開始剤、及びN-フェニルグリシン構造を有する光重合開始剤が挙げられる。 Examples of the photoradical polymerization initiator include a photopolymerization initiator having an oxime ester structure, a photopolymerization initiator having an α-aminoalkylphenone structure, a photopolymerization initiator having an α-hydroxyalkylphenone structure, and an acylphosphine oxide. Examples thereof include a photopolymerization initiator having a structure and a photopolymerization initiator having an N-phenylglycine structure.
 感光性樹脂層は、感光性、露光部の視認性、非露光部の視認性、及び解像性の観点から、光ラジカル重合開始剤として、2,4,5-トリアリールイミダゾール二量体、及び2,4,5-トリアリールイミダゾール二量体の誘導体からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましい。なお、2,4,5-トリアリールイミダゾール二量体、及びその誘導体における2つの2,4,5-トリアリールイミダゾール構造は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 The photosensitive resin layer is a dimer of 2,4,5-triarylimidazole as a photoradical polymerization initiator from the viewpoints of photosensitivity, visibility of exposed parts, visibility of unexposed parts, and resolution. And at least one selected from the group consisting of derivatives of 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer. The two 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimers and their derivatives may have the same or different structures.
 2,4,5-トリアリールイミダゾール二量体の誘導体としては、例えば、2-(o-クロロフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール二量体、2-(o-クロロフェニル)-4,5-ジ(メトキシフェニル)イミダゾール二量体、2-(o-フルオロフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール二量体、2-(o-メトキシフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール二量体、及び2-(p-メトキシフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール二量体が挙げられる。 Derivatives of the 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer include, for example, 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-di. (Methoxyphenyl) imidazole dimer, 2- (o-fluorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2- (o-methoxyphenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, and 2- Examples thereof include (p-methoxyphenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、例えば、特開2011-95716号公報の段落0031~段落0042、及び特開2015-14783号公報の段落0064~段落0081に記載された重合開始剤も挙げられる。 Examples of the photoradical polymerization initiator include the polymerization initiators described in paragraphs 0031 to 0042 of JP2011-95716A and paragraphs 0064 to 0081 of JP2015-14783A.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、例えば、ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチル(DBE、CAS No.10287-53-3)、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、アニシル(p,p’-ジメトキシベンジル)、及びベンゾフェノンが挙げられる。 Examples of the photoradical polymerization initiator include ethyl dimethylaminobenzoate (DBE, CAS No. 10287-53-3), benzoin methyl ether, anisyl (p, p'-dimethoxybenzyl), and benzophenone.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤の市販品としては、例えば、TAZ-110(みどり化学株式会社)、TAZ-111(みどり化学株式会社)、2,2’-ビス(2-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニル-1,2’-ビイミダゾール(東京化成工業株式会社、及びHampford社)、1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-1,2-オクタンジオン-2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)(商品名:IRGACURE(登録商標) OXE-01、BASF社)、1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]エタノン-1-(O-アセチルオキシム)(商品名:IRGACURE OXE-02、BASF社)、IRGACURE OXE-03(BASF社)、IRGACURE OXE-04(BASF社)、2-(ジメチルアミノ)-2-[(4-メチルフェニル)メチル]-1-[4-(4-モルフォリニル)フェニル]-1-ブタノン(商品名:Omnirad 379EG、IGM Resins B.V.社)、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(商品名:Omnirad 907、IGM Resins B.V.社)、2-ヒドロキシ-1-{4-[4-(2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロピオニル)ベンジル]フェニル}-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン(商品名:Omnirad 127、IGM Resins B.V.社)、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)ブタノン-1(商品名:Omnirad 369、IGM Resins B.V.社)、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン(商品名:Omnirad 1173、IGM Resins B.V.社)、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン(商品名:Omnirad 184、IGM Resins B.V.社)、2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン(商品名:Omnirad 651、IGM Resins B.V.社)、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル-ジフェニルフォスフィンオキサイド(商品名:Omnirad TPO H、IGM Resins B.V.社)、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)フェニルフォスフィンオキサイド(商品名:Omnirad 819、IGM Resins B.V.社)、及びオキシムエステル系の光重合開始剤(商品名:Lunar 6、DKSHジャパン株式会社)が挙げられる。 Commercially available photoradical polymerization initiators include, for example, TAZ-110 (Midori Chemical Co., Ltd.), TAZ-111 (Midori Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-Tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole (Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd. and Hampford), 1- [4- (Phenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-octanedione-2- (O-) Benzoyl oxime) (trade name: IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE-01, BASF), 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazole-3-yl] etanone-1- (O) -Acetyloxym) (trade name: IRGACURE OXE-02, BASF), IRGACURE OXE-03 (BASF), IRGACURE OXE-04 (BASF), 2- (dimethylamino) -2-[(4-methylphenyl) ) Methyl] -1- [4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] -1-butanone (trade name: Omnirad 379EG, IGM Resins BV), 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2 -Morphorinopropan-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 907, IGM Resins VV), 2-hydroxy-1- {4- [4- (2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionyl) benzyl] phenyl} -2-Methylpropan-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 127, IGM Resins VV), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) butanone-1 (trade name:) Omnirad 369, IGM Resins BV), 2-Hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 1173, IGM Resins BV), 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone (Product name: Omnirad 184, IGM Resins BV), 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one (Product name: Omnirad 651, IGM Resins BV), 2, 4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenylphosphine oxide (trade name: Omnirad TPO H, IGM Resins BV), bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenylphosphine oxide (trade name: Omnirad 819, IGM Re sins B. V. ) And an oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator (trade name: Lunar 6, DKSH Japan Co., Ltd.).
 光カチオン重合開始剤(すなわち、光酸発生剤)は、活性光線を受けて酸を発生する化合物である。光カチオン重合開始剤としては、波長300nm以上、好ましくは波長300nm~450nmの活性光線に感応し、酸を発生する化合物が好ましい。ただし、光カチオン重合開始剤の化学構造は、制限されない。また、波長300nm以上の活性光線に直接感応しない光カチオン重合開始剤についても、増感剤と併用することによって波長300nm以上の活性光線に感応し、酸を発生する化合物であれば、増感剤と組み合わせて好ましく用いることができる。 A photocationic polymerization initiator (that is, a photoacid generator) is a compound that generates an acid by receiving active light. As the photocationic polymerization initiator, a compound that is sensitive to active light having a wavelength of 300 nm or more, preferably a wavelength of 300 nm to 450 nm and generates an acid is preferable. However, the chemical structure of the photocationic polymerization initiator is not limited. In addition, a photocationic polymerization initiator that is not directly sensitive to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more is also a sensitizer if it is a compound that is sensitive to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more and generates an acid when used in combination with a sensitizer. Can be preferably used in combination with.
 光カチオン重合開始剤は、pKaが4以下の酸を発生する光カチオン重合開始剤であることが好ましく、pKaが3以下の酸を発生する光カチオン重合開始剤であることがより好ましく、pKaが2以下の酸を発生する光カチオン重合開始剤であることが特に好ましい。pKaの下限は、制限されない。光カチオン重合開始剤から生じる酸のpKaは、例えば、-10.0以上であることが好ましい。 The photocationic polymerization initiator is preferably a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid having a pKa of 4 or less, and more preferably a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid having a pKa of 3 or less. A photocationic polymerization initiator that generates 2 or less acids is particularly preferable. The lower limit of pKa is not limited. The pKa of the acid generated from the photocationic polymerization initiator is preferably -10.0 or more, for example.
 光カチオン重合開始剤としては、イオン性光カチオン重合開始剤、及び非イオン性光カチオン重合開始剤が挙げられる。 Examples of the photocationic polymerization initiator include an ionic photocationic polymerization initiator and a nonionic photocationic polymerization initiator.
 イオン性光カチオン重合開始剤として、例えば、オニウム塩化合物(例えば、ジアリールヨードニウム塩化合物、及びトリアリールスルホニウム塩化合物)、及び第4級アンモニウム塩化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator include onium salt compounds (for example, diaryliodonium salt compounds and triarylsulfonium salt compounds), and quaternary ammonium salt compounds.
 イオン性光カチオン重合開始剤としては、特開2014-85643号公報の段落0114~段落0133に記載のイオン性光カチオン重合開始剤も挙げられる。 Examples of the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator include the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator described in paragraphs 0114 to 0133 of JP-A-2014-85643.
 非イオン性光カチオン重合開始剤としては、例えば、トリクロロメチル-s-トリアジン化合物、ジアゾメタン化合物、イミドスルホネート化合物、及びオキシムスルホネート化合物が挙げられる。トリクロロメチル-s-トリアジン化合物、ジアゾメタン化合物、及びイミドスルホネート化合物としては、例えば、特開2011-221494号公報の段落0083~段落0088に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、オキシムスルホネート化合物としては、例えば、国際公開第2018/179640号の段落0084~段落0088に記載された化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the nonionic photocationic polymerization initiator include trichloromethyl-s-triazine compounds, diazomethane compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds. Examples of the trichloromethyl-s-triazine compound, the diazomethane compound, and the imide sulfonate compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0088 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-22149. Examples of the oxime sulfonate compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0084 to 0088 of International Publication No. 2018/179640.
 感光性樹脂層は、光ラジカル重合開始剤を含むことが好ましく、2,4,5-トリアリールイミダゾール二量体、及び2,4,5-トリアリールイミダゾール二量体の誘導体からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含むことがより好ましい。 The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a photoradical polymerization initiator, and is selected from the group consisting of 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimers and derivatives of 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimers. It is more preferable to contain at least one of the above-mentioned types.
 感光性樹脂層は、1種単独、又は2種以上の光重合開始剤を含んでもよい。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of photopolymerization initiators.
 感光性樹脂層における光重合開始剤の含有割合は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.1質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.5質量%以上であることがより好ましく、1.0質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。光重合開始剤の含有割合の上限は、制限されない。光重合開始剤の含有割合は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、10質量%以下であることが好ましく、7質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 The content ratio of the photopolymerization initiator in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is particularly preferably 1.0% by mass or more. The upper limit of the content ratio of the photopolymerization initiator is not limited. The content ratio of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 7% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
-色素-
 感光性樹脂層は、露光部の視認性、非露光部の視認性、現像後のパターン視認性、及び解像性の観点から、発色時の波長範囲である400nm~780nmにおける最大吸収波長が450nm以上であり、かつ、酸、塩基、又はラジカルにより最大吸収波長が変化する色素(以下、「色素N」という場合がある。)を含むことが好ましい。詳細なメカニズムは不明であるが、感光性樹脂層が色素Nを含むことで、感光性樹脂層に隣接する層(例えば、仮支持体、及び中間層)との密着性が向上し、解像性により優れる。
-Dye-
The photosensitive resin layer has a maximum absorption wavelength of 450 nm in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development from the viewpoints of visibility of the exposed portion, visibility of the non-exposed portion, pattern visibility after development, and resolution. It is preferable to include a dye (hereinafter, may be referred to as "dye N") whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid, a base, or a radical. Although the detailed mechanism is unknown, the inclusion of the dye N in the photosensitive resin layer improves the adhesion to the layers adjacent to the photosensitive resin layer (for example, the temporary support and the intermediate layer), and the resolution is improved. Better in sex.
 本開示において、色素に関して使用される用語「酸、塩基、又はラジカルにより最大吸収波長が変化する」とは、発色状態にある色素が、酸、塩基、又はラジカルにより消色する態様、消色状態にある色素が、酸、塩基又はラジカルにより発色する態様、及び発色状態にある色素が、他の色相の発色状態に変化する態様のいずれの態様を意味してもよい。 In the present disclosure, the term "maximum absorption wavelength changes by acid, base, or radical" used with respect to a dye means a mode in which a dye in a color-developing state is decolorized by an acid, base, or radical, or a decolorized state. It may mean any aspect of a mode in which the dye in the above color is developed by an acid, a base or a radical, and a mode in which the dye in a color-developing state changes to a color-developing state of another hue.
 具体的に、色素Nは、露光により消色状態から変化して発色する化合物であってもよく、又は露光により発色状態から変化して消色する化合物であってもよい。上記態様において、色素Nは、露光により発生する、酸、塩基、又はラジカルの作用によって、発色、又は消色の状態が変化する色素であってもよい。また、色素Nは、露光により発生する、酸、塩基、又はラジカルにより感光性樹脂層内の状態(例えばpH)が変化することで、発色、又は消色の状態が変化する色素であってもよい。一方、色素Nは、露光を介さずに、酸、塩基、又はラジカルを刺激として直接受けて、発色、又は消色の状態が変化する色素であってもよい。 Specifically, the dye N may be a compound that changes from the decolorized state by exposure to develop a color, or may be a compound that changes from the decolorized state by exposure to decolorize. In the above aspect, the dye N may be a dye whose color development or decolorization state is changed by the action of an acid, a base, or a radical generated by exposure. Further, the dye N may be a dye whose color development or decolorization state changes due to a change in the state (for example, pH) in the photosensitive resin layer due to an acid, a base, or a radical generated by exposure. good. On the other hand, the dye N may be a dye whose color development or decolorization state changes by directly receiving an acid, a base, or a radical as a stimulus without exposure.
 色素Nは、露光部の視認性、非露光部の視認性、及び解像性の観点から、酸、又はラジカルにより最大吸収波長が変化する色素であることが好ましく、ラジカルにより最大吸収波長が変化する色素であることがより好ましい。 The dye N is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid or a radical from the viewpoint of visibility of an exposed portion, visibility of a non-exposed portion, and resolution, and the maximum absorption wavelength is changed by a radical. It is more preferable that the pigment is a radical.
 感光性樹脂層は、露光部の視認性、非露光部の視認性、及び解像性の観点から、色素Nとして、ラジカルにより最大吸収波長が変化する色素、及び光ラジカル重合開始剤の両方を含むことが好ましい。 The photosensitive resin layer contains both a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by radicals and a photoradical polymerization initiator as the dye N from the viewpoints of visibility of the exposed part, visibility of the non-exposed part, and resolution. It is preferable to include it.
 色素Nは、露光部の視認性、非露光部の視認性の観点から、酸、塩基、又はラジカルにより発色する色素であることが好ましい。 The dye N is preferably a dye that develops color with an acid, a base, or a radical from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed part and the visibility of the non-exposed part.
 色素Nの発色機構の例としては、光ラジカル重合開始剤、光カチオン重合開始剤(すなわち、光酸発生剤)、又は光塩基発生剤を含む感光性樹脂層を露光することで、光ラジカル重合開始剤、光カチオン重合開始剤、又は光塩基発生剤から発生する、ラジカル、酸、又は塩基によって、ラジカル反応性色素、酸反応性色素、又は塩基反応性色素(例えばロイコ色素)が発色する態様が挙げられる。 As an example of the color development mechanism of dye N, photoradical polymerization is carried out by exposing a photosensitive resin layer containing a photoradical polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator (that is, a photoacid generator), or a photobase generator. A mode in which a radical-reactive dye, an acid-reactive dye, or a base-reactive dye (for example, leuco dye) is colored by a radical, an acid, or a base generated from an initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator, or a photobase generator. Can be mentioned.
 色素Nにおいて、発色時の波長範囲である400nm~780nmにおける極大吸収波長は、露光部の視認性、及び非露光部の視認性の観点から、550nm以上であることが好ましく、550nm~700nmであることがより好ましく、550~650nmであることが特に好ましい。 In the dye N, the maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development is preferably 550 nm or more, preferably 550 nm to 700 nm, from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the visibility of the non-exposed portion. More preferably, it is particularly preferably 550 to 650 nm.
 また、色素Nは、発色時の波長範囲である400nm~780nmにおける極大吸収波長を1つ、又は2つ以上有してもよい。色素Nが発色時の波長範囲である400nm~780nmにおける極大吸収波長を2つ以上有する場合は、2つ以上の極大吸収波長のうち吸光度が最も高い極大吸収波長が450nm以上であればよい。 Further, the dye N may have one or two or more maximum absorption wavelengths in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development. When the dye N has two or more maximum absorption wavelengths in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development, the maximum absorption wavelength having the highest absorbance among the two or more maximum absorption wavelengths may be 450 nm or more.
 色素Nの極大吸収波長は、大気雰囲気下で、分光光度計(UV3100、株式会社島津製作所)を用いて、400nm~780nmの範囲で色素Nを含む溶液(液温25℃)の透過スペクトルを測定し、そして、光の強度が極小となる波長(極大吸収波長)を検出することによって測定する。 For the maximum absorption wavelength of dye N, the transmission spectrum of a solution containing dye N (liquid temperature 25 ° C.) is measured in the range of 400 nm to 780 nm using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, Shimadzu Corporation) in an atmospheric atmosphere. Then, the measurement is performed by detecting the wavelength at which the light intensity becomes the minimum (maximum absorption wavelength).
 露光により、発色、又は消色する色素としては、例えば、ロイコ化合物が挙げられる。露光により消色する色素としては、例えば、ロイコ化合物、ジアリールメタン系色素、オキザジン系色素、キサンテン系色素、イミノナフトキノン系色素、アゾメチン系色素、及びアントラキノン系色素が挙げられる。色素Nは、露光部の視認性、及び非露光部の視認性の観点から、ロイコ化合物であることが好ましい。 Examples of the dye that develops or decolorizes by exposure include leuco compounds. Examples of dyes that are decolorized by exposure include leuco compounds, diarylmethane dyes, oxazine dyes, xanthene dyes, iminonaphthoquinone dyes, azomethine dyes, and anthraquinone dyes. The dye N is preferably a leuco compound from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the visibility of the non-exposed portion.
 ロイコ化合物としては、例えば、トリアリールメタン骨格を有するロイコ化合物(トリアリールメタン系色素)、スピロピラン骨格を有するロイコ化合物(スピロピラン系色素)、フルオラン骨格を有するロイコ化合物(フルオラン系色素)、ジアリールメタン骨格を有するロイコ化合物(ジアリールメタン系色素)、ローダミンラクタム骨格を有するロイコ化合物(ローダミンラクタム系色素)、インドリルフタリド骨格を有するロイコ化合物(インドリルフタリド系色素)、及びロイコオーラミン骨格を有するロイコ化合物(ロイコオーラミン系色素)が挙げられる。ロイコ化合物は、トリアリールメタン系色素、又はフルオラン系色素であることが好ましく、トリフェニルメタン骨格を有するロイコ化合物(トリフェニルメタン系色素)、又はフルオラン系色素であることがより好ましい。 Examples of the leuco compound include a leuco compound having a triarylmethane skeleton (triarylmethane dye), a leuco compound having a spiropylan skeleton (spiropylan dye), a leuco compound having a fluorane skeleton (fluorane dye), and a diarylmethane skeleton. It has a leuco compound (diarylmethane dye) having a leuco compound (diarylmethane dye), a leuco compound having a rhodamine lactam skeleton (rodamine lactam dye), a leuco compound having an indrill phthalide skeleton (indrill phthalide dye), and a leuco auramine skeleton. Leuco compounds (leuco auramine dyes) can be mentioned. The leuco compound is preferably a triarylmethane dye or a fluorane dye, and more preferably a leuco compound having a triphenylmethane skeleton (triphenylmethane dye) or a fluorane dye.
 ロイコ化合物は、露光部の視認性、及び非露光部の視認性の観点から、ラクトン環、スルチン環、又はスルトン環を有することが好ましい。ロイコ化合物に含まれるラクトン環、スルチン環、又はスルトン環を、光ラジカル重合開始剤から発生するラジカル、又は光カチオン重合開始剤から発生する酸と反応させることで、ロイコ化合物を閉環状態に変化させて消色させること、又はロイコ化合物を開環状態に変化させて発色させることができる。ロイコ化合物は、ラクトン環、スルチン環、又はスルトン環を有し、かつ、ラジカル、又は酸によりラクトン環、スルチン環、又はスルトン環が開環して発色する化合物であることが好ましく、ラクトン環を有し、かつ、ラジカル、又は酸によりラクトン環が開環して発色する化合物であることがより好ましい。 The leuco compound preferably has a lactone ring, a surujin ring, or a sultone ring from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the visibility of the non-exposed portion. By reacting the lactone ring, sultin ring, or sulton ring contained in the leuco compound with a radical generated from the photoradical polymerization initiator or an acid generated from the photocationic polymerization initiator, the leuco compound is changed to a closed ring state. The color can be decolorized, or the radical compound can be changed to a ring-opened state to develop a color. The leuco compound is preferably a compound having a lactone ring, a sultone ring, or a sultone ring, and the lactone ring, the sultone ring, or the sultone ring is opened by a radical or an acid to develop a color. It is more preferable that the compound has, and the lactone ring is opened by a radical or an acid to develop a color.
 ロイコ化合物の具体例としては、p,p’,p”-ヘキサメチルトリアミノトリフェニルメタン(ロイコクリスタルバイオレット)、Pergascript Blue SRB(チバガイギー社)、クリスタルバイオレットラクトン、マラカイトグリーンラクトン、ベンゾイルロイコメチレンブルー、2-(N-フェニル-N-メチルアミノ)-6-(N-p-トリル-N-エチル)アミノフルオラン、2-アニリノ-3-メチル-6-(N-エチル-p-トルイジノ)フルオラン、3,6-ジメトキシフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-5-メチル-7-(N,N-ジベンジルアミノ)フルオラン、3-(N-シクロヘキシル-N-メチルアミノ)-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-6-メチル-7-キシリジノフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-6-メチル-7-クロロフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-6-メトキシ-7-アミノフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-7-(4-クロロアニリノ)フルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-7-クロロフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-7-ベンジルアミノフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-7,8-ベンゾフロオラン、3-(N,N-ジブチルアミノ)-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジブチルアミノ)-6-メチル-7-キシリジノフルオラン、3-ピペリジノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ピロリジノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3,3-ビス(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)フタリド、3,3-ビス(1-n-ブチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)フタリド、3,3-ビス(p-ジメチルアミノフェニル)-6-ジメチルアミノフタリド、3-(4-ジエチルアミノ-2-エトキシフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4-アザフタリド、3-(4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)フタリド、及び3’,6’-ビス(ジフェニルアミノ)スピロイソベンゾフラン-1(3H),9’-[9H]キサンテン-3-オンが挙げられる。 Specific examples of leuco compounds include p, p', p "-hexamethyltriaminotriphenylmethane (leucocrystal violet), Pergascript Blue SRB (Ciba Geigy), crystal violet lactone, malakite green lactone, benzoyl leucomethylene blue, 2 -(N-phenyl-N-methylamino) -6- (N-p-tolyl-N-ethyl) aminofluorane, 2-anilino-3-methyl-6- (N-ethyl-p-toluizino) fluorane, 3,6-dimethoxyfluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -5-methyl-7- (N, N-dibenzylamino) fluorane, 3- (N-cyclohexyl-N-methylamino) -6- Methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -6-methyl-7-xylidinofluorane , 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -6-methyl-7-chlorofluorine, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -6-methoxy-7-aminofluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -7- (4-Chloroanilino) fluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -7-chlorofluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -7-benzylaminofluorane, 3- (N, N-) Diethylamino) -7,8-benzofluorolane, 3- (N, N-dibutylamino) -6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3- (N, N-dibutylamino) -6-methyl-7- Xylidinofluolane, 3-piperidino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-pyrrolidino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3,3-bis (1-ethyl-2-methylindol-) 3-yl) phthalide, 3,3-bis (1-n-butyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) phthalide, 3,3-bis (p-dimethylaminophenyl) -6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3 -(4-Diethylamino-2-ethoxyphenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-methylindole-3-yl) -4-azaphthalide, 3- (4-diethylaminophenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2) -Methylindole-3-yl) phthalide and 3', 6'-bis (diphenylamino) spiroisobenzofuran-1 (3H), 9'-[9H] xanthen-3-one can be mentioned.
 色素Nとしては、例えば、染料も挙げられる。染料の具体例としては、ブリリアントグリーン、エチルバイオレット、メチルグリーン、クリスタルバイオレット、ベイシックフクシン、メチルバイオレット2B、キナルジンレッド、ローズベンガル、メタニルイエロー、チモールスルホフタレイン、キシレノールブルー、メチルオレンジ、パラメチルレッド、コンゴーフレッド、ベンゾプルプリン4B、α-ナフチルレッド、ナイルブルー2B、ナイルブルーA、メチルバイオレット、マラカイトグリーン、パラフクシン、ビクトリアピュアブルー-ナフタレンスルホン酸塩、ビクトリアピュアブルーBOH(保土谷化学工業株式会社)、オイルブルー#603(オリヱント化学工業株式会社)、オイルピンク#312(オリヱント化学工業株式会社)、オイルレッド5B(オリヱント化学工業株式会社)、オイルスカーレット#308(オリヱント化学工業株式会社)、オイルレッドOG(オリヱント化学工業株式会社)、オイルレッドRR(オリヱント化学工業株式会社)、オイルグリーン#502(オリヱント化学工業株式会社)、スピロンレッドBEHスペシャル(保土谷化学工業株式会社)、m-クレゾールパープル、クレゾールレッド、ローダミンB、ローダミン6G、スルホローダミンB、オーラミン、4-p-ジエチルアミノフェニルイミノナフトキノン、2-カルボキシアニリノ-4-p-ジエチルアミノフェニルイミノナフトキノン、2-カルボキシステアリルアミノ-4-p-N,N-ビス(ヒドロキシエチル)アミノ-フェニルイミノナフトキノン、1-フェニル-3-メチル-4-p-ジエチルアミノフェニルイミノ-5-ピラゾロン、及び1-β-ナフチル-4-p-ジエチルアミノフェニルイミノ-5-ピラゾロンが挙げられる。 Examples of the dye N include dyes. Specific examples of dyes include Brilliant Green, Ethyl Violet, Methyl Green, Crystal Violet, Basic Fuxin, Methyl Violet 2B, Kinaldine Red, Rose Bengal, Metanyl Yellow, Timor Sulfophthalene, Xylenol Blue, Methyl Orange, and Paramethyl. Red, Congofred, Benzopurpurin 4B, α-Naftil Red, Nile Blue 2B, Nile Blue A, Methyl Violet, Malakite Green, Parafuxin, Victoria Pure Blue-Naphthalene Sulfonate, Victoria Pure Blue BOH (Hodoya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Company), Oil Blue # 603 (Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Oil Pink # 312 (Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Oil Red 5B (Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Oil Scarlet # 308 (Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Oil Red OG (Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Oil Red RR (Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Oil Green # 502 (Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Spiron Red BEH Special (Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), m-cresol purple , Cresol Red, Rhodamine B, Rhodamine 6G, Sulfo Rhodamine B, Auramine, 4-p-diethylaminophenyliminonaphthoquinone, 2-carboxyanilino-4-p-diethylaminophenyliminonaphthoquinone, 2-carboxystearylamino-4-p- N, N-bis (hydroxyethyl) amino-phenyliminonaphthoquinone, 1-phenyl-3-methyl-4-p-diethylaminophenylimino-5-pyrazolone, and 1-β-naphthyl-4-p-diethylaminophenylimino- 5-Pyrazolone is mentioned.
 色素Nは、露光部の視認性、非露光部の視認性、現像後のパターン視認性、及び解像性の観点から、ラジカルにより最大吸収波長が変化する色素であることが好ましく、ラジカルにより発色する色素であることがより好ましい。 The dye N is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by radicals from the viewpoints of visibility of exposed parts, visibility of non-exposed parts, pattern visibility after development, and resolution, and color is developed by radicals. It is more preferable that the pigment is a radical.
 色素Nは、ロイコクリスタルバイオレット、クリスタルバイオレットラクトン、ブリリアントグリーン、又はビクトリアピュアブルー-ナフタレンスルホン酸塩であることが好ましい。 The dye N is preferably leuco crystal violet, crystal violet lactone, brilliant green, or Victoria pure blue-naphthalene sulfonate.
 感光性樹脂層は、1種単独、又は2種以上の色素Nを含んでもよい。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of dyes N.
 色素Nの含有割合は、露光部の視認性、非露光部の視認性、現像後のパターン視認性、及び解像性の観点から、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.1質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.1質量%~10質量%であることがより好ましく、0.1質量%~5質量%であることが更に好ましく、0.1質量%~1質量%であることが特に好ましい。 The content ratio of the dye N is 0.1 mass with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer from the viewpoints of the visibility of the exposed portion, the visibility of the non-exposed portion, the pattern visibility after development, and the resolution. % Or more, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, further preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass, and 0.1% by mass to 1% by mass. It is particularly preferable to have.
 色素Nの含有割合は、感光性樹脂層に含まれる色素Nの全てを発色状態にした場合の色素の含有割合を意味する。以下、ラジカルにより発色する色素を例として、色素Nの含有割合の定量方法を説明する。メチルエチルケトン(100mL)に、色素(0.001g)、及び色素(0.01g)をそれぞれ溶かした2つの溶液を調製する。得られた各溶液に、光ラジカル重合開始剤としてIRGACURE OXE-01(BASF社)を加えた後、365nmの光を照射することによりラジカルを発生させ、全ての色素を発色状態にする。次に、大気雰囲気下で、分光光度計(UV3100、株式会社島津製作所)を用いて、液温が25℃である各溶液の吸光度を測定し、検量線を作成する。次に、色素に代えて感光性樹脂層(3g)をメチルエチルケトンに溶かすこと以外は上記と同様の方法で、色素を全て発色させた溶液の吸光度を測定する。得られた感光性樹脂層を含む溶液の吸光度から、検量線に基づいて感光性樹脂層に含まれる色素の含有量を算出する。 The content ratio of the dye N means the content ratio of the dye when all of the dye N contained in the photosensitive resin layer is in a colored state. Hereinafter, a method for quantifying the content ratio of dye N will be described by taking a dye that develops color by radicals as an example. Two solutions are prepared by dissolving the dye (0.001 g) and the dye (0.01 g) in methyl ethyl ketone (100 mL). IRGACURE OXE-01 (BASF) is added to each of the obtained solutions as a photoradical polymerization initiator, and then radicals are generated by irradiating with light of 365 nm to bring all the dyes into a colored state. Next, in an air atmosphere, the absorbance of each solution having a liquid temperature of 25 ° C. is measured using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, Shimadzu Corporation) to prepare a calibration curve. Next, the absorbance of the solution in which all the dyes are colored is measured by the same method as above except that the photosensitive resin layer (3 g) is dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone instead of the dye. From the absorbance of the obtained solution containing the photosensitive resin layer, the content of the dye contained in the photosensitive resin layer is calculated based on the calibration curve.
-界面活性剤-
 感光性樹脂層は、厚さの均一性の観点から、界面活性剤を含むことが好ましい。界面活性剤としては、例えば、アニオン性界面活性剤、カチオン性界面活性剤、ノニオン性(非イオン性)界面活性剤、及び両性界面活性剤が挙げられ、ノニオン性界面活性剤が好ましい。
-Surfactant-
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a surfactant from the viewpoint of thickness uniformity. Examples of the surfactant include anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, nonionic (nonionic) surfactants, and amphoteric surfactants, and nonionic surfactants are preferable.
 ノニオン性界面活性剤としては、例えば、ポリオキシエチレン高級アルキルエーテル化合物、ポリオキシエチレン高級アルキルフェニルエーテル化合物、ポリオキシエチレングリコールの高級脂肪酸ジエステル化合物、シリコーン系ノニオン性界面活性剤、及びフッ素系ノニオン性界面活性剤が挙げられる。 Examples of the nonionic surfactant include a polyoxyethylene higher alkyl ether compound, a polyoxyethylene higher alkylphenyl ether compound, a higher fatty acid diester compound of polyoxyethylene glycol, a silicone-based nonionic surfactant, and a fluorine-based nonionic property. Surfactants can be mentioned.
 感光性樹脂層は、解像性がより優れる点から、フッ素系ノニオン性界面活性剤を含むことが好ましい。感光性樹脂層がフッ素系ノニオン性界面活性剤を含むことで、エッチング液の感光性樹脂層への浸透を抑制してサイドエッチングを低減するためと考えられる。フッ素系ノニオン性界面活性剤の市販品としては、例えば、メガファック(登録商標)F-551、F-552(DIC株式会社)、及びメガファックF-554(DIC株式会社)が挙げられる。 The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a fluorine-based nonionic surfactant from the viewpoint of being more excellent in resolution. It is considered that the photosensitive resin layer contains a fluorine-based nonionic surfactant to suppress the penetration of the etching solution into the photosensitive resin layer and reduce the side etching. Commercially available products of the fluorine-based nonionic surfactant include, for example, Megafvck (registered trademark) F-551, F-552 (DIC Corporation), and Megafvck F-554 (DIC Corporation).
 界面活性剤としては、例えば、国際公開第2018/179640号の段落0120~段落0125に記載の界面活性剤、特許第4502784号公報の段落0017に記載の界面活性剤、及び特開2009-237362号公報の段落0060~段落0071に記載の界面活性剤も挙げられる。 Examples of the surfactant include the surfactant described in paragraphs 0120 to 0125 of International Publication No. 2018/179640, the surfactant described in paragraph 0017 of Japanese Patent No. 45027884, and JP-A-2009-237362. The surfactants described in paragraphs 0060 to 0071 of the publication are also mentioned.
 また、界面活性剤としては、ノニオン系界面活性剤、フッ素系界面活性剤又はシリコーン系界面活性剤が好ましい。 Further, as the surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a fluorine-based surfactant or a silicone-based surfactant is preferable.
 ノニオン系界面活性剤としては、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン並びにそれらのエトキシレート及びプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセロールエトキシレート等)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、プルロニック(商品名)L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(以上、BASF社製)、テトロニック(商品名)304、701、704、901、904、150R1(以上、BASF社製)、ソルスパース(商品名)20000(以上、日本ルーブリゾール株式会社製)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(以上、富士フイルム和光純薬株式会社製)、パイオニン(商品名)D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(以上、竹本油脂株式会社製)、オルフィンE1010、サーフィノール104、400、440(以上、日信化学工業株式会社製)などが挙げられる。 Nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (eg, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, etc. Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic (trade name) L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2 , 25R2 (above, manufactured by BASF), Tetronic (trade name) 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (above, manufactured by BASF), Solsperse (trade name) 20000 (above, manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd.) ), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (above, manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Pionin (trade name) D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (above, Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.) (Manufactured by the company), Orphine E1010, Surfinol 104, 400, 440 (all manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 フッ素系界面活性剤の市販品としては、例えば、メガファック(商品名)F-171、F-172、F-173、F-176、F-177、F-141、F-142、F-143、F-144、F-437、F-444、F-475、F-477、F-479、F-482、F-551-A、F-552、F-554、F-555-A、F-556、F-557、F-558、F-559、F-560、F-561、F-565、F-563、F-568、F-575、F-780、EXP、MFS-330、MFS-578、MFS-579、MFS-586、MFS-587、R-41、R-41-LM、R-01、R-40、R-40-LM、RS-43、TF-1956、RS-90、R-94、RS-72-K、DS-21(以上、DIC株式会社製)、フロラード(商品名)FC430、FC431、FC171(以上、住友スリーエム株式会社製)、サーフロン(商品名)S-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上、AGC株式会社製)、PolyFox(商品名)PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上、OMNOVA社製)、フタージェント(商品名)710FL、710FM、610FM、601AD、601ADH2、602A、215M、245F、251、212M、250、209F、222F、208G、710LA、710FS、730LM、650AC、681、683(以上、株式会社ネオス製)等が挙げられる。
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を含有する官能基を持つ分子構造を有し、熱を加えるとフッ素原子を含有する官能基の部分が切断されてフッ素原子が揮発するアクリル系化合物も好適に使用できる。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤としては、DIC株式会社製のメガファック(商品名)DSシリーズ(化学工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日経産業新聞(2016年2月23日))、例えばメガファック(商品名)DS-21が挙げられる。
Commercially available products of fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, Megafuck (trade names) F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143. , F-144, F-437, F-444, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-551-A, F-552, F-554, F-555-A, F -556, F-557, F-558, F-559, F-560, F-561, F-565, F-563, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP, MFS-330, MFS -578, MFS-579, MFS-586, MFS-587, R-41, R-41-LM, R-01, R-40, R-40-LM, RS-43, TF-1956, RS-90 , R-94, RS-72-K, DS-21 (above, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.), Florard (trade name) FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), Surflon (trade name) S- 382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH-40 (all manufactured by AGC Co., Ltd.), PolyFox (trade name) ) PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (all manufactured by OMNOVA), Futagent (trade name) 710FL, 710FM, 610FM, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 215M, 245F, 251, 212M, 250, 209F, 222F, Examples thereof include 208G, 710LA, 710FS, 730LM, 650AC, 681, 683 (all manufactured by Neos Co., Ltd.).
Further, the fluorine-based surfactant has a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and an acrylic compound in which a portion of the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cut off and the fluorine atom volatilizes when heat is applied. Can be preferably used. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include Megafuck (trade name) DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (The Chemical Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)). For example, Megafuck (trade name) DS-21 can be mentioned.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤としては、フッ素化アルキル基又はフッ素化アルキレンエーテル基を有するフッ素原子含有ビニルエーテル化合物と、親水性のビニルエーテル化合物との重合体を用いることも好ましい。
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、ブロックポリマーを用いることもできる。フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する構成単位と、アルキレンオキシ基(好ましくはエチレンオキシ基、プロピレンオキシ基)を2以上(好ましくは5以上)有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する構成単位と、を含む含フッ素高分子化合物も好ましく用いることができる。
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、エチレン性不飽和基を側鎖に有する含フッ素重合体を用いることもできる。メガファック(商品名)RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K(以上、DIC株式会社製)等が挙げられる。
 フッ素系界面活性剤として、例えば、炭素数が7以上の直鎖状パーフルオロアルキル基を有する化合物が使用されてもよい。ただし、環境適性向上の観点から、フッ素系界面活性剤として、ペルフルオロオクタン酸(PFOA)又はペルフルオロオクタンスルホン酸(PFOS)の代替材料が使用されることが好ましい。
Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound.
A block polymer can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant. The fluorine-based surfactant has a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meth). A fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a structural unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
As the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain can also be used. Mega-Fuck (trade name) RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, RS-72-K (all manufactured by DIC Corporation) and the like can be mentioned.
As the fluorine-based surfactant, for example, a compound having a linear perfluoroalkyl group having 7 or more carbon atoms may be used. However, from the viewpoint of improving environmental suitability, it is preferable to use a substitute material of perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) or perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS) as the fluorine-based surfactant.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、シロキサン結合からなる直鎖状ポリマー、及び、側鎖や末端に有機基を導入した変性シロキサンポリマーが挙げられる。
 シリコーン系界面活性剤の具体例としては、DOWSIL(商品名)8032 ADDITIVE、トーレシリコーンDC3PA、トーレシリコーンSH7PA、トーレシリコーンDC11PA、トーレシリコーンSH21PA、トーレシリコーンSH28PA、トーレシリコーンSH29PA、トーレシリコーンSH30PA、トーレシリコーンSH8400(以上、東レ・ダウコーニング株式会社製)並びに、X-22-4952、X-22-4272、X-22-6266、KF-351A、K354L、KF-355A、KF-945、KF-640、KF-642、KF-643、X-22-6191、X-22-4515、KF-6004、KP-341、KF-6001、KF-6002(以上、信越化学工業株式会社製)、F-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上、ビックケミー社製)等が挙げられる。
Examples of the silicone-based surfactant include a linear polymer composed of a siloxane bond and a modified siloxane polymer in which an organic group is introduced into a side chain or a terminal.
Specific examples of silicone-based surfactants include DOWNSIL (trade name) 8032 ADDITIVE, Torre Silicone DC3PA, Torre Silicone SH7PA, Torre Silicone DC11PA, Torre Silicone SH21PA, Torre Silicone SH28PA, Torre Silicone SH29PA, Torre Silicone SH30PA, Torre Silicone SH8400. (The above is manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.), X-22-4952, X-22-2272, X-22-6266, KF-351A, K354L, KF-355A, KF-945, KF-640, KF -642, KF-643, X-22-6191, X-22-4515, KF-6004, KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002 (all manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), F-4440, TSF -4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (above, manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), BYK307, BYK323, BYK330 (above, manufactured by Big Chemie) and the like.
 感光性樹脂層は、1種単独、又は2種以上の界面活性剤を含んでもよい。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of surfactants.
 界面活性剤の含有割合は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.001質量%~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.01質量%~3質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content ratio of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
-添加剤-
 感光性樹脂層は、上記成分以外に、必要に応じて公知の添加剤を含んでもよい。添加剤としては、例えば、熱架橋性化合物、ラジカル重合禁止剤、増感剤、可塑剤、ヘテロ環状化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール化合物、重合体A以外の樹脂、及び溶剤が挙げられる。感光性樹脂層は、1種単独、又は2種以上の添加剤を含んでもよい。
-Additive-
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a known additive in addition to the above components, if necessary. Examples of the additive include a thermocrossable compound, a radical polymerization inhibitor, a sensitizer, a plasticizer, a heterocyclic compound, a benzotriazole compound, a carboxybenzotriazole compound, a resin other than the polymer A, and a solvent. The photosensitive resin layer may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of additives.
 感光性樹脂層は、得られる硬化膜の強度、及び、得られる未硬化膜の粘着性の観点から、熱架橋性化合物を含むことが好ましい。なお、本明細書においては、後述するエチレン性不飽和基を有する熱架橋性化合物は、エチレン性不飽和化合物としては扱わず、熱架橋性化合物として扱うものとする。
 熱架橋性化合物としては、メチロール化合物、及びブロックイソシアネート化合物が挙げられる。中でも、得られる硬化膜の強度、及び、得られる未硬化膜の粘着性の観点から、ブロックイソシアネート化合物が好ましい。
 ブロックイソシアネート化合物は、ヒドロキシ基及びカルボキシ基と反応するため、例えば、重合体A及び/又はエチレン性不飽和化合物が、ヒドロキシ基及びカルボキシ基の少なくとも一方を有する場合には、形成される膜の親水性が下がり、感光性樹脂層を硬化した膜を保護膜として使用する場合の機能が強化される傾向がある。
 なお、ブロックイソシアネート化合物とは、「イソシアネートのイソシアネート基をブロック剤で保護(いわゆる、マスク)した構造を有する化合物」を指す。
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a heat-crosslinkable compound from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film. In this specification, the heat-crosslinkable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group, which will be described later, is not treated as an ethylenically unsaturated compound, but is treated as a heat-crosslinkable compound.
Examples of the heat-crosslinkable compound include a methylol compound and a blocked isocyanate compound. Of these, a blocked isocyanate compound is preferable from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film.
Since the blocked isocyanate compound reacts with the hydroxy group and the carboxy group, for example, when the polymer A and / or the ethylenically unsaturated compound has at least one of the hydroxy group and the carboxy group, the hydrophilicity of the formed film The properties are reduced, and the function when a film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin layer is used as a protective film tends to be enhanced.
The blocked isocyanate compound refers to "a compound having a structure in which the isocyanate group of isocyanate is protected (so-called masked) with a blocking agent".
 ブロックイソシアネート化合物の解離温度は、特に制限されないが、100℃~160℃が好ましく、130℃~150℃がより好ましい。
 ブロックイソシアネートの解離温度とは、「示差走査熱量計を用いて、DSC(Differential scanning calorimetry)分析にて測定した場合における、ブロックイソシアネートの脱保護反応に伴う吸熱ピークの温度」を意味する。
 示差走査熱量計としては、例えば、セイコーインスツルメンツ株式会社製の示差走査熱量計(型式:DSC6200)を好適に使用できる。但し、示差走査熱量計は、これに限定されない。
The dissociation temperature of the blocked isocyanate compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100 ° C. to 160 ° C., more preferably 130 ° C. to 150 ° C.
The dissociation temperature of the blocked isocyanate means "the temperature of the endothermic peak associated with the deprotection reaction of the blocked isocyanate when measured by DSC (Differential scanning calorimetry) analysis using a differential scanning calorimeter".
As the differential scanning calorimeter, for example, a differential scanning calorimeter (model: DSC6200) manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc. can be preferably used. However, the differential scanning calorimeter is not limited to this.
 解離温度が100℃~160℃であるブロック剤としては、活性メチレン化合物〔マロン酸ジエステル(マロン酸ジメチル、マロン酸ジエチル、マロン酸ジn-ブチル、マロン酸ジ2-エチルヘキシル等)〕、オキシム化合物(ホルムアルドオキシム、アセトアルドオキシム、アセトオキシム、メチルエチルケトオキシム、及びシクロヘキサノンオキシム等の分子内に-C(=N-OH)-で表される構造を有する化合物)が挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、解離温度が100℃~160℃であるブロック剤としては、例えば、保存安定性の観点から、オキシム化合物を含むことが好ましい。
Examples of the blocking agent having a dissociation temperature of 100 ° C. to 160 ° C. include active methylene compounds [malonate diester (dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, din-butyl malonate, di2-ethylhexyl malonate, etc.)] and oxime compounds. (A compound having a structure represented by -C (= N-OH)-in the molecule such as formaldehyde, acetaldoxime, acetoxime, methylethylketooxime, and cyclohexanone oxime) can be mentioned.
Among these, the blocking agent having a dissociation temperature of 100 ° C. to 160 ° C. preferably contains, for example, an oxime compound from the viewpoint of storage stability.
 ブロックイソシアネート化合物は、例えば、膜の脆性改良、被転写体との密着力向上等の観点から、イソシアヌレート構造を有することが好ましい。
 イソシアヌレート構造を有するブロックイソシアネート化合物は、例えば、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネートをイソシアヌレート化して保護することにより得られる。
 イソシアヌレート構造を有するブロックイソシアネート化合物の中でも、オキシム化合物をブロック剤として用いたオキシム構造を有する化合物が、オキシム構造を有さない化合物よりも解離温度を好ましい範囲にしやすく、且つ、現像残渣を少なくしやすいという観点から好ましい。
The blocked isocyanate compound preferably has an isocyanurate structure, for example, from the viewpoint of improving the brittleness of the membrane and improving the adhesion to the transferred material.
The blocked isocyanate compound having an isocyanurate structure can be obtained, for example, by isocyanurate-forming and protecting hexamethylene diisocyanate.
Among the blocked isocyanate compounds having an isocyanurate structure, a compound having an oxime structure using an oxime compound as a blocking agent is more likely to have a dissociation temperature in a preferable range than a compound having no oxime structure, and has a smaller development residue. It is preferable from the viewpoint of ease.
 ブロックイソシアネート化合物は、重合性基を有していてもよい。
 重合性基としては、特に制限はなく、公知の重合性基を用いることができ、ラジカル重合性基が好ましい。
 重合性基としては、(メタ)アクリロキシ基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、スチリル基等のエチレン性不飽和基、並びに、グリシジル基等のエポキシ基を有する基が挙げられる。
 中でも、重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和基が好ましく、(メタ)アクリロキシ基がより好ましく、アクリロキシ基が更に好ましい。
The blocked isocyanate compound may have a polymerizable group.
The polymerizable group is not particularly limited, and a known polymerizable group can be used, and a radical polymerizable group is preferable.
Examples of the polymerizable group include an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a (meth) acryloxy group, a (meth) acrylamide group and a styryl group, and a group having an epoxy group such as a glycidyl group.
Among them, as the polymerizable group, an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, a (meth) acryloxy group is more preferable, and an acryloxy group is further preferable.
 ブロックイソシアネート化合物としては、市販品を使用できる。
 ブロックイソシアネート化合物の市販品の例としては、カレンズ(登録商標) AOI-BM、カレンズ(登録商標) MOI-BM、カレンズ(登録商標) MOI-BP等(以上、昭和電工株式会社製)、ブロック型のデュラネートシリーズ(例えば、デュラネート(登録商標) TPA-B80E、デュラネート(登録商標) WT32-B75P等、旭化成ケミカルズ株式会社製)が挙げられる。
 また、ブロックイソシアネート化合物として、下記の構造の化合物を用いることもできる。
As the blocked isocyanate compound, a commercially available product can be used.
Examples of commercially available blocked isocyanate compounds include Karenz (registered trademark) AOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BP, etc. (all manufactured by Showa Denko KK), block type. Duranate series (for example, Duranate (registered trademark) TPA-B80E, Duranate (registered trademark) WT32-B75P, etc., manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Co., Ltd.) can be mentioned.
Further, as the blocked isocyanate compound, a compound having the following structure can also be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 熱架橋性化合物は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上使用してもよい。
 感光性樹脂層が熱架橋性化合物を含む場合、熱架橋性化合物の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、1質量%~50質量%が好ましく、5質量%~30質量%がより好ましい。
The heat-crosslinkable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the photosensitive resin layer contains a heat-crosslinkable compound, the content of the heat-crosslinkable compound is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, and 5% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. Is more preferable.
 感光性樹脂層は、ラジカル重合禁止剤を含んでもよい。ラジカル重合禁止剤としては、例えば、特許第4502784号公報の段落0018に記載された熱重合防止剤が挙げられる。ラジカル重合禁止剤は、フェノチアジン、フェノキサジン、又は4-メトキシフェノールであることが好ましい。上記以外のラジカル重合禁止剤としては、例えば、ナフチルアミン、塩化第一銅、ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミンアルミニウム塩、及びジフェニルニトロソアミンが挙げられる。感光性樹脂層の感度を損なわないために、ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミンアルミニウム塩をラジカル重合禁止剤として使用することが好ましい。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain a radical polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the radical polymerization inhibitor include the thermal polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0018 of Japanese Patent No. 4502784. The radical polymerization inhibitor is preferably phenothiazine, phenoxazine, or 4-methoxyphenol. Examples of the radical polymerization inhibitor other than the above include naphthylamine, cuprous chloride, nitrosophenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt, and diphenylnitrosamine. It is preferable to use a nitrosophenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt as a radical polymerization inhibitor so as not to impair the sensitivity of the photosensitive resin layer.
 感光性樹脂層は、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物を含んでもよい。ベンゾトリアゾール化合物としては、例えば、1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、1-クロロ-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、ビス(N-2-エチルヘキシル)アミノメチレン-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、ビス(N-2-エチルヘキシル)アミノメチレン-1,2,3-トリルトリアゾール、及びビス(N-2-ヒドロキシエチル)アミノメチレン-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾールが挙げられる。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain a benzotriazole compound. Examples of the benzotriazole compound include 1,2,3-benzotriazole, 1-chloro-1,2,3-benzotriazole, bis (N-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole, and the like. Examples thereof include bis (N-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-tolyltriazole and bis (N-2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole.
 感光性樹脂層は、カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール化合物を含んでもよい。カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール化合物としては、例えば、4-カルボキシ-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、5-カルボキシ-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、N-(N,N-ジ-2-エチルヘキシル)アミノメチレンカルボキシベンゾトリアゾール、N-(N,N-ジ-2-ヒドロキシエチル)アミノメチレンカルボキシベンゾトリアゾール、及びN-(N,N-ジ-2-エチルヘキシル)アミノエチレンカルボキシベンゾトリアゾールが挙げられる。カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール化合物の市販品としては、例えば、CBT-1(城北化学工業株式会社)が挙げられる。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain a carboxybenzotriazole compound. Examples of the carboxybenzotriazole compound include 4-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, 5-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, and N- (N, N-di-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene. Examples thereof include carboxybenzotriazole, N- (N, N-di-2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethylene carboxybenzotriazole, and N- (N, N-di-2-ethylhexyl) aminoethylene carboxybenzotriazole. Examples of commercially available products of the carboxybenzotriazole compound include CBT-1 (Johoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
 ラジカル重合禁止剤、ベンゾトリアゾ-ル化合物、及びカルボキシベンゾトリアゾ-ル化合物の合計含有量の割合は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.01質量%~3質量%であることが好ましく、0.05質量%~1質量%であることがより好ましい。上記した各成分の合計含有量の割合を0.01質量%以上にすることは、感光性樹脂層に保存安定性を付与する観点から好ましい。一方で、上記した各成分の合計含有量の割合を3質量%以下にすることは、感度を維持し、染料の脱色を抑える観点から好ましい。 The ratio of the total content of the radical polymerization inhibitor, the benzotriazol compound, and the carboxybenzotriazol compound may be 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is preferably 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass, more preferably. It is preferable that the ratio of the total content of each of the above components is 0.01% by mass or more from the viewpoint of imparting storage stability to the photosensitive resin layer. On the other hand, it is preferable that the ratio of the total content of each of the above-mentioned components is 3% by mass or less from the viewpoint of maintaining the sensitivity and suppressing the decolorization of the dye.
 感光性樹脂層は、増感剤を含んでもよい。増感剤としては、制限されず、公知の増感剤を用いることができる。また、増感剤として、染料、及び顔料を用いることもできる。増感剤としては、例えば、ジアルキルアミノベンゾフェノン化合物、ピラゾリン化合物、アントラセン化合物、クマリン化合物、キサントン化合物、チオキサントン化合物、アクリドン化合物、オキサゾール化合物、ベンゾオキサゾール化合物、チアゾール化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、トリアゾール化合物(例えば、1,2,4-トリアゾール)、スチルベン化合物、トリアジン化合物、チオフェン化合物、ナフタルイミド化合物、トリアリールアミン化合物、及びアミノアクリジン化合物が挙げられる。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain a sensitizer. The sensitizer is not limited, and a known sensitizer can be used. In addition, dyes and pigments can also be used as the sensitizer. Examples of the sensitizer include dialkylaminobenzophenone compounds, pyrazoline compounds, anthracene compounds, coumarin compounds, xanthone compounds, thioxanthone compounds, acridone compounds, oxazole compounds, benzoxazole compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, and triazole compounds (for example, 1,2,4-triazole), stillben compounds, triazine compounds, thiophene compounds, naphthalimide compounds, triarylamine compounds, and aminoaclysin compounds.
 感光性樹脂層は、1種単独、又は2種以上の増感剤を含んでもよい。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of sensitizers.
 感光性樹脂層が増感剤を含む場合、増感剤の含有割合は、目的により適宜選択できるが、光源に対する感度の向上、及び重合速度と連鎖移動のバランスによる硬化速度の向上の観点から、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.01質量%~5質量%であることが好ましく、0.05質量%~1質量%であることがより好ましい。 When the photosensitive resin layer contains a sensitizer, the content ratio of the sensitizer can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, but from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to the light source and improving the curing rate by balancing the polymerization rate and the chain transfer. It is preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass, and more preferably 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
 感光性樹脂層は、可塑剤、及びヘテロ環状化合物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含んでもよい。可塑剤、及びヘテロ環状化合物としては、例えば、国際公開第2018/179640号の段落0097~段落0103、及び段落0111~段落0118に記載された化合物が挙げられる。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of a plasticizer and a heterocyclic compound. Examples of the plasticizer and the heterocyclic compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 097 to 0103 and 0111 to 0118 of International Publication No. 2018/179640.
 感光性樹脂層は、重合体A以外の樹脂を含んでもよい。重合体A以外の樹脂としては、アクリル樹脂、スチレン-アクリル共重合体(ただし、スチレン含有率が40質量%以下の共重合体に限る。)、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルホルマール、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ポリアセタール樹脂、ポリヒドロキシスチレン樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリベンゾオキサゾール樹脂、ポリシロキサン樹脂、ポリエチレンイミン、ポリアリルアミン、及びポリアルキレングリコールが挙げられる。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain a resin other than the polymer A. Resins other than the polymer A include acrylic resins, styrene-acrylic copolymers (however, limited to copolymers having a styrene content of 40% by mass or less), polyurethane resins, polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinyl formals, and polyamide resins. Examples thereof include polyester resin, epoxy resin, polyacetal resin, polyhydroxystyrene resin, polyimide resin, polybenzoxazole resin, polysiloxane resin, polyethyleneimine, polyallylamine, and polyalkylene glycol.
 感光性樹脂層は、溶剤を含んでもよい。溶剤を含む感光性樹脂組成物により感光性樹脂層を形成した場合、感光性樹脂層に溶剤が残留することがある。溶剤については後述する。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain a solvent. When the photosensitive resin layer is formed by the photosensitive resin composition containing a solvent, the solvent may remain in the photosensitive resin layer. The solvent will be described later.
 感光性樹脂層は、添加剤として、例えば、金属酸化物粒子、酸化防止剤、分散剤、酸増殖剤、現像促進剤、導電性繊維、熱ラジカル重合開始剤、熱酸発生剤、紫外線吸収剤、増粘剤、架橋剤、有機沈殿防止剤、及び無機沈殿防止剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含んでもよい。添加剤については、例えば、特開2014-85643号公報の段落0165~段落0184に記載されている。上記公報の内容は、参照により本明細書に組み込まれる。 The photosensitive resin layer can be used as an additive, for example, as a metal oxide particle, an antioxidant, a dispersant, an acid growth agent, a development accelerator, conductive fiber, a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a thermal acid generator, or an ultraviolet absorber. , At least one selected from the group consisting of thickeners, cross-linking agents, organic precipitation inhibitors, and inorganic precipitation inhibitors. Additives are described, for example, in paragraphs 0165 to 0184 of JP2014-85643A. The contents of the above gazette are incorporated herein by reference.
(不純物等)
 感光性樹脂層は、所定量の不純物を含んでいてもよい。不純物の具体例としては、ナトリウム、カリウム、マグネシウム、カルシウム、鉄、マンガン、銅、アルミニウム、チタン、クロム、コバルト、ニッケル、亜鉛、スズ、ハロゲン、及びこれらのイオンが挙げられる。上記の中でも、ハロゲン化物イオン、ナトリウムイオン、及びカリウムイオンは不純物として混入し易いため、下記の含有量にすることが好ましい。
(Impurities, etc.)
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a predetermined amount of impurities. Specific examples of impurities include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, manganese, copper, aluminum, titanium, chromium, cobalt, nickel, zinc, tin, halogen, and ions thereof. Among the above, halide ions, sodium ions, and potassium ions are likely to be mixed as impurities, so the content is preferably as follows.
 感光性樹脂層における不純物の含有量は、質量基準で、80ppm以下であることが好ましく、10ppm以下であることがより好ましく、2ppm以下であることが更に好ましい。感光性樹脂層における不純物の含有量は、質量基準で、1ppb以上、又は0.1ppm以上とすることができる。 The content of impurities in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 80 ppm or less, more preferably 10 ppm or less, and further preferably 2 ppm or less on a mass basis. The content of impurities in the photosensitive resin layer can be 1 ppb or more or 0.1 ppm or more on a mass basis.
 不純物を上記範囲にする方法としては、感光性樹脂層の原料として不純物の含有量が少ない原料を選択すること、感光性樹脂層の形成時に不純物の混入を防ぐこと、及び製造設備を洗浄して不純物を除去することが挙げられる。このような方法により、不純物量を上記範囲内とすることができる。 As a method of setting impurities in the above range, a raw material having a low content of impurities is selected as a raw material of the photosensitive resin layer, prevention of impurities from being mixed in when forming the photosensitive resin layer, and cleaning of the manufacturing equipment. Removal of impurities can be mentioned. By such a method, the amount of impurities can be kept within the above range.
 不純物は、公知の方法、例えば、ICP(Inductively Coupled Plasma)発光分光分析法、原子吸光分光法、又はイオンクロマトグラフィー法で定量できる。 Impurities can be quantified by a known method, for example, ICP (Inductively Coupled Plasma) emission spectroscopy, atomic absorption spectroscopy, or ion chromatography.
 感光性樹脂層における、ベンゼン、ホルムアルデヒド、トリクロロエチレン、1,3-ブタジエン、四塩化炭素、クロロホルム、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、及びヘキサンの含有量は、少ないことが好ましい。上記した化合物の感光性樹脂層中における含有量としては、質量基準で、100ppm以下が好ましく、20ppm以下がより好ましく、4ppm以下が更に好ましい。上記した化合物の感光性樹脂層中における含有量は、質量基準で、10ppb以上、又は100ppb以上とすることができる。上記した化合物は、上記の金属の不純物と同様の方法で含有量を抑制できる。また、公知の測定法により定量できる。 The content of benzene, formaldehyde, trichlorethylene, 1,3-butadiene, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, and hexane in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably low. The content of the above compound in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 100 ppm or less, more preferably 20 ppm or less, still more preferably 4 ppm or less on a mass basis. The content of the above-mentioned compound in the photosensitive resin layer can be 10 ppb or more or 100 ppb or more on a mass basis. The content of the above-mentioned compound can be suppressed in the same manner as the above-mentioned metal impurities. Moreover, it can be quantified by a known measurement method.
 感光性樹脂層における水の含有量は、信頼性及びラミネート性を向上させる点から、0.01質量%~1.0質量%であることが好ましく、0.05質量%~0.5質量%であることがより好ましい。 The water content in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 0.01% by mass to 1.0% by mass, preferably 0.05% by mass to 0.5% by mass, from the viewpoint of improving reliability and laminateability. Is more preferable.
(残存モノマー)
 感光性樹脂層は、上述した重合体Aの各構成単位に対応する残存モノマーを含む場合がある。
 残存モノマーの含有量は、パターニング性、及び、信頼性の点から、重合体Aの全質量に対して、5,000質量ppm以下が好ましく、2,000質量ppm以下がより好ましく、500質量ppm以下が更に好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、1質量ppm以上が好ましく、10質量ppm以上がより好ましい。
 重合体Aの各構成単位の残存モノマーは、パターニング性、及び、信頼性の点から、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、3,000質量ppm以下が好ましく、600質量ppm以下がより好ましく、100質量ppm以下が更に好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、0.1質量ppm以上が好ましく、1質量ppm以上がより好ましい。
(Residual monomer)
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a residual monomer corresponding to each structural unit of the polymer A described above.
From the viewpoint of patterning property and reliability, the content of the residual monomer is preferably 5,000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 2,000 mass ppm or less, and 500 mass ppm or less, based on the total mass of the polymer A. The following is more preferable. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but 1 mass ppm or more is preferable, and 10 mass ppm or more is more preferable.
The residual monomer of each structural unit of the polymer A is preferably 3,000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 600 mass ppm or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer from the viewpoint of patterning property and reliability. , 100 mass ppm or less is more preferable. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 mass ppm or more, and more preferably 1 mass ppm or more.
 高分子反応で重合体Aを合成する際のモノマーの残存モノマー量も、上記範囲とすることが好ましい。例えば、カルボン酸側鎖にアクリル酸グリシジルを反応させて重合体Aを合成する場合には、アクリル酸グリシジルの含有量を上記範囲にすることが好ましい。
 残存モノマーの量は、液体クロマトグラフィー、及び、ガスクロマトグラフィー等の公知の方法で測定できる。
The amount of residual monomer of the monomer when the polymer A is synthesized by the polymer reaction is also preferably in the above range. For example, when the polymer A is synthesized by reacting the carboxylic acid side chain with glycidyl acrylate, the content of glycidyl acrylate is preferably in the above range.
The amount of residual monomer can be measured by a known method such as liquid chromatography and gas chromatography.
(厚さ)
 感光性樹脂層の平均厚さは、一般的には0.1μm~300μmである。感光性樹脂層の平均厚さは、0.5μm以上であることが好ましく、1μm以上であることがより好ましく、3μm以上であることが更に好ましい。仮支持体に隣接する層が感光性樹脂層である場合、感光性樹脂層の平均厚さが上記範囲であることで、感光性樹脂層と仮支持体との密着力が大きくなるため、仮支持体のシワの発生を更に抑制することができる。感光性樹脂層の平均厚さは、100μm以下であることが好ましく、50μm以下であることがより好ましく、15μm以下であることが更に好ましく、10μm以下であることが特に好ましい。感光性樹脂層の平均厚さが上記範囲であることで、感光性樹脂層の現像性が向上し、解像性を向上させることができる。感光性樹脂層の平均厚さは、仮支持体の平均厚さの測定方法に準ずる方法によって測定する。
(thickness)
The average thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is generally 0.1 μm to 300 μm. The average thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 0.5 μm or more, more preferably 1 μm or more, and further preferably 3 μm or more. When the layer adjacent to the temporary support is a photosensitive resin layer, the adhesive force between the photosensitive resin layer and the temporary support is increased when the average thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is within the above range. The occurrence of wrinkles on the support can be further suppressed. The average thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 100 μm or less, more preferably 50 μm or less, further preferably 15 μm or less, and particularly preferably 10 μm or less. When the average thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is within the above range, the developability of the photosensitive resin layer can be improved and the resolution can be improved. The average thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is measured by a method according to the method for measuring the average thickness of the temporary support.
(透過率)
 感光性樹脂層において、波長365nmの光の透過率は、密着性により優れる点から、10%以上であることが好ましく、30%以上であることがより好ましく、50%以上であることが特に好ましい。透過率の上限は、制限されない。感光性樹脂層において、波長365nmの光の透過率は、99.9%以下であることが好ましい。
(Transmittance)
In the photosensitive resin layer, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 10% or more, more preferably 30% or more, and particularly preferably 50% or more, from the viewpoint of being more excellent in adhesion. .. The upper limit of transmittance is not limited. In the photosensitive resin layer, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 99.9% or less.
(形成方法)
 感光性樹脂層の形成方法は、上記の成分を含む層を形成可能な方法であれば制限されない。感光性樹脂層の形成方法としては、例えば、仮支持体の表面に、感光性樹脂組成物を塗布し、次いで、感光性樹脂組成物の塗膜を乾燥する方法が挙げられる。
(Formation method)
The method for forming the photosensitive resin layer is not limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer containing the above components. Examples of the method for forming the photosensitive resin layer include a method of applying the photosensitive resin composition to the surface of the temporary support and then drying the coating film of the photosensitive resin composition.
 感光性樹脂組成物としては、例えば、重合体A、重合性化合物B、任意成分、及び溶剤を含む組成物が挙げられる。感光性樹脂組成物は、感光性樹脂組成物の粘度を調節し、感光性樹脂層の形成を容易にするため、溶剤を含むことが好ましい。 Examples of the photosensitive resin composition include a composition containing a polymer A, a polymerizable compound B, an optional component, and a solvent. The photosensitive resin composition preferably contains a solvent in order to adjust the viscosity of the photosensitive resin composition and facilitate the formation of the photosensitive resin layer.
 溶剤としては、重合体A、重合性化合物B、及び任意成分を、溶解、又は分散可能な溶剤であれば制限されず、公知の溶剤を使用できる。溶剤としては、例えば、アルキレングリコールエーテル溶剤、アルキレングリコールエーテルアセテート溶剤、アルコール溶剤(例えば、メタノール、及びエタノール)、ケトン溶剤(例えば、アセトン、及びメチルエチルケトン)、芳香族炭化水素溶剤(例えば、トルエン)、非プロトン性極性溶剤(例えば、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド)、環状エーテル溶剤(例えば、テトラヒドロフラン)、エステル溶剤、アミド溶剤、及びラクトン溶剤が挙げられる。 The solvent is not limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse the polymer A, the polymerizable compound B, and any component, and a known solvent can be used. Examples of the solvent include an alkylene glycol ether solvent, an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent, an alcohol solvent (for example, methanol and ethanol), a ketone solvent (for example, acetone and methyl ethyl ketone), and an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent (for example, toluene). Examples include aprotonic polar solvents (eg, N, N-dimethylformamide), cyclic ether solvents (eg, tetrahydrofuran), ester solvents, amide solvents, and lactone solvents.
 感光性樹脂組成物は、アルキレングリコールエーテル溶剤、及びアルキレングリコールエーテルアセテート溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましい。感光性樹脂組成物は、アルキレングリコールエーテル溶剤、及びアルキレングリコールエーテルアセテート溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種と、ケトン溶剤、及び環状エーテル溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種と、を含むことがより好ましい。感光性樹脂組成物は、アルキレングリコールエーテル溶剤、及びアルキレングリコールエーテルアセテート溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種と、ケトン溶剤と、環状エーテル溶剤と、を含むことが特に好ましい。 The photosensitive resin composition preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent. The photosensitive resin composition comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent, and at least one selected from the group consisting of a ketone solvent and a cyclic ether solvent. It is more preferable to include it. It is particularly preferable that the photosensitive resin composition contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent, a ketone solvent, and a cyclic ether solvent.
 アルキレングリコールエーテル溶剤としては、例えば、エチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、エチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、プロピレングリコールジアルキルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、及びジプロピレングリコールジアルキルエーテルが挙げられる。 Examples of the alkylene glycol ether solvent include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, ethylene glycol dialkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol dialkyl ether, diethylene glycol dialkyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether, and dipropylene glycol dialkyl ether. Be done.
 アルキレングリコールエーテルアセテート溶剤としては、例えば、エチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート、及びジプロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテートが挙げられる。 Examples of the alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, and dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate.
 溶剤としては、国際公開第2018/179640号の段落0092~段落0094に記載された溶剤、及び特開2018-177889号公報の段落0014に記載された溶剤を用いてもよい。これらの内容は、参照により本明細書に組み込まれる。 As the solvent, the solvent described in paragraphs 0092 to 0094 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 and the solvent described in paragraph 0014 of JP-A-2018-177789 may be used. These contents are incorporated herein by reference.
 感光性樹脂組成物は、1種単独、又は2種以上の溶剤を含んでもよい。 The photosensitive resin composition may contain one kind of solvent alone or two or more kinds of solvents.
 感光性樹脂組成物における溶剤の含有割合は、感光性樹脂組成物中の全固形分100質量部に対して、50質量部~1,900質量部であることが好ましく、100質量部~900質量部であることがより好ましい。 The content ratio of the solvent in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 50 parts by mass to 1,900 parts by mass, and 100 parts by mass to 900 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition. It is more preferable that it is a part.
 感光性樹脂組成物の調製方法は、制限されない。感光性樹脂組成物の調製方法としては、例えば、各成分を溶剤に溶解した溶液を予め調製し、得られた各溶液を所定の割合で混合することにより、感光性樹脂組成物を調製する方法が挙げられる。感光性樹脂組成物は、感光性樹脂層を形成する前に、孔径が0.2μm~30μmのフィルターを用いてろ過することが好ましい。 The method for preparing the photosensitive resin composition is not limited. As a method for preparing the photosensitive resin composition, for example, a method of preparing a photosensitive resin composition by preparing a solution in which each component is dissolved in a solvent in advance and mixing the obtained solutions in a predetermined ratio. Can be mentioned. The photosensitive resin composition is preferably filtered using a filter having a pore size of 0.2 μm to 30 μm before forming the photosensitive resin layer.
 感光性樹脂組成物の塗布方法としては、制限されず、公知の方法を用いることができる。塗布方法としては、例えば、スリット塗布、スピン塗布、カーテン塗布、及びインクジェット塗布が挙げられる。 The method for applying the photosensitive resin composition is not limited, and a known method can be used. Examples of the coating method include slit coating, spin coating, curtain coating, and inkjet coating.
 また、感光性樹脂層は、感光性樹脂組成物を後述するカバーフィルム上に塗布し、乾燥することにより形成してもよい。 Further, the photosensitive resin layer may be formed by applying the photosensitive resin composition on a cover film described later and drying it.
[他の層]
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、上記した層以外の層(以下、「他の層」という。)を有してもよい。他の層としては、カバーフィルム、熱可塑性樹脂、中間層、及びコントラストエンハンスメント層(屈折率調整層ともいう。)が挙げられる。
[Other layers]
The photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure may have a layer other than the above-mentioned layer (hereinafter, referred to as “another layer”). Other layers include a cover film, a thermoplastic resin, an intermediate layer, and a contrast enhancement layer (also referred to as a refractive index adjusting layer).
(カバーフィルム)
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、カバーフィルム(保護フィルムともいう。)を有してもよい。カバーフィルムによれば、カバーフィルムに接触する層(例えば、感光性樹脂層)の表面を保護することができる。
(Cover film)
The photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure may have a cover film (also referred to as a protective film). According to the cover film, the surface of the layer (for example, the photosensitive resin layer) in contact with the cover film can be protected.
 ある実施形態において、感光性転写材料は、仮支持体と、感光性樹脂層と、カバーフィルムと、をこの順で含むことが好ましい。上記感光性転写材料において、感光性樹脂層は、仮支持体の上に、直接、又は任意の層を介して積層されてもよい。上記感光性転写材料において、カバーフィルムは、感光性樹脂層の上に、直接、又は任意の層を介して積層されてもよい。上記感光性転写材料における任意の層としては、例えば、後述する他の層が挙げられる。 In a certain embodiment, the photosensitive transfer material preferably includes a temporary support, a photosensitive resin layer, and a cover film in this order. In the above-mentioned photosensitive transfer material, the photosensitive resin layer may be laminated on the temporary support directly or via an arbitrary layer. In the above-mentioned photosensitive transfer material, the cover film may be laminated on the photosensitive resin layer directly or via an arbitrary layer. Examples of the arbitrary layer in the photosensitive transfer material include other layers described later.
 ある実施形態において、感光性転写材料は、感光性樹脂層の仮支持体に対向する面とは反対側の面に接するカバーフィルムを有することが好ましい。 In certain embodiments, the photosensitive transfer material preferably has a cover film in contact with the surface of the photosensitive resin layer opposite to the surface facing the temporary support.
 カバーフィルムとしては、例えば、樹脂フィルム、及び紙が挙げられる。カバーフィルムは、強度、及び可撓性の観点から、樹脂フィルムであることが好ましい。 Examples of the cover film include a resin film and paper. The cover film is preferably a resin film from the viewpoint of strength and flexibility.
 樹脂フィルムとしては、例えば、ポリエチレンフィルム、ポリプロピレンフィルム、ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム、トリ酢酸セルロースフィルム、ポリスチレンフィルム、及びポリカーボネートフィルムが挙げられる。樹脂フィルムは、ポリエチレンフィルム、ポリプロピレンフィルム、又はポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムであることが好ましい。 Examples of the resin film include polyethylene film, polypropylene film, polyethylene terephthalate film, cellulose triacetate film, polystyrene film, and polycarbonate film. The resin film is preferably a polyethylene film, a polypropylene film, or a polyethylene terephthalate film.
 カバーフィルムの厚さは、制限されない。カバーフィルムの平均厚さは、5μm~100μmであることが好ましく、10μm~50μmであることがより好ましく、10μm~20μmであることが特に好ましい。カバーフィルムの平均厚さは、仮支持体の平均厚さの測定方法に準ずる方法によって測定する。 The thickness of the cover film is not limited. The average thickness of the cover film is preferably 5 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 10 μm to 50 μm, and particularly preferably 10 μm to 20 μm. The average thickness of the cover film is measured by a method according to the method for measuring the average thickness of the temporary support.
 カバーフィルムの感光性樹脂層が配置された側の面の算術平均粗さRaは、解像性により優れる点から、0.3μm以下であることが好ましく、0.1μm以下であることがより好ましく、0.05μm以下であることが特に好ましい。カバーフィルムの感光性樹脂層が配置された側の面の算術平均粗さが上記範囲であることで、感光性樹脂層、及び形成される樹脂パターンの厚さの均一性が向上する。算術平均粗さRaの下限は、制限されない。カバーフィルムの感光性樹脂層が配置された側の面の算術平均粗さRaは、0.001μm以上であることが好ましい。カバーフィルムの感光性樹脂層が配置された側の面の算術平均粗さRaは、上記「仮支持体」の項において説明した算術平均粗さRaの測定方法に準ずる方法によって測定する。 The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the cover film on the side on which the photosensitive resin layer is arranged is preferably 0.3 μm or less, and more preferably 0.1 μm or less, from the viewpoint of excellent resolution. , 0.05 μm or less is particularly preferable. When the arithmetic mean roughness of the surface on the side where the photosensitive resin layer of the cover film is arranged is within the above range, the uniformity of the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer and the formed resin pattern is improved. The lower limit of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra is not limited. The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the cover film on the side on which the photosensitive resin layer is arranged is preferably 0.001 μm or more. The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the cover film on the side on which the photosensitive resin layer is arranged is measured by a method according to the method for measuring the arithmetic mean roughness Ra described in the above section "Temporary Support".
(熱可塑性樹脂層)
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、熱可塑性樹脂層を有してもよい。ある実施形態において、感光性転写材料は、仮支持体と感光性樹脂層との間に熱可塑性樹脂層を有することが好ましい。感光性転写材料が仮支持体と感光性樹脂層との間に熱可塑性樹脂層を有することで、基板に貼り合わされる工程における基板への追従性が向上して、基板と感光性転写材料との間の気泡の混入が抑制される結果、層間の密着性が向上するためである。
(Thermoplastic resin layer)
The photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure may have a thermoplastic resin layer. In certain embodiments, the photosensitive transfer material preferably has a thermoplastic resin layer between the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer. Since the photosensitive transfer material has a thermoplastic resin layer between the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer, the followability to the substrate in the process of being bonded to the substrate is improved, and the substrate and the photosensitive transfer material can be separated from each other. This is because, as a result of suppressing the mixing of air bubbles between the layers, the adhesion between the layers is improved.
-アルカリ可溶性樹脂-
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、熱可塑性樹脂として、アルカリ可溶性樹脂を含むことが好ましい。
-Alkali-soluble resin-
The thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin as the thermoplastic resin.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、例えば、アクリル樹脂、ポリスチレン樹脂、スチレン-アクリル共重合体、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルホルマール、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ポリアセタール樹脂、ポリヒドロキシスチレン樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリベンゾオキサゾール樹脂、ポリシロキサン樹脂、ポリエチレンイミン、ポリアリルアミン、及びポリアルキレングリコールが挙げられる。 Examples of the alkali-soluble resin include acrylic resin, polystyrene resin, styrene-acrylic copolymer, polyurethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formal, polyamide resin, polyester resin, epoxy resin, polyacetal resin, polyhydroxystyrene resin, and polyimide resin. Examples thereof include polybenzoxazole resin, polysiloxane resin, polyethyleneimine, polyallylamine, and polyalkylene glycol.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、現像性、及び熱可塑性樹脂層に隣接する層との密着性の観点から、アクリル樹脂であることが好ましい。ここで、「アクリル樹脂」とは、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位、(メタ)アクリル酸エステルに由来する構成単位、及び(メタ)アクリル酸アミドに由来する構成単位からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を有する樹脂を意味する。 The alkali-soluble resin is preferably an acrylic resin from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to a layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer. Here, the "acrylic resin" is selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid, a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester, and a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid amide. It means a resin having at least one kind.
 アクリル樹脂において、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位、(メタ)アクリル酸エステルに由来する構成単位、及び(メタ)アクリル酸アミドに由来する構成単位の合計含有量の割合は、アクリル樹脂の全質量に対して、50質量%以上であることが好ましい。アクリル樹脂において、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位、及び(メタ)アクリル酸エステルに由来する構成単位の合計含有量の割合は、アクリル樹脂の全質量に対して、30質量%~100質量%であることが好ましく、50質量%~100質量%であることがより好ましい。 In the acrylic resin, the ratio of the total content of the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid, the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester, and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid amide is the ratio of the total content of the acrylic resin. It is preferably 50% by mass or more with respect to the total mass. In the acrylic resin, the ratio of the total content of the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester is 30% by mass to 100% by mass with respect to the total mass of the acrylic resin. %, More preferably 50% by mass to 100% by mass.
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、酸基を有する重合体であることが好ましい。酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、及びホスホン酸基が挙げられ、カルボキシ基が好ましい。 Further, the alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polymer having an acid group. Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phosphonic acid group, and a carboxy group is preferable.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、現像性の観点から、酸価が60mgKOH/g以上であるアルカリ可溶性樹脂であることが好ましく、酸価が60mgKOH/g以上であるカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂であることがより好ましい。酸価の上限は、制限されない。アルカリ可溶性樹脂の酸価は、200mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、150mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of developability, the alkali-soluble resin is preferably an alkali-soluble resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more. The upper limit of acid value is not limited. The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less.
 酸価が60mgKOH/g以上であるカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂としては、制限されず、公知の樹脂から適宜選択して用いることができる。酸価が60mgKOH/g以上であるカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂としては、例えば、特開2011-95716号公報の段落0025に記載のポリマーのうち酸価が60mgKOH/g以上であるカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂、特開2010-237589号公報の段落0033~段落0052に記載のポリマーのうち酸価が60mgKOH/g以上であるカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂、及び特開2016-224162号公報の段落0053~段落0068に記載のバインダーポリマーのうち酸価が60mgKOH/g以上であるカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂が挙げられる。 The carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more is not limited and can be appropriately selected from known resins and used. Examples of the carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more include carboxy group-containing acrylic resins having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more among the polymers described in paragraph 0025 of JP-A-2011-95716. Described in paragraphs 0033 to 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-237589, a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more, and paragraphs 0053 to 0068 of JP-A-2016-224162. Among the binder polymers of the above, a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more can be mentioned.
 カルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂におけるカルボキシ基を有する構成単位の含有割合は、カルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂の全質量に対して、5質量%~50質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~40質量%であることがより好ましく、12質量%~30質量%であることが特に好ましい。 The content ratio of the structural unit having a carboxy group in the carboxy group-containing acrylic resin is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total mass of the carboxy group-containing acrylic resin. It is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable that it is 12% by mass to 30% by mass.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、現像性、及び熱可塑性樹脂層に隣接する層との密着性の観点から、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位を有するアクリル樹脂であることが特に好ましい。 The alkali-soluble resin is particularly preferably an acrylic resin having a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to a layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、反応性基を有してもよい。反応性基は、例えば、付加重合可能な基であればよい。反応性基としては、例えば、エチレン性不飽和基、重縮合性基(例えば、ヒドロキシ基、及びカルボキシ基)、及び重付加反応性基(例えば、エポキシ基、及び(ブロック)イソシアネート基)が挙げられる。 The alkali-soluble resin may have a reactive group. The reactive group may be, for example, a group capable of addition polymerization. Reactive groups include, for example, ethylenically unsaturated groups, polycondensable groups (eg, hydroxy and carboxy groups), and polyaddition reactive groups (eg, epoxy groups and (blocking) isocyanate groups). Be done.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、1,000以上であることが好ましく、1万~10万であることがより好ましく、2万~5万であることが特に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 to 100,000, and particularly preferably 20,000 to 50,000.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、1種単独、又は2種以上のアルカリ可溶性樹脂を含んでもよい。 The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of alkali-soluble resins.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有割合は、現像性、及び熱可塑性樹脂層に隣接する層との密着性の観点から、熱可塑性樹脂層の全質量に対して、10質量%~99質量%であることが好ましく、20質量%~90質量%であることがより好ましく、40質量%~80質量%であることが更に好ましく、50質量%~70質量%であることが特に好ましい。 The content ratio of the alkali-soluble resin is 10% by mass to 99% by mass with respect to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer. It is more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, further preferably 40% by mass to 80% by mass, and particularly preferably 50% by mass to 70% by mass.
-色素-
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、発色時の波長範囲である400nm~780nmにおける最大吸収波長が450nm以上であり、かつ、酸、塩基、又はラジカルにより最大吸収波長が変化する色素(以下、「色素B」という場合がある。)を含むことが好ましい。色素Bの好ましい態様は、後述する点以外は、上記した色素Nの好ましい態様と同様である。
-Dye-
The thermoplastic resin layer has a maximum absorption wavelength of 450 nm or more in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development, and the maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid, a base, or a radical (hereinafter referred to as “dye B”). In some cases), it is preferable to include. The preferred embodiment of the dye B is the same as the preferred embodiment of the dye N described above, except for the points described later.
 色素Bは、露光部の視認性、非露光部の視認性、及び解像性の観点から、酸、又はラジカルにより最大吸収波長が変化する色素であることが好ましく、酸により最大吸収波長が変化する色素であることがより好ましい。 The dye B is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid or a radical from the viewpoints of visibility of the exposed portion, visibility of the non-exposed portion, and resolution, and the maximum absorption wavelength is changed by the acid. It is more preferable that the pigment is a dye.
 熱可塑性層は、露光部の視認性、非露光部の視認性、及び解像性の観点から、色素Bとして酸により最大吸収波長が変化する色素と、後述する光により酸を発生する化合物と、を含むことが好ましい。 The thermoplastic layer includes a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid as the dye B and a compound that generates an acid by light, which will be described later, from the viewpoints of visibility of the exposed part, visibility of the non-exposed part, and resolution. , Are preferably included.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、1種単独、又は2種以上の色素Bを含んでもよい。 The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of dye B.
 色素Bの含有割合は、露光部の視認性、非露光部の視認性の観点から、熱可塑性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.2質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.2質量%~6質量%であることがより好ましく、0.2質量%~5質量%であることが更に好ましく、0.25質量%~3.0質量%であることが特に好ましい。 The content ratio of the dye B is preferably 0.2% by mass or more, preferably 0.2% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the visibility of the non-exposed portion. It is more preferably% to 6% by mass, further preferably 0.2% by mass to 5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.25% by mass to 3.0% by mass.
 ここで、色素Bの含有割合は、熱可塑性樹脂層に含まれる色素Bの全てを発色状態にした場合の色素の含有割合を意味する。以下、ラジカルにより発色する色素を例として、色素Bの含有割合の定量方法を説明する。メチルエチルケトン(100mL)に、色素(0.001g)、及び色素(0.01g)をそれぞれ溶かした2つの溶液を調製する。得られた各溶液に、光ラジカル重合開始剤としてIRGACURE OXE-01(BASF社)を加えた後、365nmの光を照射することによりラジカルを発生させ、全ての色素を発色状態にする。次に、大気雰囲気下で、分光光度計(UV3100、株式会社島津製作所)を用いて、液温が25℃である各溶液の吸光度を測定し、検量線を作成する。次に、色素に代えて熱可塑性樹脂層(0.1g)をメチルエチルケトンに溶かすこと以外は上記と同様の方法で、色素を全て発色させた溶液の吸光度を測定する。得られた熱可塑性樹脂層を含有する溶液の吸光度から、検量線に基づいて熱可塑性樹脂層に含まれる色素の量を算出する。 Here, the content ratio of the dye B means the content ratio of the dye when all of the dye B contained in the thermoplastic resin layer is in a colored state. Hereinafter, a method for quantifying the content ratio of dye B will be described by taking a dye that develops color by radicals as an example. Two solutions are prepared by dissolving the dye (0.001 g) and the dye (0.01 g) in methyl ethyl ketone (100 mL). IRGACURE OXE-01 (BASF) is added to each of the obtained solutions as a photoradical polymerization initiator, and then radicals are generated by irradiating with light of 365 nm to bring all the dyes into a colored state. Next, in an air atmosphere, the absorbance of each solution having a liquid temperature of 25 ° C. is measured using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, Shimadzu Corporation) to prepare a calibration curve. Next, the absorbance of the solution in which all the dyes are colored is measured by the same method as above except that the thermoplastic resin layer (0.1 g) is dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone instead of the dye. From the absorbance of the obtained solution containing the thermoplastic resin layer, the amount of the dye contained in the thermoplastic resin layer is calculated based on the calibration curve.
-光により酸、塩基、又はラジカルを発生する化合物-
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、光により酸、塩基、又はラジカルを発生する化合物(以下、「化合物C」という場合がある。)を含んでもよい。化合物Cは、活性光線(例えば、紫外線、及び可視光線)を受けて、酸、塩基、又はラジカルを発生する化合物であることが好ましい。化合物Cとしては、公知の、光酸発生剤、光塩基発生剤、及び光ラジカル重合開始剤(光ラジカル発生剤)が挙げられる。化合物Cは、光酸発生剤であることが好ましい。
-Compounds that generate acids, bases, or radicals with light-
The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a compound that generates an acid, a base, or a radical by light (hereinafter, may be referred to as “Compound C”). Compound C is preferably a compound that receives active rays (for example, ultraviolet rays and visible rays) to generate acids, bases, or radicals. Examples of compound C include known photoacid generators, photobase generators, and photoradical polymerization initiators (photoradical generators). Compound C is preferably a photoacid generator.
〔光酸発生剤〕
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、解像性の観点から、光酸発生剤を含むことが好ましい。光酸発生剤としては、上述した感光性樹脂層に含まれてもよい光カチオン重合開始剤が挙げられ、後述する点以外は好ましい態様も同じである。
[Photoacid generator]
The thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains a photoacid generator from the viewpoint of resolution. Examples of the photoacid generator include a photocationic polymerization initiator that may be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer, and the preferred embodiments are the same except for the points described below.
 光酸発生剤は、感度、及び解像性の観点から、オニウム塩化合物、及びオキシムスルホネート化合物からなる群より選択された少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、感度、解像性、及び密着性の観点から、オキシムスルホネート化合物を含むことがより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution, the photoacid generator preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of onium salt compounds and oxime sulfonate compounds, and has sensitivity, resolution and adhesion. From the viewpoint, it is more preferable to contain an oxime sulfonate compound.
 また、光酸発生剤は、以下の構造を有する光酸発生剤であることも好ましい。 It is also preferable that the photoacid generator is a photoacid generator having the following structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
〔光塩基発生剤〕
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、光塩基発生剤を含んでもよい。光塩基発生剤としては、例えば、2-ニトロベンジルシクロヘキシルカルバメート、トリフェニルメタノール、O-カルバモイルヒドロキシルアミド、O-カルバモイルオキシム、[[(2,6-ジニトロベンジル)オキシ]カルボニル]シクロヘキシルアミン、ビス[[(2-ニトロベンジル)オキシ]カルボニル]ヘキサン1,6-ジアミン、4-(メチルチオベンゾイル)-1-メチル-1-モルホリノエタン、(4-モルホリノベンゾイル)-1-ベンジル-1-ジメチルアミノプロパン、N-(2-ニトロベンジルオキシカルボニル)ピロリジン、ヘキサアンミンコバルト(III)トリス(トリフェニルメチルボレート)、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-ブタノン、2,6-ジメチル-3,5-ジアセチル-4-(2-ニトロフェニル)-1,4-ジヒドロピリジン、及び2,6-ジメチル-3,5-ジアセチル-4-(2,4-ジニトロフェニル)-1,4-ジヒドロピリジンが挙げられる。
[Photobase generator]
The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a photobase generator. Examples of the photobase generator include 2-nitrobenzylcyclohexylcarbamate, triphenylmethanol, O-carbamoylhydroxylamide, O-carbamoyloxime, [[(2,6-dinitrobenzyl) oxy] carbonyl] cyclohexylamine, and bis [ [(2-Nitrobenzyl) oxy] carbonyl] hexane 1,6-diamine, 4- (methylthiobenzoyl) -1-methyl-1-morpholinoetan, (4-morpholinobenzoyl) -1-benzyl-1-dimethylaminopropane , N- (2-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl) pyrrolidine, hexaammine cobalt (III) tris (triphenylmethylborate), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone, 2,6 -Dimethyl-3,5-diacetyl-4- (2-nitrophenyl) -1,4-dihydropyridine, and 2,6-dimethyl-3,5-diacetyl-4- (2,4-dinitrophenyl) -1, 4-Dihydropyridine can be mentioned.
〔光ラジカル重合開始剤〕
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、光ラジカル重合開始剤を含んでもよい。光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、例えば、上述した感光性樹脂層が含んでもよい光ラジカル重合開始剤が挙げられ、好ましい態様も同じである。
[Photoradical polymerization initiator]
The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a photoradical polymerization initiator. Examples of the photoradical polymerization initiator include a photoradical polymerization initiator that may be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、1種単独、又は2種以上の化合物Cを含んでもよい。 The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of compound C.
 化合物Cの含有割合は、露光部の視認性、非露光部の視認性、及び解像性の観点から、熱可塑性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.1質量%~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.5質量%~5質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content ratio of the compound C is 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass with respect to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion, the visibility of the non-exposed portion, and the resolution. It is preferable, and it is more preferable that it is 0.5% by mass to 5% by mass.
-可塑剤-
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、解像性、熱可塑性樹脂層に隣接する層との密着性、及び現像性の観点から、可塑剤を含むことが好ましい。
-Plasticizer-
The thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains a plasticizer from the viewpoints of resolution, adhesion to a layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, and developability.
 可塑剤の分子量(オリゴマー又はポリマーの分子量については重量平均分子量(Mw)をいう。以下、本段落において同じ。)は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の分子量よりも小さいことが好ましい。可塑剤の分子量は、200~2,000であることが好ましい。 The molecular weight of the plasticizer (the molecular weight of the oligomer or polymer is the weight average molecular weight (Mw); the same applies hereinafter in this paragraph) is preferably smaller than the molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin. The molecular weight of the plasticizer is preferably 200 to 2,000.
 可塑剤は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と相溶して可塑性を発現する化合物であれば制限されない。可塑剤は、可塑性付与の観点から、分子中にアルキレンオキシ基を有する化合物であることが好ましく、ポリアルキレングリコール化合物であることがより好ましい。可塑剤に含まれるアルキレンオキシ基は、ポリエチレンオキシ構造、又はポリプロピレンオキシ構造を有することが好ましい。 The plasticizer is not limited as long as it is a compound that develops plasticity by being compatible with an alkali-soluble resin. From the viewpoint of imparting plasticity, the plasticizer is preferably a compound having an alkyleneoxy group in the molecule, and more preferably a polyalkylene glycol compound. The alkyleneoxy group contained in the plasticizer preferably has a polyethyleneoxy structure or a polypropyleneoxy structure.
 可塑剤は、解像性、及び保存安定性の観点から、(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含むことが好ましい。相溶性、解像性、及び熱可塑性樹脂層に隣接する層との密着性の観点から、アルカリ可溶性樹脂がアクリル樹脂であり、かつ、可塑剤が(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含むことがより好ましい。 The plasticizer preferably contains a (meth) acrylate compound from the viewpoint of resolution and storage stability. From the viewpoint of compatibility, resolution, and adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, it is more preferable that the alkali-soluble resin is an acrylic resin and the plasticizer contains a (meth) acrylate compound.
 可塑剤として用いられる(メタ)アクリレート化合物としては、例えば、上記「重合性化合物B」の項に記載した(メタ)アクリレート化合物が挙げられる。感光性転写材料において、熱可塑性樹脂層と感光性樹脂層とが直接接触して配置される場合、熱可塑性樹脂層、及び感光性樹脂層は、それぞれ、同じ(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含むことが好ましい。熱可塑性樹脂層、及び感光性樹脂層が、それぞれ、同じ(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含むことで、層間の成分拡散が抑制され、保存安定性が向上するためである。 Examples of the (meth) acrylate compound used as a plasticizer include the (meth) acrylate compound described in the above-mentioned "Polymerizable Compound B" section. In the photosensitive transfer material, when the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer are arranged in direct contact with each other, the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer may each contain the same (meth) acrylate compound. preferable. This is because the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer each contain the same (meth) acrylate compound, so that the diffusion of components between the layers is suppressed and the storage stability is improved.
 熱可塑性樹脂層が可塑剤として(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含む場合、熱可塑性樹脂層に隣接する層との密着性の観点から、露光後の露光部においても(メタ)アクリレート化合物は重合しないことが好ましい。 When the thermoplastic resin layer contains a (meth) acrylate compound as a plasticizer, the (meth) acrylate compound may not polymerize even in the exposed portion after exposure from the viewpoint of adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer. preferable.
 ある実施形態において、可塑剤として用いられる(メタ)アクリレート化合物は、解像性、熱可塑性樹脂層に隣接する層との密着性、及び現像性の観点から、一分子中に2つ以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましい。 In certain embodiments, the (meth) acrylate compound used as the plasticizer is composed of two or more (meth) acrylate compounds in one molecule from the viewpoints of resolution, adhesion to a layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, and developability. It is preferably a (meth) acrylate compound having a meta) acryloyl group.
 ある実施形態において、可塑剤として用いられる(メタ)アクリレート化合物は、酸基を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物、又はウレタン(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましい。 In certain embodiments, the (meth) acrylate compound used as a plasticizer is preferably a (meth) acrylate compound having an acid group or a urethane (meth) acrylate compound.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、1種単独、又は2種以上の可塑剤を含んでもよい。 The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of plasticizers.
 可塑剤の含有割合は、解像性、熱可塑性樹脂層に隣接する層との密着性、及び現像性の観点から、熱可塑性樹脂層の全質量に対して、1質量%~70質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~60質量%であることがより好ましく、20質量%~50質量%であることが特に好ましい。 The content ratio of the plasticizer is 1% by mass to 70% by mass with respect to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoints of resolution, adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, and developability. It is preferably 10% by mass to 60% by mass, and particularly preferably 20% by mass to 50% by mass.
-界面活性剤-
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、厚さの均一性の観点から、界面活性剤を含むことが好ましい。界面活性剤としては、例えば、上述した感光性樹脂層が含んでもよい界面活性剤が挙げられ、好ましい態様も同じである。
-Surfactant-
The thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains a surfactant from the viewpoint of thickness uniformity. Examples of the surfactant include a surfactant that may be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、1種単独、又は2種以上の界面活性剤を含んでもよい。 The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of surfactants.
 界面活性剤の含有割合は、熱可塑性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.001質量%~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.01質量%~3質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content ratio of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer.
-増感剤-
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、増感剤を含んでもよい。増感剤としては、例えば、上述した感光性樹脂層が含んでもよい増感剤が挙げられる。
-Sensitizer-
The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a sensitizer. Examples of the sensitizer include sensitizers that may be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、1種単独、又は2種以上の増感剤を含んでもよい。 The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type alone or two or more types of sensitizers.
 増感剤の含有割合は、光源に対する感度の向上、露光部の視認性、及び非露光部の視認性の観点から、熱可塑性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.01質量%~5質量%であることが好ましく、0.05質量%~1質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content ratio of the sensitizer is 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to the light source, the visibility of the exposed part, and the visibility of the non-exposed part. %, More preferably 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass.
-添加剤-
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、上記成分以外に、必要に応じて公知の添加剤を含んでもよい。
-Additive-
The thermoplastic resin layer may contain known additives in addition to the above components, if necessary.
 また、熱可塑性樹脂層については、特開2014-85643号公報の段落0189~段落0193に記載されている。上記公報の内容は、参照により本明細書に組み込まれる。 Further, the thermoplastic resin layer is described in paragraphs 0189 to 0193 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-85643. The contents of the above gazette are incorporated herein by reference.
-厚さ-
 熱可塑性樹脂層の厚さは、制限されない。熱可塑性樹脂層の平均厚さは、熱可塑性樹脂層に隣接する層との密着性の観点から、1μm以上であることが好ましく、2μm以上であることがより好ましい。熱可塑性樹脂層の平均厚さの上限は、制限されない。熱可塑性樹脂層の平均厚さは、現像性、及び解像性の観点から、20μm以下であることが好ましく、10μm以下であることがより好ましく、5μm以下であることが特に好ましい。熱可塑性樹脂層の平均厚さは、仮支持体の平均厚さの測定方法に準ずる方法によって測定する。
-thickness-
The thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is not limited. The average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is preferably 1 μm or more, and more preferably 2 μm or more, from the viewpoint of adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer. The upper limit of the average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is not limited. From the viewpoint of developability and resolvability, the average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and particularly preferably 5 μm or less. The average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is measured by a method according to the method for measuring the average thickness of the temporary support.
-形成方法-
 熱可塑性樹脂層の形成方法は、上記の成分を含む層を形成可能な方法であれば制限されない。熱可塑性樹脂層の形成方法としては、例えば、仮支持体の表面に、熱可塑性樹脂組成物を塗布し、熱可塑性樹脂組成物の塗膜を乾燥する方法が挙げられる。
-Formation method-
The method for forming the thermoplastic resin layer is not limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer containing the above components. Examples of the method for forming the thermoplastic resin layer include a method in which the thermoplastic resin composition is applied to the surface of the temporary support and the coating film of the thermoplastic resin composition is dried.
 熱可塑性樹脂組成物としては、例えば、上記の成分を含む組成物が挙げられる。熱可塑性樹脂組成物は、熱可塑性樹脂組成物の粘度を調節し、熱可塑性樹脂層の形成を容易にするため、溶剤を含むことが好ましい。 Examples of the thermoplastic resin composition include a composition containing the above components. The thermoplastic resin composition preferably contains a solvent in order to adjust the viscosity of the thermoplastic resin composition and facilitate the formation of the thermoplastic resin layer.
 熱可塑性樹脂組成物に含まれる溶剤としては、熱可塑性樹脂層に含まれる成分を溶解、又は分散可能な溶剤であれば制限されない。溶剤としては、上述した感光性樹脂組成物が含んでもよい溶剤が挙げられ、好ましい態様も同じである。 The solvent contained in the thermoplastic resin composition is not limited as long as it is a solvent capable of dissolving or dispersing the components contained in the thermoplastic resin layer. Examples of the solvent include a solvent that may be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin composition, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
 熱可塑性樹脂組成物は、1種単独、又は2種以上の溶剤を含んでもよい。 The thermoplastic resin composition may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of solvents.
 熱可塑性樹脂組成物における溶剤の含有割合は、熱可塑性樹脂組成物中の全固形分100質量部に対して、50質量部~1,900質量部であることが好ましく、100質量部~900質量部であることがより好ましい。 The content ratio of the solvent in the thermoplastic resin composition is preferably 50 parts by mass to 1,900 parts by mass, and 100 parts by mass to 900 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the thermoplastic resin composition. It is more preferable that it is a part.
 熱可塑性樹脂組成物の調製、及び熱可塑性樹脂層の形成は、上述した感光性樹脂組成物の調製方法、及び感光性樹脂層の形成方法に準じて行えばよい。例えば、熱可塑性樹脂層に含まれる各成分を溶剤に溶解した溶液を予め調製し、得られた各溶液を所定の割合で混合することにより、熱可塑性樹脂組成物を調製した後、得られた熱可塑性樹脂組成物を仮支持体の表面に塗布し、熱可塑性樹脂組成物の塗膜を乾燥させることにより、熱可塑性樹脂層を形成することができる。また、後述するカバーフィルム上に、感光性樹脂層を形成した後、感光性樹脂層の表面に熱可塑性樹脂層を形成してもよい。 The preparation of the thermoplastic resin composition and the formation of the thermoplastic resin layer may be carried out according to the method for preparing the photosensitive resin composition and the method for forming the photosensitive resin layer described above. For example, a thermoplastic resin composition was prepared by preparing a solution in which each component contained in the thermoplastic resin layer was dissolved in a solvent in advance and mixing the obtained solutions in a predetermined ratio, and then obtained. The thermoplastic resin layer can be formed by applying the thermoplastic resin composition to the surface of the temporary support and drying the coating film of the thermoplastic resin composition. Further, after forming the photosensitive resin layer on the cover film described later, the thermoplastic resin layer may be formed on the surface of the photosensitive resin layer.
(中間層)
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、熱可塑性樹脂層と感光性樹脂層との間に、中間層を有することが好ましい。中間層によれば、複数の層を形成する際、及び保存の際における成分の混合を抑制できる。
(Middle class)
The photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure preferably has an intermediate layer between the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer. According to the intermediate layer, it is possible to suppress the mixing of components when forming a plurality of layers and during storage.
 中間層は、現像性、並びに、複数層を塗布する際及び塗布後の保存の際における成分の混合を抑制する観点から、水溶性の層であることが好ましい。本開示において、「水溶性」とは、液温が22℃であるpH7.0の水100gへの溶解度が0.1g以上であることを意味する。 The intermediate layer is preferably a water-soluble layer from the viewpoint of developability and suppressing mixing of components during application of the plurality of layers and storage after application. In the present disclosure, "water-soluble" means that the solubility in 100 g of water having a liquid temperature of 22 ° C. and a pH of 7.0 is 0.1 g or more.
 中間層としては、例えば、特開平5-72724号公報に「分離層」として記載されている、酸素遮断機能のある酸素遮断層が挙げられる。中間層が酸素遮断層であることで、露光時の感度が向上し、露光機の時間負荷が低減する結果、生産性が向上する。中間層として用いられる酸素遮断層は、公知の層から適宜選択すればよい。中間層として用いられる酸素遮断層は、低い酸素透過性を示し、水、若しくはアルカリ水溶液(22℃の炭酸ナトリウムの1質量%水溶液)に分散、又は溶解する酸素遮断層であることが好ましい。 Examples of the intermediate layer include an oxygen blocking layer having an oxygen blocking function, which is described as a “separation layer” in JP-A-5-72724. Since the intermediate layer is an oxygen blocking layer, the sensitivity at the time of exposure is improved, the time load of the exposure machine is reduced, and as a result, the productivity is improved. The oxygen blocking layer used as the intermediate layer may be appropriately selected from known layers. The oxygen blocking layer used as the intermediate layer is preferably an oxygen blocking layer that exhibits low oxygen permeability and is dispersed or dissolved in water or an alkaline aqueous solution (1% by mass aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at 22 ° C.).
 中間層は、樹脂を含むことが好ましい。中間層に含まれる樹脂としては、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂、ポリビニルピロリドン系樹脂、セルロース系樹脂、アクリルアミド系樹脂、ポリエチレンオキサイド系樹脂、ゼラチン、ビニルエーテル系樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、及びこれらの共重合体が挙げられる。中間層に含まれる樹脂は、水溶性樹脂であることが好ましい。 The intermediate layer preferably contains a resin. Examples of the resin contained in the intermediate layer include polyvinyl alcohol-based resin, polyvinylpyrrolidone-based resin, cellulose-based resin, acrylamide-based resin, polyethylene oxide-based resin, gelatin, vinyl ether-based resin, polyamide resin, and copolymers thereof. Can be mentioned. The resin contained in the intermediate layer is preferably a water-soluble resin.
 中間層に含まれる樹脂は、複数の層間の成分の混合を抑制する観点から、感光性樹脂層に含まれる重合体A、及び熱可塑性樹脂層に含まれる熱可塑性樹脂(アルカリ可溶性樹脂)のいずれとも異なる樹脂であることが好ましい。 The resin contained in the intermediate layer is either polymer A contained in the photosensitive resin layer or thermoplastic resin (alkali-soluble resin) contained in the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of suppressing mixing of components between a plurality of layers. It is preferable that the resin is different from the above.
 中間層は、酸素遮断性、並びに、複数層を塗布する際及び塗布後の保存の際における成分の混合を抑制する観点から、ポリビニルアルコールを含むことが好ましく、ポリビニルアルコール、及びポリビニルピロリドンを含むことがより好ましい。 The intermediate layer preferably contains polyvinyl alcohol, and preferably contains polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone, from the viewpoint of oxygen blocking property and suppressing mixing of components during application of the plurality of layers and storage after application. Is more preferable.
 中間層は、1種単独、又は2種以上の樹脂を含んでもよい。 The intermediate layer may contain one kind of resin alone or two or more kinds of resins.
 中間層における樹脂の含有割合は、酸素遮断性、並びに、複数層を塗布する際及び塗布後の保存の際における成分の混合を抑制する観点から、中間層の全質量に対して、50質量%~100質量%であることが好ましく、70質量%~100質量%であることがより好ましく、80質量%~100質量%であることが更に好ましく、90質量%~100質量%であることが特に好ましい。 The content ratio of the resin in the intermediate layer is 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the intermediate layer from the viewpoint of oxygen blocking property and suppressing mixing of components during application of the plurality of layers and storage after application. It is preferably ~ 100% by mass, more preferably 70% by mass to 100% by mass, further preferably 80% by mass to 100% by mass, and particularly preferably 90% by mass to 100% by mass. preferable.
 また、中間層は、必要に応じて添加剤を含んでもよい。添加剤としては、例えば、界面活性剤が挙げられる。 Further, the intermediate layer may contain an additive if necessary. Examples of the additive include a surfactant.
 中間層の厚さは、制限されない。中間層の平均厚さは、0.1μm~5μmであることが好ましく、0.5μm~3μmであることがより好ましい。中間層の厚さが上記範囲であることで、酸素遮断性を低下させることがなく、複数の層を形成する際、及び保存の際における成分の混合を抑制でき、また、現像時の中間層の除去時間の増大を抑制できる。中間層の平均厚さは、仮支持体の平均厚さの測定方法に準ずる方法によって測定する。 The thickness of the intermediate layer is not limited. The average thickness of the intermediate layer is preferably 0.1 μm to 5 μm, more preferably 0.5 μm to 3 μm. When the thickness of the intermediate layer is within the above range, the oxygen blocking property is not deteriorated, the mixing of the components at the time of forming a plurality of layers and at the time of storage can be suppressed, and the intermediate layer at the time of development can be suppressed. The increase in removal time can be suppressed. The average thickness of the intermediate layer is measured by a method according to the method for measuring the average thickness of the temporary support.
 中間層の形成方法は、上記の成分を含む層を形成可能な方法であれば制限されない。中間層の形成方法としては、例えば、熱可塑性樹脂層、又は感光性樹脂層の表面に、中間層用組成物を塗布した後、中間層用組成物の塗膜を乾燥する方法が挙げられる。 The method of forming the intermediate layer is not limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer containing the above components. Examples of the method for forming the intermediate layer include a method in which the composition for the intermediate layer is applied to the surface of the thermoplastic resin layer or the photosensitive resin layer, and then the coating film of the composition for the intermediate layer is dried.
 中間層用組成物としては、例えば、樹脂、及び任意の添加剤を含む組成物が挙げられる。中間層用組成物は、中間層用組成物の粘度を調節し、中間層の形成を容易にするため、溶剤を含むことが好ましい。溶剤としては、樹脂を溶解、又は分散可能な溶剤であれば制限されない。溶剤は、水、及び水混和性の有機溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、水、又は水と水混和性の有機溶剤との混合溶剤であることがより好ましい。 Examples of the composition for the intermediate layer include a composition containing a resin and an arbitrary additive. The composition for the intermediate layer preferably contains a solvent in order to adjust the viscosity of the composition for the intermediate layer and facilitate the formation of the intermediate layer. The solvent is not limited as long as it is a solvent that can dissolve or disperse the resin. The solvent is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of water and a water-miscible organic solvent, and more preferably water or a mixed solvent of water and a water-miscible organic solvent.
 水混和性の有機溶剤としては、例えば、炭素数が1~3であるアルコール、アセトン、エチレングリコール、及びグリセリンが挙げられる。水混和性の有機溶剤は、炭素数が1~3であるアルコールであることが好ましく、メタノール、又はエタノールであることがより好ましい。 Examples of the water-miscible organic solvent include alcohol, acetone, ethylene glycol, and glycerin having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The water-miscible organic solvent is preferably an alcohol having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably methanol or ethanol.
(コントラストエンハンスメント層)
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、コントラストエンハンスメント層を有してもよい。コントラストエンハンスメント層については、例えば、国際公開第2018/179640号の段落0134、及び特開2014-85643号公報の段落0194~段落0196に記載されている。これらの公報の内容は、参照により本明細書に組み込まれる。
(Contrast enhancement layer)
The photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure may have a contrast enhancement layer. The contrast enhancement layer is described in, for example, paragraph 0134 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 and paragraphs 0194 to 0196 of JP2014-85643A. The contents of these gazettes are incorporated herein by reference.
[仮支持体、感光性樹脂層及びカバーフィルムの関係]
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、感光性樹脂層を硬化した硬化膜の120℃における破断伸びが15%以上であり、仮支持体の感光性樹脂層側の表面の算術平均粗さRaが50nm以下であり、カバーフィルムの感光性樹脂層側の表面の算術平均粗さRaが150nm以下であることが好ましい。
[Relationship between temporary support, photosensitive resin layer and cover film]
In the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure, the cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin layer has a breaking elongation at 120 ° C. of 15% or more, and the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the temporary support on the photosensitive resin layer side is high. It is preferably 50 nm or less, and the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the cover film on the photosensitive resin layer side is 150 nm or less.
 また、本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、下記式(R1)を満たすことが好ましい。
  X×Y<1,500:式(R1)
 ここで、上記式(R1)中、Xは、感光性樹脂層を硬化した硬化膜の120℃における破断伸びの値(%)を表し、Yは、仮支持体の感光性樹脂層側の表面の算術平均粗さRaの値(nm)を表す。
 X×Yは、750以下がより好ましい。
Further, the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure preferably satisfies the following formula (R1).
X × Y <1,500: Equation (R1)
Here, in the above formula (R1), X represents the value (%) of the elongation at break at 120 ° C. of the cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin layer, and Y represents the surface of the temporary support on the photosensitive resin layer side. Represents the value (nm) of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of.
X × Y is more preferably 750 or less.
 感光性樹脂層を硬化した硬化膜の23℃での破断伸びに対し、120℃での破断伸びが2倍以上大きいことが好ましい。
 破断伸びは、厚み20μmの感光性樹脂層を超高圧水銀ランプにより120mJ/cmで露光して硬化した後、高圧水銀ランプで400mJ/cmで更に追加露光し、145℃で30分間加熱した後の硬化膜を用い、引っ張り試験によって測定する。
It is preferable that the breaking elongation at 120 ° C. is twice or more larger than the breaking elongation at 23 ° C. of the cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin layer.
The elongation at break was determined by exposing a photosensitive resin layer having a thickness of 20 μm to 120 mJ / cm 2 with an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp and curing it, and then further exposing it to 400 mJ / cm 2 with a high pressure mercury lamp and heating it at 145 ° C. for 30 minutes. The later cured film is used and measured by a tensile test.
 また、本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、下記式(R2)を満たすことが好ましい。
  Y≦Z:式(R2)
 ここで、上記式(R2)中、Yは、仮支持体の感光性樹脂層側の表面の算術平均粗さRaの値(nm)を表し、Zは、カバーフィルムの感光性樹脂層側の表面の算術平均粗さRaの値(nm)を表す。
Further, the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure preferably satisfies the following formula (R2).
Y ≤ Z: Equation (R2)
Here, in the above formula (R2), Y represents the value (nm) of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the temporary support on the photosensitive resin layer side, and Z represents the value (nm) of the photosensitive resin layer side of the cover film. It represents the value (nm) of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface.
<<平均厚さ>>
 感光性転写材料の平均厚さは、5μm~55μmであることが好ましく、10μm~50μmであることがより好ましく、20μm~40μmであることが特に好ましい。感光性転写材料の平均厚さは、仮支持体の平均厚さの測定方法に準ずる方法によって測定する。
<< Average thickness >>
The average thickness of the photosensitive transfer material is preferably 5 μm to 55 μm, more preferably 10 μm to 50 μm, and particularly preferably 20 μm to 40 μm. The average thickness of the photosensitive transfer material is measured by a method according to the method for measuring the average thickness of the temporary support.
<<形状>>
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料の形状は、制限されない。本開示に係る感光性転写材料の形状は、汎用性、及び運搬性の観点から、ロール状であることが好ましい。感光性転写材料を巻き取ることで、感光性転写材料の形状をロール状にすることができる。
<< Shape >>
The shape of the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure is not limited. The shape of the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure is preferably roll-shaped from the viewpoint of versatility and transportability. By winding up the photosensitive transfer material, the shape of the photosensitive transfer material can be made into a roll.
<<製造方法>>
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料の製造方法においては、例えば、上記「構成要素」の項において説明した各層の形成方法を用いることができる。以下、感光性転写材料の製造方法の好ましい一例について、図1を参照して説明する。ただし、感光性転写材料の製造方法は、以下に説明する方法に制限されるものではない。
<< Manufacturing method >>
In the method for producing a photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure, for example, the method for forming each layer described in the above section "Components" can be used. Hereinafter, a preferred example of a method for producing a photosensitive transfer material will be described with reference to FIG. However, the method for producing the photosensitive transfer material is not limited to the method described below.
 図1は、感光性転写材料の構成の一例を示す概略側面図である。図1に示される感光性転写材料100の製造方法としては、例えば、仮支持体10の上に、感光性樹脂組成物を塗布することによって感光性樹脂層12を形成する工程と、上記感光性樹脂層12の上に、カバーフィルム14を配置する工程と、を含む方法が挙げられる。上記方法においては、必要に応じて、仮支持体10の上に塗布された感光性樹脂組成物を乾燥してもよい。乾燥方法としては、制限されず、公知の乾燥方法を利用することができる。 FIG. 1 is a schematic side view showing an example of the configuration of the photosensitive transfer material. The method for producing the photosensitive transfer material 100 shown in FIG. 1 includes, for example, a step of forming a photosensitive resin layer 12 by applying a photosensitive resin composition on a temporary support 10, and the above-mentioned photosensitive. A method including a step of arranging the cover film 14 on the resin layer 12 and a method including the step of arranging the cover film 14 can be mentioned. In the above method, the photosensitive resin composition applied on the temporary support 10 may be dried, if necessary. The drying method is not limited, and a known drying method can be used.
 感光性樹脂層12の上に、カバーフィルム14を配置する方法としては、例えば、感光性樹脂層12にカバーフィルム14を圧着させる方法が挙げられる。 Examples of the method of arranging the cover film 14 on the photosensitive resin layer 12 include a method of crimping the cover film 14 to the photosensitive resin layer 12.
 以上の工程を経ることで、仮支持体10と、感光性樹脂層12と、カバーフィルム14と、を有する感光性転写材料100を製造することができる。製造された感光性転写材料100は、ロール状に巻き取られてもよい。ロール状の感光性転写材料100は、例えば、ロールツーロール方式による基板との貼り合わせ工程に用いることができる。 By going through the above steps, the photosensitive transfer material 100 having the temporary support 10, the photosensitive resin layer 12, and the cover film 14 can be manufactured. The manufactured photosensitive transfer material 100 may be wound into a roll. The roll-shaped photosensitive transfer material 100 can be used, for example, in a bonding step with a substrate by a roll-to-roll method.
<<用途>>
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、例えば、樹脂パターンの形成、及び回路配線の形成に用いることができる。ただし、本開示に係る感光性転写材料の用途は、上記した用途に制限されるものではない。
<< Applications >>
The photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure can be used, for example, for forming a resin pattern and forming a circuit wiring. However, the use of the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure is not limited to the above-mentioned use.
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、例えば、配線保護膜用感光性転写材料として用いられてもよい。配線保護膜用感光性転写材料として好ましく用いられる感光性転写材料の層構成としては、例えば、以下の(1)及び(2)が挙げられる。
 (1)仮支持体/感光性樹脂層/屈折率調整層/カバーフィルム
 (2)仮支持体/感光性樹脂層/カバーフィルム
The photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure may be used, for example, as a photosensitive transfer material for a wiring protective film. Examples of the layer structure of the photosensitive transfer material preferably used as the photosensitive transfer material for the wiring protective film include the following (1) and (2).
(1) Temporary support / photosensitive resin layer / refractive index adjustment layer / cover film (2) Temporary support / photosensitive resin layer / cover film
 以下、配線保護膜用感光性転写材料として好ましく用いられる感光性転写材料の構成要素について説明する。ただし、配線保護膜用感光性転写材料として好ましく用いられる感光性転写材料の構成要素は、以下に示す構成要素に制限されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the components of the photosensitive transfer material preferably used as the photosensitive transfer material for the wiring protective film will be described. However, the components of the photosensitive transfer material preferably used as the photosensitive transfer material for the wiring protective film are not limited to the components shown below.
[仮支持体]
 仮支持体としては、例えば、上記「構成要素」の項において説明した仮支持体が挙げられる。仮支持体の好ましい態様は、上記「構成要素」の項において説明した仮支持体の好ましい態様と同じである。
[Temporary support]
Examples of the temporary support include the temporary support described in the above section "Components". The preferred embodiment of the temporary support is the same as the preferred embodiment of the temporary support described in the section “Components” above.
[カバーフィルム]
 仮支持体としては、例えば、上記「構成要素」の項において説明したカバーフィルムが挙げられる。カバーフィルムの好ましい態様は、上記「構成要素」の項において説明したカバーフィルムの好ましい態様と同じである。
[Cover film]
Examples of the temporary support include the cover film described in the above section "Components". The preferred embodiment of the cover film is the same as the preferred embodiment of the cover film described in the above section "Components".
[感光性樹脂層]
(アルカリ可溶性樹脂)
 感光性樹脂層は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂を含むことが好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、アミド樹脂、アミドエポキシ樹脂、アルキド樹脂、フェノール樹脂、エステル樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、エポキシ樹脂と(メタ)アクリル酸との反応で得られるエポキシアクリレート樹脂、及び、エポキシアクリレート樹脂と酸無水物との反応で得られる酸変性エポキシアクリレート樹脂が挙げられる。
[Photosensitive resin layer]
(Alkali-soluble resin)
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin.
Examples of the alkali-soluble resin include (meth) acrylic resin, styrene resin, epoxy resin, amide resin, amide epoxy resin, alkyd resin, phenol resin, ester resin, urethane resin, and reaction of epoxy resin with (meth) acrylic acid. Examples thereof include an epoxy acrylate resin obtained in 1 and an acid-modified epoxy acrylate resin obtained by reacting an epoxy acrylate resin with an acid anhydride.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の好適態様の一つとして、アルカリ現像性及びフィルム形成性に優れる点で、(メタ)アクリル樹脂が挙げられる。
 なお、本明細書において、(メタ)アクリル樹脂とは、(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位を有する樹脂を意味する。(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位の含有量は、(メタ)アクリル樹脂の全構成単位に対して、50質量%以上が好ましく、70質量%以上がより好ましく、90質量%以上が更に好ましい。
 (メタ)アクリル樹脂は、(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位のみで構成されていてもよく、(メタ)アクリル化合物以外の重合性単量体に由来する構成単位を有していてもよい。すなわち、(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位の含有量の上限は、(メタ)アクリル樹脂の全構成単位に対して、100質量%以下である。
One of the preferred embodiments of the alkali-soluble resin is a (meth) acrylic resin in that it is excellent in alkali developability and film forming property.
In the present specification, the (meth) acrylic resin means a resin having a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound. The content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, still more preferably 90% by mass or more, based on all the structural units of the (meth) acrylic resin. ..
The (meth) acrylic resin may be composed of only structural units derived from the (meth) acrylic compound, or may have structural units derived from a polymerizable monomer other than the (meth) acrylic compound. .. That is, the upper limit of the content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is 100% by mass or less with respect to all the structural units of the (meth) acrylic resin.
 (メタ)アクリル化合物としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル、(メタ)アクリルアミド、及び、(メタ)アクリロニトリルが挙げられる。
 (メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラヒドロフルフリルエステル、(メタ)アクリル酸ジメチルアミノエチルエステル、(メタ)アクリル酸ジエチルアミノエチルエステル、(メタ)アクリル酸グリシジルエステル、(メタ)アクリル酸ベンジルエステル、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル(メタ)アクリレート、及び、2,2,3,3-テトラフルオロプロピル(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられ、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルが好ましい。
 (メタ)アクリルアミドとしては、例えば、ジアセトンアクリルアミド等のアクリルアミドが挙げられる。
Examples of the (meth) acrylic compound include (meth) acrylic acid, (meth) acrylic acid ester, (meth) acrylamide, and (meth) acrylonitrile.
Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester include (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid tetrahydrofurfuryl ester, (meth) acrylic acid dimethylaminoethyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid diethylaminoethyl ester, and (meth) acrylic acid ester. ) Acrylic acid glycidyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid benzyl ester, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl (meth) acrylate, and 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl (meth) acrylate. Meta) Acrylic acid alkyl esters are preferred.
Examples of (meth) acrylamide include acrylamide such as diacetone acrylamide.
 (メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ウンデシル、及び、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル等の炭素数が1~12のアルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルが挙げられる。
 (メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、炭素数1~4のアルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルが好ましく、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル又は(メタ)アクリル酸エチルがより好ましい。
Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth). Hexyl acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, nonyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, undecyl (meth) acrylate, and Examples thereof include (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters having an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as dodecyl (meth) acrylic acid.
As the (meth) acrylic acid ester, a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, and methyl (meth) acrylate or ethyl (meth) acrylate is more preferable.
 (メタ)アクリル樹脂は、(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位以外の構成単位を有していてもよい。
 上記構成単位を形成する重合性単量体としては、(メタ)アクリル化合物と共重合可能な(メタ)アクリル化合物以外の化合物であれば特に制限されず、例えば、スチレン、ビニルトルエン、及び、α-メチルスチレン等のα位又は芳香族環に置換基を有してもよいスチレン化合物、アクリロニトリル及びビニル-n-ブチルエーテル等のビニルアルコールエステル、マレイン酸、マレイン酸無水物、マレイン酸モノメチル、マレイン酸モノエチル、及び、マレイン酸モノイソプロピル等のマレイン酸モノエステル、フマル酸、ケイ皮酸、α-シアノケイ皮酸、イタコン酸、並びに、クロトン酸が挙げられる。
 これらの重合性単量体は、1種又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
The (meth) acrylic resin may have a structural unit other than the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound.
The polymerizable monomer forming the above-mentioned structural unit is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound other than the (meth) acrylic compound that is copolymerizable with the (meth) acrylic compound, and is, for example, styrene, vinyltoluene, and α. -Styrene compounds such as methylstyrene which may have a substituent at the α-position or aromatic ring, vinyl alcohol esters such as acrylonitrile and vinyl-n-butyl ether, maleic acid, maleic acid anhydride, monomethyl maleate, maleic acid Examples thereof include monoethyl and maleic acid monoesters such as monoisopropyl maleate, fumaric acid, silicic acid, α-cyanosilicic acid, itaconic acid, and crotonic acid.
These polymerizable monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 また、(メタ)アクリル樹脂は、アルカリ現像性をより良好にする点から、酸基を有する構成単位を有することが好ましい。酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、及び、ホスホン酸基が挙げられる。
 中でも、(メタ)アクリル樹脂は、カルボキシ基を有する構成単位を有することがより好ましく、上記の(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位を有することが更に好ましい。
Further, the (meth) acrylic resin preferably has a structural unit having an acid group from the viewpoint of improving the alkali developability. Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phosphonic acid group.
Among them, the (meth) acrylic resin more preferably has a structural unit having a carboxy group, and further preferably has a structural unit derived from the above-mentioned (meth) acrylic acid.
 (メタ)アクリル樹脂における酸基を有する構成単位(好ましくは(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位)の含有量は、現像性に優れる点で、(メタ)アクリル樹脂の全質量に対して、10質量%以上が好ましい。また、上限値は特に制限されないが、アルカリ耐性に優れる点で、50質量%以下が好ましく、40質量%以下がより好ましい。 The content of the constituent unit having an acid group (preferably the constituent unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid) in the (meth) acrylic resin is excellent in developability with respect to the total mass of the (meth) acrylic resin. 10% by mass or more is preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, in terms of excellent alkali resistance.
 また、(メタ)アクリル樹脂は、上述した(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位を有することがより好ましい。
 (メタ)アクリル樹脂における(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位の含有量は、(メタ)アクリル樹脂の全構成単位に対して、50質量%~90質量%が好ましく、60質量%~90質量%がより好ましく、65質量%~90質量%が更に好ましい。
Further, it is more preferable that the (meth) acrylic resin has a structural unit derived from the above-mentioned (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester.
The content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester in the (meth) acrylic resin is preferably 50% by mass to 90% by mass, preferably 60% by mass or more, based on all the structural units of the (meth) acrylic resin. 90% by mass is more preferable, and 65% by mass to 90% by mass is further preferable.
 (メタ)アクリル樹脂としては、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位及び(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位の両者を有する樹脂が好ましく、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位及び(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位のみで構成されている樹脂がより好ましい。
 また、(メタ)アクリル樹脂としては、メタクリル酸に由来する構成単位、メタクリル酸メチルに由来する構成単位、及び、アクリル酸エチルに由来する構成単位を有するアクリル樹脂も好ましい。
As the (meth) acrylic resin, a resin having both a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is preferable, and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid are preferable. A resin composed only of structural units derived from (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is more preferable.
Further, as the (meth) acrylic resin, an acrylic resin having a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid, a structural unit derived from methyl methacrylate, and a structural unit derived from ethyl acrylate is also preferable.
 また、(メタ)アクリル樹脂は、解像性の観点から、メタクリル酸に由来する構成単位及びメタクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有することが好ましく、メタクリル酸に由来する構成単位及びメタクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位の両者を有することが好ましい。
 (メタ)アクリル樹脂におけるメタクリル酸に由来する構成単位及びメタクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位の合計含有量は、解像性の観点から、(メタ)アクリル樹脂の全構成単位に対して、40質量%以上が好ましく、60質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は特に制限されず、100質量%以下であってもよく、80質量%以下が好ましい。
Further, the (meth) acrylic resin preferably has at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid alkyl ester from the viewpoint of resolvability, and methacrylic acid. It is preferable to have both a structural unit derived from an acid and a structural unit derived from an alkyl methacrylate ester.
The total content of the methacrylic acid-derived structural unit and the methacrylic acid alkyl ester-derived structural unit in the (meth) acrylic resin is 40 with respect to all the structural units of the (meth) acrylic resin from the viewpoint of resolution. It is preferably mass% or more, and more preferably 60% by mass or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and may be 100% by mass or less, preferably 80% by mass or less.
 また、(メタ)アクリル樹脂は、解像性の観点から、メタクリル酸に由来する構成単位及びメタクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種と、アクリル酸に由来する構成単位及びアクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種とを有することも好ましい。
 解像性の観点から、メタクリル酸に由来する構成単位及びメタクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位の合計含有量は、アクリル酸に由来する構成単位及びアクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構成単位の合計含有量に対して、質量比で60/40~80/20が好ましい。
Further, the (meth) acrylic resin is derived from at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid alkyl ester from the viewpoint of resolution, and acrylic acid. It is also preferable to have at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit and a structural unit derived from an acrylic acid alkyl ester.
From the viewpoint of resolution, the total content of the structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and the structural unit derived from methacrylic acid alkyl ester is the total content of the structural unit derived from acrylic acid and the structural unit derived from acrylic acid alkyl ester. The mass ratio is preferably 60/40 to 80/20 with respect to the amount.
 (メタ)アクリル樹脂は、転写後の感光性樹脂層の現像性に優れる点で、末端にエステル基を有することが好ましい。
 なお、(メタ)アクリル樹脂の末端部は、合成に用いた重合開始剤に由来する部位により構成される。末端にエステル基を有する(メタ)アクリル樹脂は、エステル基を有するラジカルを発生する重合開始剤を用いることにより合成できる。
The (meth) acrylic resin preferably has an ester group at the end in that the photosensitive resin layer after transfer is excellent in developability.
The terminal portion of the (meth) acrylic resin is composed of a site derived from the polymerization initiator used in the synthesis. A (meth) acrylic resin having an ester group at the terminal can be synthesized by using a polymerization initiator that generates a radical having an ester group.
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、例えば、現像性の点から、酸価60mgKOH/g以上のアルカリ可溶性樹脂であることが好ましい。
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、例えば、加熱により架橋成分と熱架橋し、強固な膜を形成しやすいという点から、酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基を有する樹脂(いわゆる、カルボキシ基含有樹脂)であることがより好ましく、酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基を有する(メタ)アクリル樹脂(いわゆる、カルボキシ基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂)であることが更に好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂がカルボキシ基を有する樹脂であると、例えば、ブロックイソシアネート化合物等の熱架橋性化合物を添加して熱架橋することで、3次元架橋密度を高めることができる。また、カルボキシ基を有する樹脂のカルボキシ基が無水化され、疎水化すると、湿熱耐性が改善し得る。
Further, the alkali-soluble resin is preferably an alkali-soluble resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more, for example, from the viewpoint of developability.
Further, the alkali-soluble resin is, for example, a resin having a carboxy group having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more (so-called carboxy group-containing resin) from the viewpoint that it is easily crosslinked with a crosslinked component by heating to form a strong film. It is more preferable that the resin is a (meth) acrylic resin having a carboxy group having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more (so-called carboxy group-containing (meth) acrylic resin).
When the alkali-soluble resin is a resin having a carboxy group, the three-dimensional cross-linking density can be increased by adding a heat-crosslinkable compound such as a blocked isocyanate compound and heat-crosslinking. Further, when the carboxy group of the resin having a carboxy group is anhydrous and hydrophobized, the wet heat resistance can be improved.
 酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基含有(メタ)アクリル樹脂としては、上記酸価の条件を満たす限りにおいて、特に制限はなく、公知の(メタ)アクリル樹脂から適宜選択できる。
 例えば、特開2011-095716号公報の段落0025に記載のポリマーのうち、酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂、特開2010-237589号公報の段落0033~0052に記載のポリマーのうち、酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂等を好ましく使用できる。
The carboxy group-containing (meth) acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more is not particularly limited as long as the above acid value conditions are satisfied, and can be appropriately selected from known (meth) acrylic resins.
For example, among the polymers described in paragraphs 0025 of JP2011-095716A, carboxy group-containing acrylic resins having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more, and the polymers described in paragraphs 0033 to 0052 of JP2010-237589A. , A carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more can be preferably used.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の他の好適態様としては、スチレン-アクリル共重合体が挙げられる。なお、本明細書において、スチレン-アクリル共重合体とは、スチレン化合物に由来する構成単位と、(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位とを有する樹脂を指し、上記スチレン化合物に由来する構成単位、及び、上記(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位の合計含有量は、上記共重合体の全構成単位に対して、30質量%以上が好ましく、50質量%以上がより好ましい。
 また、スチレン化合物に由来する構成単位の含有量は、上記共重合体の全構成単位に対して、1質量%以上が好ましく、5質量%以上がより好ましく、5質量%~80質量%が更に好ましい。
 また、上記(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する構成単位の含有量は、上記共重合体の全構成単位に対して、5質量%以上が好ましく、10質量%以上がより好ましく、20質量%~95質量%が更に好ましい。
Another preferred embodiment of the alkali-soluble resin is a styrene-acrylic copolymer. In the present specification, the styrene-acrylic copolymer refers to a resin having a structural unit derived from a styrene compound and a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic compound, and a structural unit derived from the styrene compound. The total content of the structural units derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, based on all the structural units of the copolymer.
The content of the structural unit derived from the styrene compound is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and further preferably 5% by mass to 80% by mass, based on all the structural units of the copolymer. preferable.
The content of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic compound is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and 20% by mass to 95% by mass, based on all the structural units of the copolymer. Mass% is more preferred.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、得られる硬化膜の透湿度及び強度の観点から、芳香環構造を有することが好ましく、芳香環構造を有する構成単位を有することがより好ましい。
 芳香環構造を有する構成単位を形成するモノマーとしては、スチレン、tert-ブトキシスチレン、メチルスチレン、及び、α-メチルスチレン等のスチレン化合物、並びに、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
 中でも、スチレン化合物が好ましく、スチレンがより好ましい。
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、得られる硬化膜の透湿度及び強度の観点から、下記式(S)で表される構成単位(スチレンに由来する構成単位)を有することがより好ましい。
The alkali-soluble resin preferably has an aromatic ring structure, and more preferably has a structural unit having an aromatic ring structure, from the viewpoint of moisture permeability and strength of the obtained cured film.
Examples of the monomer forming a structural unit having an aromatic ring structure include styrene compounds such as styrene, tert-butoxystyrene, methylstyrene, and α-methylstyrene, and benzyl (meth) acrylate.
Of these, styrene compounds are preferable, and styrene is more preferable.
Further, the alkali-soluble resin more preferably has a structural unit (constituent unit derived from styrene) represented by the following formula (S) from the viewpoint of moisture permeability and strength of the obtained cured film.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂が芳香環構造を有する構成単位を有する場合、芳香環構造を有する構成単位の含有量は、得られる硬化膜の透湿度及び強度の観点から、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の全構成単位に対して、5質量%~90質量%が好ましく、10質量%~70質量%より好ましく、20質量%~60質量%が更に好ましい。
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂における芳香環構造を有する構成単位の含有量は、得られる硬化膜の透湿度及び強度の観点から、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の全構成単位に対して、5モル%~70モル%が好ましく、10モル%~60モル%がより好ましく、20モル%~60モル%が更に好ましい。
 更に、アルカリ可溶性樹脂における上記式(S)で表される構成単位の含有量は、得られる硬化膜の透湿度及び強度の観点から、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の全構成単位に対して、5モル%~70モル%が好ましく、10モル%~60モル%がより好ましく、20モル%~60モル%が更に好ましく、20モル%~50モル%が特に好ましい。
 なお、本明細書において、「構成単位」の含有量をモル比で規定する場合、上記「構成単位」は「モノマー単位」と同義であるものとする。また、本明細書において、上記「モノマー単位」は、高分子反応等により重合後に修飾されていてもよい。以下においても同様である。
When the alkali-soluble resin has a structural unit having an aromatic ring structure, the content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure is set with respect to all the structural units of the alkali-soluble resin from the viewpoint of the moisture permeability and strength of the obtained cured film. It is preferably 5% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 70% by mass, and even more preferably 20% by mass to 60% by mass.
The content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure in the alkali-soluble resin is 5 mol% to 70 mol% with respect to all the structural units of the alkali-soluble resin from the viewpoint of moisture permeability and strength of the obtained cured film. Preferably, 10 mol% to 60 mol% is more preferable, and 20 mol% to 60 mol% is further preferable.
Further, the content of the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) in the alkali-soluble resin is 5 mol% or more with respect to all the structural units of the alkali-soluble resin from the viewpoint of moisture permeability and strength of the obtained cured film. 70 mol% is preferable, 10 mol% to 60 mol% is more preferable, 20 mol% to 60 mol% is further preferable, and 20 mol% to 50 mol% is particularly preferable.
In the present specification, when the content of the "constituent unit" is defined by the molar ratio, the above "constituent unit" is synonymous with the "monomer unit". Further, in the present specification, the above-mentioned "monomer unit" may be modified after polymerization by a polymer reaction or the like. The same applies to the following.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、現像残渣抑制性、得られる硬化膜の強度、及び、得られる未硬化膜の粘着性の観点から、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有することが好ましい。つまり、アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位を有することが好ましい。中でも、アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、2環以上の脂肪族炭化水素環が縮環した環構造を有することがより好ましい。 The alkali-soluble resin preferably has an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure from the viewpoint of suppressing development residue, strength of the obtained cured film, and adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film. That is, the alkali-soluble resin preferably has a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure. Above all, it is more preferable that the alkali-soluble resin has a ring structure in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused.
 脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位における脂肪族炭化水素環構造を構成する環としては、トリシクロデカン環、シクロヘキサン環、シクロペンタン環、ノルボルナン環、及び、イソボロン環が挙げられる。
 中でも、現像残渣抑制性、得られる硬化膜の強度、及び、得られる未硬化膜の粘着性の観点から、2環以上の脂肪族炭化水素環が縮環した環が好ましく、テトラヒドロジシクロペンタジエン環(トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン環)がより好ましい。
 脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位を形成するモノマーとしては、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、及び、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、現像残渣抑制性、得られる硬化膜の強度、及び、得られる未硬化膜の粘着性の観点から、下記式(Cy)で表される構成単位を有することがより好ましく、上記式(S)で表される構成単位、及び、下記式(Cy)で表される構成単位を有することがより好ましい。
Examples of the ring constituting the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in the structural unit having the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure include a tricyclodecane ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclopentane ring, a norbornane ring, and an isoborone ring.
Among them, a ring in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused is preferable, and a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring is preferable, from the viewpoints of suppressing the development residue, the strength of the obtained cured film, and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film. (Tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane ring) is more preferable.
Examples of the monomer forming a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure include dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, and isobornyl (meth) acrylate.
Further, the alkali-soluble resin more preferably has a structural unit represented by the following formula (Cy) from the viewpoint of suppressing development residue, strength of the obtained cured film, and adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film. It is more preferable to have a structural unit represented by the above formula (S) and a structural unit represented by the following formula (Cy).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 式(Cy)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、RCyは脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する一価の基を表す。 Wherein (Cy), R M represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R Cy represents a monovalent group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure.
 式(Cy)におけるRは、メチル基であることが好ましい。
 式(Cy)におけるRCyは、現像残渣抑制性、得られる硬化膜の強度、及び、得られる未硬化膜の粘着性の観点から、炭素数5~20の脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する一価の基であることが好ましく、炭素数6~16の脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する一価の基であることがより好ましく、炭素数8~14の脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する一価の基であることが更に好ましい。
 式(Cy)のRCyにおける脂肪族炭化水素環構造は、単環構造であっても、多環構造であってもよい。
 また、式(Cy)のRCyにおける脂肪族炭化水素環構造は、現像残渣抑制性、得られる硬化膜の強度、及び、得られる未硬化膜の粘着性の観点から、シクロペンタン環構造、シクロヘキサン環構造、テトラヒドロジシクロペンタジエン環構造、ノルボルナン環構造、又は、イソボロン環構造であることが好ましく、シクロヘキサン環構造、又は、テトラヒドロジシクロペンタジエン環構造であることがより好ましく、テトラヒドロジシクロペンタジエン環構造であることが更に好ましい。
 更に、式(Cy)のRCyにおける脂肪族炭化水素環構造は、現像残渣抑制性、得られる硬化膜の強度、及び、得られる未硬化膜の粘着性の観点から、2環以上の脂肪族炭化水素環が縮環した環構造であることが好ましく、2~4環の脂肪族炭化水素環が縮環した環であることがより好ましい。
 更に、式(Cy)におけるRCyは、現像残渣抑制性、得られる硬化膜の強度、及び、得られる未硬化膜の粘着性の観点から、式(Cy)における-C(=O)O-の酸素原子と脂肪族炭化水素環構造とが直接結合する基、すなわち、脂肪族炭化水素環基であることが好ましく、シクロヘキシル基、又は、ジシクロペンタニル基であることがより好ましく、ジシクロペンタニル基であることが更に好ましい。
R M in the formula (Cy) is preferably a methyl group.
One R Cy in Formula (Cy), which has developed residual渣抑system, strength of the obtained cured film, and, in view of the tackiness of the uncured film obtained, an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure having 5 to 20 carbon atoms It is preferably a valent group, more preferably a monovalent group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure having 6 to 16 carbon atoms, and more preferably a monovalent group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure having 8 to 14 carbon atoms. It is more preferable that it is the basis of.
Aliphatic hydrocarbon cyclic structure in the R Cy of formula (Cy) can be a single ring structure or may be a polycyclic structure.
Further, the aliphatic hydrocarbon cyclic structure in the R Cy of formula (Cy), the development residue渣抑system, strength of the obtained cured film, and, in view of the tackiness of the uncured film obtained, a cyclopentane ring, cyclohexane It is preferably a ring structure, a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring structure, a norbornane ring structure, or an isoborone ring structure, more preferably a cyclohexane ring structure or a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring structure, and a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring structure. Is more preferable.
Moreover, aliphatic hydrocarbon cyclic structure in the R Cy of formula (Cy), the development residue渣抑system, strength of the obtained cured film, and, in view of the tackiness of the uncured film obtained, bicyclic or more aliphatic A ring structure in which the hydrocarbon ring is fused is preferable, and a ring in which 2 to 4 aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused is more preferable.
Furthermore, R Cy in the formula (Cy), the intensity of the development residual渣抑system resistance, the resulting cured film, and, in view of the tackiness of the uncured film obtained, -C in the formula (Cy) (= O) O- The group in which the oxygen atom of the above and the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure are directly bonded, that is, an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group is preferable, and a cyclohexyl group or a dicyclopentanyl group is more preferable. It is more preferably a pentanyl group.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位を1種単独で有していても、2種以上有していてもよい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂が脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位を有する場合、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位の含有量は、現像残渣抑制性、得られる硬化膜の強度、及び、得られる未硬化膜の粘着性の観点から、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の全構成単位に対して、5質量%~90質量%が好ましく、10質量%~80質量%がより好ましく、20質量%~70質量%が更に好ましい。
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂における脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位の含有量は、現像残渣抑制性、得られる硬化膜の強度、及び、得られる未硬化膜の粘着性の観点から、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の全構成単位に対して、5モル%~70モル%が好ましく、10モル%~60モル%がより好ましく、20モル%~50モル%が更に好ましい。
 更に、アルカリ可溶性樹脂における上記式(Cy)で表される構成単位の含有量は、現像残渣抑制性、得られる硬化膜の強度、及び、得られる未硬化膜の粘着性の観点から、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の全構成単位に対して、5モル%~70モル%が好ましく、10モル%~60モル%がより好ましく、20モル%~50モル%が更に好ましい。
The alkali-soluble resin may have one type of structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure alone, or may have two or more types.
When the alkali-soluble resin has a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, the content of the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure is the development residue inhibitory property, the strength of the obtained cured film, and the obtained unobtained. From the viewpoint of the adhesiveness of the cured film, 5% by mass to 90% by mass is preferable, 10% by mass to 80% by mass is more preferable, and 20% by mass to 70% by mass is further based on all the constituent units of the alkali-soluble resin. preferable.
The content of the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in the alkali-soluble resin is determined from the viewpoint of suppressing development residue, the strength of the obtained cured film, and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film. 5 mol% to 70 mol% is preferable, 10 mol% to 60 mol% is more preferable, and 20 mol% to 50 mol% is further preferable, based on all the constituent units of.
Further, the content of the structural unit represented by the above formula (Cy) in the alkali-soluble resin is alkaline-soluble from the viewpoint of suppressing development residue, strength of the obtained cured film, and adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film. It is preferably 5 mol% to 70 mol%, more preferably 10 mol% to 60 mol%, still more preferably 20 mol% to 50 mol%, based on all the constituent units of the resin.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂が芳香環構造を有する構成単位及び脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位を有する場合、芳香環構造を有する構成単位及び脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位の総含有量は、現像残渣抑制性、得られる硬化膜の強度、及び、得られる未硬化膜の粘着性の観点から、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の全構成単位に対して、10質量%~90質量%が好ましく、20質量%~80質量%がより好ましく、40質量%~75質量%が更に好ましい。
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂における芳香環構造を有する構成単位及び脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する構成単位の総含有量は、現像残渣抑制性、得られる硬化膜の強度、及び、得られる未硬化膜の粘着性の観点から、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の全構成単位に対して、10モル%~80モル%が好ましく、20モル%~70モル%がより好ましく、40モル%~60モル%が更に好ましい。
 更に、アルカリ可溶性樹脂における上記式(S)で表される構成単位及び上記式(Cy)で表される構成単位の総含有量は、現像残渣抑制性、得られる硬化膜の強度、及び、得られる未硬化膜の粘着性の観点から、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の全構成単位に対して、10モル%~80モル%が好ましく、20モル%~70モル%がより好ましく、40モル%~60モル%が更に好ましい。
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂における上記式(S)で表される構成単位のモル量nSと上記式(Cy)で表される構成単位のモル量nCyは、現像残渣抑制性、得られる硬化膜の強度、及び、得られる未硬化膜の粘着性の観点から、下記式(SCy)に示す関係を満たすことが好ましく、下記式(SCy-1)を満たすことがより好ましく、下記式(SCy-2)を満たすことが更に好ましい。
  0.2≦nS/(nS+nCy)≦0.8:式(SCy)
  0.30≦nS/(nS+nCy)≦0.75:式(SCy-1)
  0.40≦nS/(nS+nCy)≦0.70:式(SCy-2)
When the alkali-soluble resin has a structural unit having an aromatic ring structure and a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, the total content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure and the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure is From the viewpoint of suppressing the development residue, the strength of the obtained cured film, and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film, 10% by mass to 90% by mass is preferable, and 20% by mass is based on all the constituent units of the alkali-soluble resin. -80% by mass is more preferable, and 40% by mass to 75% by mass is further preferable.
The total content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure and the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in the alkali-soluble resin is the development residue inhibitory property, the strength of the obtained cured film, and the obtained uncured film. From the viewpoint of adhesiveness, 10 mol% to 80 mol% is preferable, 20 mol% to 70 mol% is more preferable, and 40 mol% to 60 mol% is further preferable with respect to all the constituent units of the alkali-soluble resin.
Further, the total content of the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) and the structural unit represented by the above formula (Cy) in the alkali-soluble resin is the development residue inhibitory property, the strength of the obtained cured film, and the obtained. From the viewpoint of the adhesiveness of the uncured film, 10 mol% to 80 mol% is preferable, 20 mol% to 70 mol% is more preferable, and 40 mol% to 60 mol% is preferable with respect to all the constituent units of the alkali-soluble resin. Is more preferable.
Further, the molar amount nS of the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) and the molar amount nCy of the structural unit represented by the above formula (Cy) in the alkali-soluble resin are the development residue inhibitory property and the strength of the obtained cured film. From the viewpoint of the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film, it is preferable to satisfy the relationship represented by the following formula (SCy), more preferably the following formula (SCy-1), and the following formula (SCy-2). It is more preferable to satisfy.
0.2 ≦ nS / (nS + nCy) ≦ 0.8: Equation (SCy)
0.30 ≦ nS / (nS + nCy) ≦ 0.75: Equation (SCy-1)
0.40 ≤ nS / (nS + nCy) ≤ 0.70: Equation (SCy-2)
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、現像性、及び、基板との密着性の観点から、酸基を有する構成単位を有することが好ましい。
 上記酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、ホスホン酸基、及び、リン酸基が挙げられ、カルボキシ基が好ましい。
 上記酸基を有する構成単位としては、下記に示す、(メタ)アクリル酸由来の構成単位が好ましく、メタクリル酸由来の構成単位がより好ましい。
The alkali-soluble resin preferably has a structural unit having an acid group from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to the substrate.
Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group, and a carboxy group is preferable.
As the structural unit having the acid group, the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid, which is shown below, is preferable, and the structural unit derived from methacrylic acid is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、酸基を有する構成単位を1種単独で有していても、2種以上有していてもよい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂が酸基を有する構成単位を有する場合、酸基を有する構成単位の含有量は、現像性、及び、基板との密着性の観点から、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の全構成単位に対して、5質量%~50質量%が好ましく、5質量%~40質量%がより好ましく、10質量%~30質量%が更に好ましい。
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂における酸基を有する構成単位の含有量は、現像性、及び、基板との密着性の観点、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の全構成単位に対して、5モル%~70モル%が好ましく、10モル%~50モル%がより好ましく、20モル%~40モル%が更に好ましい。
 更に、アルカリ可溶性樹脂における(メタ)アクリル酸由来の構成単位の含有量は、現像性、及び、基板との密着性の観点から、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の全構成単位に対して、5モル%~70モル%が好ましく、10モル%~50モル%がより好ましく、20モル%~40モル%が更に好ましい。
The alkali-soluble resin may have one type of constituent unit having an acid group alone or two or more types.
When the alkali-soluble resin has a structural unit having an acid group, the content of the structural unit having an acid group is higher than that of all the structural units of the alkali-soluble resin from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to the substrate. 5% by mass to 50% by mass is preferable, 5% by mass to 40% by mass is more preferable, and 10% by mass to 30% by mass is further preferable.
The content of the constituent unit having an acid group in the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 5 mol% to 70 mol% with respect to all the constituent units of the alkali-soluble resin from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to the substrate. 10 mol% to 50 mol% is more preferable, and 20 mol% to 40 mol% is further preferable.
Further, the content of the (meth) acrylic acid-derived structural unit in the alkali-soluble resin is 5 mol% to 70% with respect to all the structural units of the alkali-soluble resin from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to the substrate. Mol% is preferable, 10 mol% to 50 mol% is more preferable, and 20 mol% to 40 mol% is further preferable.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、硬化性、及び、得られる硬化膜の強度の観点から、反応性基を有することが好ましく、反応性基を有する構成単位を有することがより好ましい。
 反応性基としては、ラジカル重合性基が好ましく、エチレン性不飽和基がより好ましい。また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂がエチレン性不飽和基を有している場合、アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位を有することが好ましい。
 本明細書において、「主鎖」とは、樹脂を構成する高分子化合物の分子中で相対的に最も長い結合鎖を表し、「側鎖」とは、主鎖から枝分かれしている原子団を表す。
 エチレン性不飽和基としては、アリル基又は(メタ)アクリロキシ基がより好ましい。
 反応性基を有する構成単位の一例としては、下記に示すものが挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。
The alkali-soluble resin preferably has a reactive group, and more preferably has a structural unit having a reactive group, from the viewpoint of curability and the strength of the obtained cured film.
As the reactive group, a radically polymerizable group is preferable, and an ethylenically unsaturated group is more preferable. When the alkali-soluble resin has an ethylenically unsaturated group, the alkali-soluble resin preferably has a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain.
In the present specification, the "main chain" represents a relatively longest binding chain among the molecules of the polymer compound constituting the resin, and the "side chain" refers to an atomic group branched from the main chain. show.
As the ethylenically unsaturated group, an allyl group or a (meth) acryloxy group is more preferable.
Examples of the structural unit having a reactive group include, but are not limited to, those shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、反応性基を有する構成単位を1種単独で有していても、2種以上有していてもよい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂が反応性基を有する構成単位を有する場合、反応性基を有する構成単位の含有量は、硬化性、及び、得られる硬化膜の強度の観点から、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の全構成単位に対して、5質量%~70質量%が好ましく、10質量%~50質量%がより好ましく、20質量%~40質量%が更に好ましい。
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂における反応性基を有する構成単位の含有量は、硬化性、及び、得られる硬化膜の強度の観点から、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の全構成単位に対して、5モル%~70モル%が好ましく、10モル%~60モル%がより好ましく、20モル%~50モル%が更に好ましい。
The alkali-soluble resin may have one type of structural unit having a reactive group alone or two or more types.
When the alkali-soluble resin has a structural unit having a reactive group, the content of the structural unit having a reactive group is set to all the structural units of the alkali-soluble resin from the viewpoint of curability and the strength of the obtained cured film. On the other hand, 5% by mass to 70% by mass is preferable, 10% by mass to 50% by mass is more preferable, and 20% by mass to 40% by mass is further preferable.
The content of the structural unit having a reactive group in the alkali-soluble resin is 5 mol% to 70 mol with respect to all the structural units of the alkali-soluble resin from the viewpoint of curability and the strength of the obtained cured film. % Is preferred, 10 mol% to 60 mol% is more preferred, and 20 mol% to 50 mol% is even more preferred.
 反応性基をアルカリ可溶性樹脂に導入する手段としては、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、第一級アミノ基、第二級アミノ基、アセトアセチル基、及び、スルホ基等の官能基に、エポキシ化合物、ブロックイソシアネート化合物、イソシアネート化合物、ビニルスルホン化合物、アルデヒド化合物、メチロール化合物、及び、カルボン酸無水物等の化合物を反応させる方法が挙げられる。
 反応性基をアルカリ可溶性樹脂に導入する手段の好ましい例としては、カルボキシ基を有するポリマーを重合反応により合成した後、高分子反応により、得られた樹脂のカルボキシ基の一部にグリシジル(メタ)アクリレートを反応させて、(メタ)アクリロキシ基をポリマーに導入する手段が挙げられる。この手段により、側鎖に(メタ)アクリロキシ基を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂を得ることができる。
 上記重合反応は、70℃~100℃の温度条件で行うことが好ましく、80℃~90℃の温度条件で行うことがより好ましい。上記重合反応に用いる重合開始剤としては、アゾ系開始剤が好ましく、例えば、富士フイルム和光純薬株式会社製のV-601(商品名)又はV-65(商品名)がより好ましい。上記高分子反応は、80℃~110℃の温度条件で行うことが好ましい。上記高分子反応においては、アンモニウム塩等の触媒を用いることが好ましい。
As a means for introducing a reactive group into an alkali-soluble resin, a functional group such as a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, an acetoacetyl group, and a sulfo group, an epoxy compound, and a block are used. Examples thereof include a method of reacting a compound such as an isocyanate compound, an isocyanate compound, a vinyl sulfone compound, an aldehyde compound, a methylol compound, and a carboxylic acid anhydride.
As a preferable example of the means for introducing a reactive group into an alkali-soluble resin, a polymer having a carboxy group is synthesized by a polymerization reaction, and then glycidyl (meth) is added to a part of the carboxy groups of the obtained resin by the polymer reaction. Examples include a means of reacting an acrylate to introduce a (meth) acryloxy group into a polymer. By this means, an alkali-soluble resin having a (meth) acryloxy group in the side chain can be obtained.
The polymerization reaction is preferably carried out under a temperature condition of 70 ° C. to 100 ° C., and more preferably carried out under a temperature condition of 80 ° C. to 90 ° C. As the polymerization initiator used in the above polymerization reaction, an azo-based initiator is preferable, and for example, V-601 (trade name) or V-65 (trade name) manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. is more preferable. The polymer reaction is preferably carried out under temperature conditions of 80 ° C. to 110 ° C. In the above polymer reaction, it is preferable to use a catalyst such as an ammonium salt.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、本開示における効果がより優れる点から、以下に示す樹脂が好ましい。なお、以下に示す各構成単位の含有比率(a~d)及び重量平均分子量Mw等は目的に応じて適宜変更できる。 As the alkali-soluble resin, the following resins are preferable because the effects in the present disclosure are more excellent. The content ratios (a to d) and the weight average molecular weight Mw of each of the structural units shown below can be appropriately changed according to the purpose.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 上記樹脂において、aは20質量%~60質量%、bは10質量%~50質量%、cは5.0質量%~25質量%、dは10質量%~50質量%であることが好ましい。 In the above resin, a is preferably 20% by mass to 60% by mass, b is preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass, c is preferably 5.0% by mass to 25% by mass, and d is preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass. ..
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 上記樹脂において、aは20質量%~60質量%、bは10質量%~50質量%、cは5.0質量%~25質量%、dは10質量%~50質量%であることが好ましい。 In the above resin, a is preferably 20% by mass to 60% by mass, b is preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass, c is preferably 5.0% by mass to 25% by mass, and d is preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass. ..
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 上記樹脂において、aは30質量%~65質量%、bは1.0質量%~20質量%、cは5.0質量%~25質量%、dは10質量%~50質量%であることが好ましい。 In the above resin, a is 30% by mass to 65% by mass, b is 1.0% by mass to 20% by mass, c is 5.0% by mass to 25% by mass, and d is 10% by mass to 50% by mass. Is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 上記樹脂において、aは1.0質量%~20質量%、bは20質量%~60質量%、cは5.0質量%~25質量%、dは10質量%~50質量%であることが好ましい。 In the above resin, a is 1.0% by mass to 20% by mass, b is 20% by mass to 60% by mass, c is 5.0% by mass to 25% by mass, and d is 10% by mass to 50% by mass. Is preferable.
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、カルボン酸無水物構造を有する構成単位を有する重合体(以下、「重合体X」ともいう。)を含んでいてもよい。
 カルボン酸無水物構造は、鎖状カルボン酸無水物構造、及び、環状カルボン酸無水物構造のいずれであってもよいが、環状カルボン酸無水物構造であることが好ましい。
 環状カルボン酸無水物構造の環としては、5員環~7員環が好ましく、5員環又は6員環がより好ましく、5員環が更に好ましい。
Further, the alkali-soluble resin may contain a polymer having a structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure (hereinafter, also referred to as “polymer X”).
The carboxylic acid anhydride structure may be either a chain carboxylic acid anhydride structure or a cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride structure, but a cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride structure is preferable.
As the ring having a cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride structure, a 5-membered ring to a 7-membered ring is preferable, a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring is more preferable, and a 5-membered ring is further preferable.
 カルボン酸無水物構造を有する構成単位は、下記式P-1で表される化合物から水素原子を2つ除いた2価の基を主鎖中に含む構成単位、又は、下記式P-1で表される化合物から水素原子を1つ除いた1価の基が主鎖に対して直接又は2価の連結基を介して結合している構成単位であることが好ましい。 The structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure is a structural unit containing a divalent group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from the compound represented by the following formula P-1 in the main chain, or the following formula P-1. It is preferable that the monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the represented compound is a structural unit bonded to the main chain directly or via a divalent linking group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 式P-1中、RA1aは、置換基を表し、n1a個のRA1aは、同一でも異なっていてもよく、Z1aは、-C(=O)-O-C(=O)-を含む環を形成する2価の基を表し、n1aは、0以上の整数を表す。 In the formula P-1, R A1a represents a substituent, n 1a number of R A1a may be the same or different, Z 1a is, -C (= O) -O- C (= O) - Represents a divalent group forming a ring containing, and n 1a represents an integer of 0 or more.
 RA1aで表される置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基が挙げられる。
 Z1aとしては、炭素数2~4のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数2又は3のアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数2のアルキレン基が更に好ましい。
 n1aは、0以上の整数を表す。Z1aが炭素数2~4のアルキレン基を表す場合、n1aは、0~4の整数であることが好ましく、0~2の整数であることがより好ましく、0であることが更に好ましい。
 n1aが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数存在するRA1aは、同一でも異なっていてもよい。また、複数存在するRA1aは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよいが、互いに結合して環を形成していないことが好ましい。
Examples of the substituent represented by RA1a include an alkyl group.
As Z 1a , an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 2 carbon atoms is further preferable.
n 1a represents an integer of 0 or more. When Z 1a represents an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, n 1a is preferably an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and even more preferably 0.
When n 1a represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of RA1a may be the same or different. Further, the plurality of RA1a may be bonded to each other to form a ring, but it is preferable that they are not bonded to each other to form a ring.
 カルボン酸無水物構造を有する構成単位としては、不飽和カルボン酸無水物に由来する構成単位が好ましく、不飽和環式カルボン酸無水物に由来する構成単位がより好ましく、不飽和脂肪族環式カルボン酸無水物に由来する構成単位が更に好ましく、無水マレイン酸又は無水イタコン酸に由来する構成単位が特に好ましく、無水マレイン酸に由来する構成単位が最も好ましい。 As the structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure, a structural unit derived from an unsaturated carboxylic acid anhydride is preferable, a structural unit derived from an unsaturated cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride is more preferable, and an unsaturated aliphatic cyclic carboxylic acid is preferable. A structural unit derived from an acid anhydride is more preferable, a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride or itaconic anhydride is particularly preferable, and a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride is most preferable.
 以下、カルボン酸無水物構造を有する構成単位の具体例を挙げるが、カルボン酸無水物構造を有する構成単位は、これらの具体例に限定されるものではない。下記の構成単位中、Rxは、水素原子、メチル基、CHOH基、又は、CF基を表し、Meは、メチル基を表す。 Hereinafter, specific examples of the structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure will be given, but the structural unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure is not limited to these specific examples. In the following structural units, Rx represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a CH 2 OH group, or CF 3 groups, and Me represents a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 重合体Xにおけるカルボン酸無水物構造を有する構成単位は、1種単独であってもよく、2種以上であってもよい。 The structural unit having the carboxylic acid anhydride structure in the polymer X may be one kind alone or two or more kinds.
 カルボン酸無水物構造を有する構成単位の総含有量は、重合体Xの全構成単位に対して、0モル%~60モル%が好ましく、5モル%~40モル%がより好ましく、10モル%~35モル%が更に好ましい。 The total content of the structural units having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure is preferably 0 mol% to 60 mol%, more preferably 5 mol% to 40 mol%, and 10 mol% with respect to all the structural units of the polymer X. It is more preferably ~ 35 mol%.
 感光性樹脂層は、重合体Xを1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。
 感光性樹脂層が重合体Xを含む場合、解像性及び現像性の観点から、重合体Xの含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.1質量%~30質量%が好ましく、0.2質量%~20質量%がより好ましく、0.5質量%~20質量%が更に好ましく、1質量%~20質量%が更に好ましい。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain only one type of polymer X, or may contain two or more types of polymer X.
When the photosensitive resin layer contains the polymer X, the content of the polymer X is 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer from the viewpoint of resolution and developability. Is more preferable, 0.2% by mass to 20% by mass is more preferable, 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass is further preferable, and 1% by mass to 20% by mass is further preferable.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、解像性及び現像性を向上させる観点から5,000以上が好ましく、10,000以上がより好ましく、10,000~50,000が更に好ましく、20,000~30,000が特に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 or more, further preferably 10,000 to 50,000, and 20 000 to 30,000 is particularly preferable.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の酸価は、10mgKOH/g~200mgKOH/gが好ましく、60mgKOH/g~200mgKOH/gがより好ましく、60mgKOH/g~150mgKOH/gが更に好ましく、60mgKOH/g~110mgKOH/gが特に好ましい。
 なお、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の酸価は、JIS K0070:1992に記載の方法に従って、測定される値である。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の分散度(重量平均分子量/数平均分子量)は、現像性の観点から、1.0~6.0が好ましく、1.0~5.0がより好ましく、1.0~4.0が更に好ましく、1.0~3.0が特に好ましい。
The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 10 mgKOH / g to 200 mgKOH / g, more preferably 60 mgKOH / g to 200 mgKOH / g, further preferably 60 mgKOH / g to 150 mgKOH / g, and particularly preferably 60 mgKOH / g to 110 mgKOH / g. ..
The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is a value measured according to the method described in JIS K0070: 1992.
The dispersity (weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1.0 to 6.0, more preferably 1.0 to 5.0, and 1.0 to 4. 0 is more preferable, and 1.0 to 3.0 is particularly preferable.
 感光性樹脂層は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量は、感光性、解像性及び現像性の観点から、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、10質量%~90質量%が好ましく、20質量%~80質量%がより好ましく、30質量%~70質量%が更に好ましい。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain only one type of alkali-soluble resin, or may contain two or more types of alkali-soluble resin.
The content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 10% by mass to 90% by mass, preferably 20% by mass to 80% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer from the viewpoint of photosensitive, resolution and developability. More preferably, 30% by mass to 70% by mass is further preferable.
(重合性化合物)
 感光性樹脂層は、重合性化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 重合性化合物は、重合性基を有する化合物である。重合性基としては、例えば、ラジカル重合性基、及び、カチオン重合性基が挙げられ、ラジカル重合性基が好ましい。
(Polymerizable compound)
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a polymerizable compound.
A polymerizable compound is a compound having a polymerizable group. Examples of the polymerizable group include a radically polymerizable group and a cationically polymerizable group, and a radically polymerizable group is preferable.
 重合性化合物は、エチレン性不飽和基を有する重合性化合物(以下、単に「エチレン性不飽和化合物」ともいう。)を含むことが好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和基としては、(メタ)アクリロキシ基が好ましい。
 なお、本明細書におけるエチレン性不飽和化合物は、上記バインダーポリマー以外の化合物であり、分子量5,000未満であることが好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和化合物の好ましい態様は、上記「感光性樹脂層」の項において説明したエチレン性不飽和化合物の好ましい態様と同じである。
The polymerizable compound preferably contains a polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “ethylenically unsaturated compound”).
As the ethylenically unsaturated group, a (meth) acryloxy group is preferable.
The ethylenically unsaturated compound in the present specification is a compound other than the binder polymer, and preferably has a molecular weight of less than 5,000.
The preferred embodiment of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is the same as the preferred embodiment of the ethylenically unsaturated compound described in the above section “Photosensitive resin layer”.
 エチレン性不飽和化合物の好適態様の一つとして、下記式(M)で表される化合物(単に、「化合物M」ともいう。)が挙げられる。
  Q-R-Q:式(M)
 式(M)中、Q及びQはそれぞれ独立に、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を表し、Rは鎖状構造を有する二価の連結基を表す。
As one of the preferred embodiments of the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a compound represented by the following formula (M) (simply also referred to as “Compound M”) can be mentioned.
Q 2 -R 1 -Q 1: Formula (M)
In formula (M), Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represent a (meth) acryloyloxy group, and R 1 represents a divalent linking group having a chain structure.
 式(M)におけるQ及びQは、合成容易性の点から、Q及びQは同じ基であることが好ましい。
 また、式(M)におけるQ及びQは、反応性の点から、アクリロイルオキシ基であることが好ましい。
 式(M)におけるRとしては、現像残渣抑制性、防錆性、得られる硬化膜の曲げ耐性の観点から、アルキレン基、アルキレンオキシアルキレン基(-L-O-L-)、又は、ポリアルキレンオキシアルキレン基(-(L-O)-L-)が好ましく、炭素数2~20の炭化水素基、又は、ポリアルキレンオキシアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数4~20のアルキレン基が更に好ましく、炭素数6~18の直鎖アルキレン基が特に好ましい。
 上記炭化水素基は、少なくとも一部に鎖状構造を有していればよく、上記鎖状構造以外の部分としては、特に制限はなく、例えば、分岐鎖状、環状、又は、炭素数1~5の直鎖状アルキレン基、アリーレン基、エーテル結合、及び、それらの組み合わせのいずれであってもよく、アルキレン基、又は、2以上のアルキレン基と1以上のアリーレン基とを組み合わせた基が好ましく、アルキレン基がより好ましく、直鎖アルキレン基が更に好ましい。
 なお、上記Lはそれぞれ独立に、アルキレン基を表し、エチレン基、プロピレン基、又は、ブチレン基が好ましく、エチレン基又は1,2-プロピレン基がより好ましい。
pは2以上の整数を表し、2~10の整数であることが好ましい。
Q 1 and Q 2 in the formula (M), from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, it is preferred that Q 1 and Q 2 are the same group.
Further, Q 1 and Q 2 in the formula (M) are preferably acryloyloxy groups from the viewpoint of reactivity.
The R 1 in the formula (M), the development residue渣抑system resistance, rust resistance, from the viewpoint of bending resistance of the obtained cured film, an alkylene group, an alkylene oxyalkylene group (-L 1 -O-L 1 - ), or , Polyalkyleneoxyalkylene group (-(L 1- O) p- L 1- ) is preferable, hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or polyalkyleneoxyalkylene group is more preferable, and polyalkyleneoxyalkylene group has 4 to 20 carbon atoms. An alkylene group is more preferable, and a linear alkylene group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
The hydrocarbon group may have a chain structure at least in part, and the portion other than the chain structure is not particularly limited, and is, for example, branched chain, cyclic, or having 1 to 1 to carbon atoms. It may be any of 5 linear alkylene groups, arylene groups, ether bonds, and combinations thereof, and alkylene groups or groups in which two or more alkylene groups and one or more arylene groups are combined are preferable. , The alkylene group is more preferable, and the linear alkylene group is further preferable.
The above L 1 independently represents an alkylene group, preferably an ethylene group, a propylene group, or a butylene group, and more preferably an ethylene group or a 1,2-propylene group.
p represents an integer of 2 or more, and is preferably an integer of 2 to 10.
 また、化合物MにおけるQとQとの間を連結する最短の連結鎖の原子数は、現像残渣抑制性、防錆性、得られる硬化膜の曲げ耐性の観点から、3個~50個が好ましく、4個~40個がより好ましく、6個~20個が更に好ましく、8個~12個が特に好ましい。
 本明細書において、「QとQの間を連結する最短の連結鎖の原子数」とは、Qに連結するRにおける原子からQに連結するRにおける原子までを連結する最短の原子数である。
The atomic number of the connecting chain of the shortest for connecting the Q 1, Q 2 in the compound M is developing residual渣抑system resistance, rust resistance, from the viewpoint of bending resistance of the obtained cured film, 3 to 50 Is preferable, 4 to 40 pieces are more preferable, 6 to 20 pieces are further preferable, and 8 to 12 pieces are particularly preferable.
In the present specification, the "Q 1, Q atoms linking chain shortest connecting between the 2", connecting the atoms in R 1 be linked to Q 1 to atom in R 1 be linked to Q 2 The shortest number of atoms.
 化合物Mの具体例としては、1,3-ブタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラメチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,7-ヘプタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,8-オクタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,10-デカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、水添ビスフェノールAのジ(メタ)アクリレート、水添ビスフェノールFのジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリ(エチレングリコール/プロピレングリコール)ジ(メタ)アクリレート、及び、ポリブチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。上記エステルモノマーは混合物としても使用できる。
 上記化合物の中でも、現像残渣抑制性、防錆性、得られる硬化膜の曲げ耐性の観点から、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,10-デカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、及び、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物であることが好ましく、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、及び、1,10-デカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレートよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物であることがより好ましく、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、及び、1,10-デカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレートよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物であることが更に好ましい。
Specific examples of the compound M include 1,3-butanediol di (meth) acrylate, tetramethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, and 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate. 1,7-Heptanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,8-octanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate, hydrogenated Di (meth) acrylate of bisphenol A, di (meth) acrylate of hydrogenated bisphenol F, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, poly (ethylene glycol / propylene glycol) di (meth) acrylate, And polybutylene glycol di (meth) acrylate can be mentioned. The ester monomer can also be used as a mixture.
Among the above compounds, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1 , 10-Decandiol di (meth) acrylate, and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, preferably 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate. , 1,9-Nonandiol di (meth) acrylate, and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate, more preferably 1,9-nonane. More preferably, it is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of diol di (meth) acrylate and 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate.
 また、エチレン性不飽和化合物の好適態様の一つとして、2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物が挙げられる。
 本明細書において、「2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物」とは、一分子中にエチレン性不飽和基を2つ以上有する化合物を意味する。
 エチレン性不飽和化合物におけるエチレン性不飽和基としては、(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、(メタ)アクリレート化合物が好ましい。
Further, as one of the preferred embodiments of the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound can be mentioned.
As used herein, the term "bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound" means a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule.
As the ethylenically unsaturated group in the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
As the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a (meth) acrylate compound is preferable.
 2官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、特に制限はなく、公知の化合物の中から適宜選択できる。
 上記化合物M以外の2官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレート、及び、1,4-シクロヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。
The bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known compounds.
Examples of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound other than the compound M include tricyclodecanedimethanol di (meth) acrylate and 1,4-cyclohexanediol di (meth) acrylate.
 2官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物の市販品としては、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート(商品名:NKエステル A-DCP、新中村化学工業株式会社製)、トリシクロデカンジメナノールジメタクリレート(商品名:NKエステル DCP、新中村化学工業株式会社製)、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート(商品名:NKエステル A-NOD-N、新中村化学工業株式会社製)、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(商品名:NKエステル A-HD-N、新中村化学工業株式会社製)が挙げられる。 Commercially available bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds include tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate (trade name: NK ester A-DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and tricyclodecanedimenanol dimethacrylate (commodity). Name: NK ester DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate (trade name: NK ester A-NOD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 1,6-hexanediol Diacrylate (trade name: NK ester A-HD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) can be mentioned.
 3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、特に制限はなく、公知の化合物の中から適宜選択できる。
 3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトール(トリ/テトラ/ペンタ/ヘキサ)(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトール(トリ/テトラ)(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸(メタ)アクリレート、及び、グリセリントリ(メタ)アクリレート骨格の(メタ)アクリレート化合物が挙げられる。
The trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known compounds.
Examples of the trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound include dipentaerythritol (tri / tetra / penta / hexa) (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (tri / tetra) (meth) acrylate, and trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate. Examples thereof include ditrimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylate compound having a glycerin tri (meth) acrylate skeleton.
 エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、(メタ)アクリレート化合物のカプロラクトン変性化合物(日本化薬株式会社製KAYARAD(登録商標) DPCA-20、新中村化学工業株式会社製A-9300-1CL等)、(メタ)アクリレート化合物のアルキレンオキサイド変性化合物(日本化薬株式会社製KAYARAD(登録商標) RP-1040、新中村化学工業株式会社製ATM-35E、A-9300、ダイセル・オルネクス社のEBECRYL(登録商標) 135等)、エトキシル化グリセリントリアクリレート(新中村化学工業株式会社製NKエステル A-GLY-9E等)も挙げられる。 Examples of ethylenically unsaturated compounds include caprolactone-modified compounds of (meth) acrylate compounds (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-9300-1CL manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., etc.), (Meta ) Alkylene oxide-modified compound of acrylate compound (KAYARAD (registered trademark) RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., ATM-35E, A-9300 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., EBECRYL (registered trademark) 135 of Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd. Etc.), ethoxylated glycerin triacrylate (NK ester A-GLY-9E, etc. manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) can also be mentioned.
 エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート化合物も挙げられる。
 ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートとしては、ウレタンジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられ、例えば、プロピレンオキサイド変性ウレタンジ(メタ)アクリレート、並びに、エチレンオキサイド及びプロピレンオキサイド変性ウレタンジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。
 また、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートとしては、3官能以上のウレタン(メタ)アクリレートも挙げられる。官能基数の下限としては、6官能以上がより好ましく、8官能以上が更に好ましい。なお、官能基数の上限としては、20官能以下が好ましい。3官能以上のウレタン(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、8UX-015A(大成ファインケミカル株式会社製)、UA-32P(新中村化学工業株式会社製)、U-15HA(新中村化学工業株式会社製)、UA-1100H(新中村化学工業株式会社製)、共栄社化学株式会社製のAH-600(商品名)、並びに、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、UA-510H、及びUX-5000(いずれも日本化薬株式会社製)等が挙げられる。
Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound include urethane (meth) acrylate compounds.
Examples of the urethane (meth) acrylate include urethane di (meth) acrylate, and examples thereof include propylene oxide-modified urethane di (meth) acrylate, and ethylene oxide and propylene oxide-modified urethane di (meth) acrylate.
Further, as the urethane (meth) acrylate, a urethane (meth) acrylate having trifunctionality or higher can also be mentioned. As the lower limit of the number of functional groups, 6-functionality or more is more preferable, and 8-functionality or more is further preferable. The upper limit of the number of functional groups is preferably 20 functional or less. Examples of trifunctional or higher functional urethane (meth) acrylates include 8UX-015A (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), UA-32P (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and U-15HA (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.). , UA-1100H (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), AH-600 (trade name) manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., and UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, UA-510H, and UX-5000. (Both manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 エチレン性不飽和化合物の好適態様の一つとして、酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物が挙げられる。
 酸基としては、リン酸基、スルホ基、及び、カルボキシ基が挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、酸基としては、カルボキシ基が好ましい。
 酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、酸基を有する3官能~4官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物〔ペンタエリスリトールトリ及びテトラアクリレート(PETA)骨格にカルボキシ基を導入したもの(酸価:80mgKOH/g~120mgKOH/g)〕、酸基を有する5官能~6官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物(ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ及びヘキサアクリレート(DPHA)骨格にカルボキシ基を導入したもの〔酸価:25mgKOH/g~70mgKOH/g)〕等が挙げられる。
 これら酸基を有する3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物は、必要に応じ、酸基を有する2官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物と併用してもよい。
One of the preferred embodiments of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group.
Examples of the acid group include a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a carboxy group.
Among these, the carboxy group is preferable as the acid group.
As the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, a trifunctional to tetrafunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group [pentaerythritol tri and tetraacrylate (PETA) having a carboxy group introduced into the skeleton (acid value: 80 mgKOH) / G to 120 mgKOH / g)], a pentafunctional to hexafunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group (dipentaerythritol penta and hexaacrylate (DPHA)) with a carboxy group introduced into the skeleton [acid value: 25 mgKOH / g] ~ 70 mgKOH / g)] and the like.
These trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compounds having an acid group may be used in combination with a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, if necessary.
 酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、カルボキシ基を有する2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物及びそのカルボン酸無水物よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種が好ましい。
 酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物が、カルボキシ基を有する2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物及びそのカルボン酸無水物よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種であると、現像性及び膜強度がより高まる。
 カルボキシ基を有する2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物は、特に制限されず、公知の化合物の中から適宜選択できる。
 カルボキシ基を有する2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、アロニックス(登録商標)TO-2349(東亞合成株式会社製)、アロニックス(登録商標)M-520(東亞合成株式会社製)、アロニックス(登録商標)M-510(東亞合成株式会社製)が挙げられる。
As the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, at least one selected from the group consisting of a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxy group and a carboxylic acid anhydride thereof is preferable.
When the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group is at least one selected from the group consisting of a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxy group and a carboxylic acid anhydride thereof, the developability and film strength are higher. Increase.
The bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxy group is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known compounds.
Bifunctional or higher functional unsaturated compounds having a carboxy group include Aronix (registered trademark) TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), Aronix (registered trademark) M-520 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), and Aronix (registered trademark). A registered trademark) M-510 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) can be mentioned.
 酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、特開2004-239942号公報の段落0025~0030に記載の酸基を有する重合性化合物が好ましく、この公報に記載の内容は、本明細書に組み込まれる。 As the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, the polymerizable compound having an acid group described in paragraphs 0025 to 0030 of JP-A-2004-239942 is preferable, and the contents described in this publication are incorporated in the present specification. Is done.
 エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、例えば、多価アルコールにα,β-不飽和カルボン酸を反応させて得られる化合物、グリシジル基含有化合物にα,β-不飽和カルボン酸を反応させて得られる化合物、ウレタン結合を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物等のウレタンモノマー、γ-クロロ-β-ヒドロキシプロピル-β’-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチル-o-フタレート、β-ヒドロキシエチル-β’-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチル-o-フタレート、及び、β-ヒドロキシプロピル-β’-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチル-o-フタレート等のフタル酸系化合物、並びに、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルも挙げられる。
 これらは単独で又は2種類以上を組み合わせて使用される。
Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound include a compound obtained by reacting a polyhydric alcohol with an α, β-unsaturated carboxylic acid, and a compound obtained by reacting a glycidyl group-containing compound with an α, β-unsaturated carboxylic acid. , Urethane monomers such as (meth) acrylate compounds with urethane bonds, γ-chloro-β-hydroxypropyl-β'-(meth) acryloyloxyethyl-o-phthalate, β-hydroxyethyl-β'-(meth) acryloyl Examples thereof include phthalic acid compounds such as oxyethyl-o-phthalate and β-hydroxypropyl-β'-(meth) acryloyloxyethyl-o-phthalate, and (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters.
These are used alone or in combination of two or more.
 多価アルコールにα,β-不飽和カルボン酸を反応させて得られる化合物としては、例えば、2,2-ビス(4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリエトキシ)フェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリプロポキシ)フェニル)プロパン、及び、2,2-ビス(4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリエトキシポリプロポキシ)フェニル)プロパン等のビスフェノールA系(メタ)アクリレート化合物、エチレンオキサイド基の数が2~14であるポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレンオキサイド基の数が2~14であるポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキサイド基の数が2~14であり、かつ、プロピレンオキサイド基の数が2~14であるポリエチレンポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンエトキシトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンジエトキシトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリエトキシトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンテトラエトキシトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンペンタエトキシトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジ(トリメチロールプロパン)テトラアクリレート、テトラメチロールメタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラメチロールメタンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、並びに、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。
 中でも、テトラメチロールメタン構造又はトリメチロールプロパン構造を有するエチレン不飽和化合物が好ましく、テトラメチロールメタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラメチロールメタンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、又は、ジ(トリメチロールプロパン)テトラアクリレートがより好ましい。
Examples of the compound obtained by reacting a polyvalent alcohol with α, β-unsaturated carboxylic acid include 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acryloxypolyethoxy) phenyl) propane and 2,2-bis. Bisphenol A-based (meth) acrylate compounds such as (4-((meth) acryloxypolypropoxy) phenyl) propane and 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acryloxypolyethoxypolypropoxy) phenyl) propane , Polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate having 2 to 14 ethylene oxide groups, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate having 2 to 14 propylene oxide groups, and 2 to 14 ethylene oxide groups. , Polyethylenepolypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethoxytri (meth) acrylate having 2 to 14 propylene oxide groups. , Trimethylolpropane diethoxytri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane triethoxytri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tetraethoxytri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane pentaethoxytri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane ) Tetraacrylate, tetramethylolmethanetri (meth) acrylate, tetramethylolmethanetetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, and dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate. Can be mentioned.
Among them, an ethylene unsaturated compound having a tetramethylolmethane structure or a trimethylolpropane structure is preferable, and a tetramethylolmethanetri (meth) acrylate, a tetramethylolmethanetetra (meth) acrylate, a trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, or a di (Trimethylolpropane) Tetraacrylate is more preferable.
 エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和化合物のカプロラクトン変性化合物(例えば、日本化薬株式会社製KAYARAD(登録商標)DPCA-20、新中村化学工業株式会社製A-9300-1CL等)、エチレン性不飽和化合物のアルキレンオキサイド変性化合物(例えば、日本化薬株式会社製KAYARAD RP-1040、新中村化学工業株式会社製ATM-35E、A-9300、ダイセル・オルネクス社製EBECRYL(登録商標)135等)、エトキシル化グリセリントリアクリレート(新中村化学工業株式会社製A-GLY-9E等)等も挙げられる。 Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound include caprolactone-modified compounds of ethylenically unsaturated compounds (for example, KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-9300-1CL manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., etc.). An alkylene oxide-modified compound of an ethylenically unsaturated compound (for example, KAYARAD RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., ATM-35E, A-9300 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., EBECRYL (registered trademark) 135 manufactured by Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd. Etc.), ethoxylated glycerin triacrylate (A-GLY-9E, etc. manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、現像性に優れる観点から、エステル結合を含むものも好ましい。
 エステル結合を含むエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、分子内にエステル結合を含むものであれば特に制限されないが、硬化性及び現像性に優れる観点から、テトラメチロールメタン構造又はトリメチロールプロパン構造を有するエチレン不飽和化合物が好ましく、テトラメチロールメタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラメチロールメタンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、又は、ジ(トリメチロールプロパン)テトラアクリレートがより好ましい。
 信頼性付与の点からは、エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、炭素数6~20の脂肪族基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物と、上記のテトラメチロールメタン構造又はトリメチロールプロパン構造を有するエチレン不飽和化合物と、を含むことが好ましい。
 炭素数6以上の脂肪族構造を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,10-デカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、及び、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。
As the ethylenically unsaturated compound, those containing an ester bond are also preferable from the viewpoint of excellent developability.
The ethylenically unsaturated compound containing an ester bond is not particularly limited as long as it contains an ester bond in the molecule, but from the viewpoint of excellent curability and developability, ethylene having a tetramethylolmethane structure or a trimethylolpropane structure is used. Unsaturated compounds are preferred, and tetramethylolmethanetri (meth) acrylates, tetramethylolmethanetetra (meth) acrylates, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylates, or di (trimethylolpropane) tetraacrylates are more preferred.
From the viewpoint of imparting reliability, the ethylenically unsaturated compound includes an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms and the above-mentioned ethylene unsaturated compound having a tetramethylol methane structure or a trimethylol propane structure. It preferably contains a compound.
Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic structure having 6 or more carbon atoms include 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate, and tricyclodecanedimethanoldi. Examples include (meth) acrylate.
 エチレン性不飽和化合物の好適態様の一つとしては、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物(好ましくは、2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物)が挙げられる。
 上記エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、2環以上の脂肪族炭化水素環が縮環した環構造(好ましくは、トリシクロデカン構造及びトリシクロデセン構造よりなる群から選択される構造)を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物が好ましく、2環以上の脂肪族炭化水素環が縮環した環構造を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物がより好ましく、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレートが更に好ましい。
 上記脂肪族炭化水素環構造としては、得られる硬化膜の透湿度及び曲げ耐性、並びに、得られる未硬化膜の粘着性の観点から、シクロペンタン構造、シクロヘキサン構造、トリシクロデカン構造、トリシクロデセン構造、ノルボルナン構造、又は、イソボロン構造が好ましい。
One of the preferred embodiments of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure (preferably a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound).
The ethylenically unsaturated compound is ethylenically having a ring structure in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused (preferably a structure selected from the group consisting of a tricyclodecane structure and a tricyclodecene structure). Unsaturated compounds are preferable, bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds having a ring structure in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused are more preferable, and tricyclodecanedimethanol di (meth) acrylate is further preferable.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure includes a cyclopentane structure, a cyclohexane structure, a tricyclodecane structure, and a tricyclodecene from the viewpoint of the moisture permeability and bending resistance of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film. A structure, a norbornane structure, or an isoborone structure is preferable.
 エチレン性不飽和化合物の分子量は、200~3,000が好ましく、250~2,600がより好ましく、280~2,200が更に好ましく、300~2,200が特に好ましい。
 感光性樹脂層に含まれるエチレン性不飽和化合物のうち、分子量300以下のエチレン性不飽和化合物の含有量の割合は、感光性樹脂層に含まれる全てのエチレン性不飽和化合物の含有量に対して、30質量%以下が好ましく、25質量%以下がより好ましく、20質量%以下が更に好ましい。
The molecular weight of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 200 to 3,000, more preferably 250 to 2,600, further preferably 280 to 2,200, and particularly preferably 300 to 2,200.
The ratio of the content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less to the content of all the ethylenically unsaturated compounds contained in the photosensitive resin layer is based on the content of all the ethylenically unsaturated compounds contained in the photosensitive resin layer. 30% by mass or less is preferable, 25% by mass or less is more preferable, and 20% by mass or less is further preferable.
 感光性樹脂層の好適態様の一つとして、感光性樹脂層は、2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましく、3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことがより好ましく、3官能又は4官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが更に好ましい。 As one of the preferred embodiments of the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound, and more preferably contains a trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound. More preferably, it contains a functional or tetrafunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound.
 また、感光性樹脂層の好適態様の一つとして、感光性樹脂層は、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物と、脂肪族炭化水素環を有する構成単位を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂とを含むことが好ましい。 Further, as one of the preferred embodiments of the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer is an alkali-soluble compound having a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure and a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring. It preferably contains a resin.
 また、感光性樹脂層の好適態様の一つとして、感光性樹脂層は、式(M)で表される化合物と、酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物とを含むことが好ましく、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレートと、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレートと、カルボン酸基を有する多官能エチレン性不飽和化合物とを含むことがより好ましく、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレートと、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレートと、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートのコハク酸変性体とを含むことが更に好ましい。 Further, as one of the preferred embodiments of the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a compound represented by the formula (M) and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and 1,9 It is more preferable to contain -nonanediol diacrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, and a polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group, and 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate and tricyclodecandi It is more preferable to contain methanol diacrylate and a succinic acid-modified compound of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate.
 また、感光性樹脂層の好適態様の一つとして、感光性樹脂層は、式(M)で表される化合物と、酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物と、後述する熱架橋性化合物とを含むことが好ましく、式(M)で表される化合物と、酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物と、後述するブロックイソシアネート化合物とを含むことがより好ましい。 Further, as one of the preferred embodiments of the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer comprises a compound represented by the formula (M), an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and a heat-crosslinkable compound described later. It is preferable to include the compound represented by the formula (M), an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and a blocked isocyanate compound described later.
 また、感光性樹脂層の好適態様の一つとして、感光性樹脂層は、現像残渣抑制性、及び、防錆性の点から、2官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物(好ましくは、2官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物)と、3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物(好ましくは、3官能以上の(メタ)アクリレート化合物)と、を含むことが好ましい。
 2官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物と、3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物の含有量の質量比は10:90~90:10が好ましく、30:70~70:30がより好ましい。
 全てのエチレン性不飽和化合物の合計量に対する、2官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物の含有量は、20質量%~80質量%が好ましく、30質量%~70質量%がより好ましい。
 感光性樹脂層における2官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対し、10質量%~60質量%が好ましく、15質量%~40質量%がより好ましい。
Further, as one of the preferred embodiments of the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer is a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound (preferably a bifunctional (preferably bifunctional)) from the viewpoint of suppressing development residue and preventing rust. It is preferable to contain a (meth) acrylate compound) and a trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound (preferably a trifunctional or higher functional (meth) acrylate compound).
The mass ratio of the contents of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound and the trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 10:90 to 90:10, more preferably 30:70 to 70:30.
The content of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 20% by mass to 80% by mass, more preferably 30% by mass to 70% by mass, based on the total amount of all the ethylenically unsaturated compounds.
The content of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 15% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
 また、感光性樹脂層の好適態様の一つとして、感光性樹脂層は、防錆性の点から、化合物M、及び、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましい。
 また、感光性樹脂層の好適態様の一つとして、感光性樹脂層は、基板密着性、現像残渣抑制性、及び、防錆性の点から、化合物M、及び、酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましく、化合物M、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物、及び、酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことがより好ましく、化合物M、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物、3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物、及び、酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが更に好ましく、化合物M、脂肪族炭化水素環構造を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物、3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物、酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物、及び、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含むことが特に好ましい。
 また、感光性樹脂層の好適態様の一つとして、感光性樹脂層は、基板密着性、現像残渣抑制性、及び、防錆性の点から、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート、及び、カルボン酸基を有する多官能エチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましく、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート、及び、カルボン酸基を有する多官能エチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましく、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、及び、カルボン酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが更に好ましく、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート、カルボン酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物、及び、ウレタンアクリレート化合物を含むことが特に好ましい。
Further, as one of the preferred embodiments of the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer contains compound M and a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure from the viewpoint of rust prevention. Is preferable.
Further, as one of the preferred embodiments of the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer is not ethylenically having compound M and an acid group from the viewpoints of substrate adhesion, development residue inhibitory property, and rust prevention property. It is preferable to contain a saturated compound, and more preferably compound M, a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and compound M, an aliphatic. It is more preferable to contain a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a hydrocarbon ring structure, a trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound, and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and compound M, an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring. It is particularly preferable to contain a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a structure, a trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound, an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and a urethane (meth) acrylate compound.
Further, as one of the preferred embodiments of the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer contains 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate and carboxylic from the viewpoints of substrate adhesion, development residue inhibitory property, and rust prevention property. It preferably contains a polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and includes 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, and a polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group. It is more preferable to contain 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group, more preferably 1,9-. It is particularly preferable to contain nonanediol diacrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate, an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxylic acid group, and a urethane acrylate compound.
 感光性樹脂層は、エチレン性不飽和化合物として、単官能エチレン性不飽和化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 上記エチレン性不飽和化合物における2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物の含有量は、感光性樹脂層に含まれる全てのエチレン性不飽和化合物の総含有量に対し、60質量%~100質量%が好ましく、80質量%~100質量%がより好ましく、90質量%~100質量%が更に好ましい。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound as the ethylenically unsaturated compound.
The content of the bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound in the above ethylenically unsaturated compound is 60% by mass to 100% by mass with respect to the total content of all the ethylenically unsaturated compounds contained in the photosensitive resin layer. Preferably, 80% by mass to 100% by mass is more preferable, and 90% by mass to 100% by mass is further preferable.
 エチレン性不飽和化合物は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 感光性樹脂層におけるエチレン性不飽和化合物の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、1質量%~70質量%が好ましく、5質量%~70質量%がより好ましく、5質量%~60質量%が更に好ましく、5質量%~50質量%が特に好ましい。
The ethylenically unsaturated compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 70% by mass, and 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is more preferably from 60% by mass to 50% by mass, and particularly preferably from 5% by mass to 50% by mass.
(重合開始剤)
 感光性樹脂層は、重合開始剤を含んでいてもよい。
 重合開始剤としては、光重合開始剤が好ましい。
 光重合開始剤の好ましい態様は、上記「感光性樹脂層」の項において説明した光重合開始剤の好ましい態様と同じである。
 重合開始剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 重合開始剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.1質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.5質量%以上であることがより好ましく、1.0質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。また、その上限値としては、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、10質量%以下であることが好ましく、5質量%以下であることより好ましい。
(Polymerization initiator)
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a polymerization initiator.
As the polymerization initiator, a photopolymerization initiator is preferable.
The preferred embodiment of the photopolymerization initiator is the same as the preferred embodiment of the photopolymerization initiator described in the above section “Photosensitive resin layer”.
The polymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the polymerization initiator is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and 1.0% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. Is more preferable. The upper limit of the value is preferably 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
(複素環化合物)
 感光性樹脂層は、複素環化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 複素環化合物が有する複素環は、単環及び多環のいずれの複素環でもよい。
 複素環化合物が有するヘテロ原子としては、窒素原子、酸素原子及び硫黄原子が挙げられる。複素環化合物は、窒素原子、酸素原子及び硫黄原子よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の原子を有することが好ましく、窒素原子を有することがより好ましい。
(Heterocyclic compound)
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a heterocyclic compound.
The heterocycle contained in the heterocyclic compound may be either a monocyclic or polycyclic heterocycle.
Examples of the hetero atom contained in the heterocyclic compound include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom. The heterocyclic compound preferably has at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and more preferably has a nitrogen atom.
 複素環化合物としては、例えば、トリアゾール化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、テトラゾール化合物、チアジアゾール化合物、トリアジン化合物、ローダニン化合物、チアゾール化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾイミダゾール化合物、ベンゾオキサゾール化合物、及び、ピリミジン化合物が挙げられる。
 上記の中でも、複素環化合物としては、トリアゾール化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、テトラゾール化合物、チアジアゾール化合物、トリアジン化合物、ローダニン化合物、チアゾール化合物、ベンゾイミダゾール化合物、及び、ベンゾオキサゾール化合物よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物が好ましく、トリアゾール化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、テトラゾール化合物、チアジアゾール化合物、チアゾール化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾイミダゾール化合物、及び、ベンゾオキサゾール化合物よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物がより好ましい。
Examples of the heterocyclic compound include a triazole compound, a benzotriazole compound, a tetrazole compound, a thiadiazol compound, a triazine compound, a rhonin compound, a thiazole compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzoimidazole compound, a benzoxazole compound, and a pyrimidine compound.
Among the above, as the heterocyclic compound, at least one selected from the group consisting of a triazole compound, a benzotriazole compound, a tetrazole compound, a thiadiazol compound, a triazine compound, a rhonin compound, a thiazole compound, a benzoimidazole compound, and a benzoxazole compound. Is preferable, and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a triazole compound, a benzotriazole compound, a tetrazole compound, a thiadiazol compound, a thiazole compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzoimidazole compound, and a benzoxazole compound is more preferable.
 複素環化合物の好ましい具体例を以下に示す。トリアゾール化合物及びベンゾトリアゾール化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 A preferable specific example of the heterocyclic compound is shown below. Examples of the triazole compound and the benzotriazole compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 テトラゾール化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the tetrazole compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 チアジアゾール化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of thiadiazole compounds include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 トリアジン化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the triazine compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 ローダニン化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the loadonine compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 チアゾール化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the thiazole compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 ベンゾチアゾール化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the benzothiazole compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 ベンゾイミダゾール化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the benzimidazole compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 ベンゾオキサゾール化合物としては、以下の化合物が例示できる。 Examples of the benzoxazole compound include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 複素環化合物は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 感光性樹脂層が複素環化合物を含む場合、複素環化合物の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.01質量%~20.0質量%が好ましく、0.10質量%~10.0質量%がより好ましく、0.30質量%~8.0質量%が更に好ましく、0.50質量%~5.0質量%が特に好ましい。
The heterocyclic compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the photosensitive resin layer contains a heterocyclic compound, the content of the heterocyclic compound is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20.0% by mass, preferably 0.10% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is more preferably ~ 10.0% by mass, further preferably 0.30% by mass to 8.0% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.50% by mass to 5.0% by mass.
(脂肪族チオール化合物)
 感光性樹脂層は、脂肪族チオール化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 感光性樹脂層が脂肪族チオール化合物を含むことで、脂肪族チオール化合物がエチレン性不飽和化合物との間でエン-チオール反応することで、形成される膜の硬化収縮が抑えられ、応力が緩和される。
(Aliphatic thiol compound)
The photosensitive resin layer may contain an aliphatic thiol compound.
When the photosensitive resin layer contains an aliphatic thiol compound, the aliphatic thiol compound undergoes an ene-thiol reaction with an ethylenically unsaturated compound, so that curing shrinkage of the formed film is suppressed and stress is relaxed. Will be done.
 脂肪族チオール化合物としては、単官能の脂肪族チオール化合物、又は、多官能の脂肪族チオール化合物(すなわち、2官能以上の脂肪族チオール化合物)が好ましい。
 上記の中でも、脂肪族チオール化合物としては、形成されるパターンの密着性(特に、露光後における密着性)の点から、多官能の脂肪族チオール化合物がより好ましい。
 本明細書において、「多官能の脂肪族チオール化合物」とは、チオール基(「メルカプト基」ともいう。)を分子内に2個以上有する脂肪族化合物を意味する。
As the aliphatic thiol compound, a monofunctional aliphatic thiol compound or a polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound (that is, a bifunctional or higher functional aliphatic thiol compound) is preferable.
Among the above, as the aliphatic thiol compound, a polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound is more preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion of the formed pattern (particularly, adhesion after exposure).
As used herein, the term "polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound" means an aliphatic compound having two or more thiol groups (also referred to as "mercapto groups") in the molecule.
 多官能の脂肪族チオール化合物としては、分子量が100以上の低分子化合物が好ましい。具体的には、多官能の脂肪族チオール化合物の分子量は、100~1,500がより好ましく、150~1,000が更に好ましい。 As the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound, a low molecular weight compound having a molecular weight of 100 or more is preferable. Specifically, the molecular weight of the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound is more preferably 100 to 1,500, and even more preferably 150 to 1,000.
 多官能の脂肪族チオール化合物の官能基数としては、例えば、形成されるパターンの密着性の点から、2官能~10官能が好ましく、2官能~8官能がより好ましく、2官能~6官能が更に好ましい。 As the number of functional groups of the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound, for example, from the viewpoint of adhesion of the formed pattern, bifunctional to 10 functional is preferable, bifunctional to 8 functional is more preferable, and bifunctional to 6 functional is further preferable. preferable.
 多官能の脂肪族チオール化合物としては、例えば、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、1,4-ビス(3-メルカプトブチリルオキシ)ブタン、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、1,3,5-トリス(3-メルカプトブチリルオキシエチル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、トリメチロールエタントリス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、トリス[(3-メルカプトプロピオニルオキシ)エチル]イソシアヌレート、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、テトラエチレングリコールビス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、エチレングリコールビスチオプロピオネート、1,4-ビス(3-メルカプトブチリルオキシ)ブタン、1,2-エタンジチオール、1,3-プロパンジチオール、1,6-ヘキサメチレンジチオール、2,2’-(エチレンジチオ)ジエタンチオール、meso-2,3-ジメルカプトコハク酸、及び、ジ(メルカプトエチル)エーテルが挙げられる。 Examples of the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound include trimethylolpropanthris (3-mercaptobutylate), 1,4-bis (3-mercaptobutylyloxy) butane, pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), and the like. 1,3,5-Tris (3-mercaptobutylyloxyethyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, trimethylolethanetris (3-mercaptobutyrate) ), Tris [(3-mercaptopropionyloxy) ethyl] isocyanurate, trimethylpropanthris (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), tetraethylene glycol bis (3-mercaptopropionate) Pionate), Dipentaerythritol hexakis (3-mercaptopropionate), ethylene glycol bisthiopropionate, 1,4-bis (3-mercaptobutylyloxy) butane, 1,2-ethanedithiol, 1, Examples thereof include 3-propanedithiol, 1,6-hexamethylenedithiol, 2,2'-(ethylenedithio) diethanethiol, meso-2,3-dimercaptosuccinic acid, and di (mercaptoethyl) ether.
 上記の中でも、多官能の脂肪族チオール化合物としては、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、1,4-ビス(3-メルカプトブチリルオキシ)ブタン、及び、1,3,5-トリス(3-メルカプトブチリルオキシエチル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオンよりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物が好ましい。 Among the above, the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compounds include trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,4-bis (3-mercaptobutyryloxy) butane, and 1,3,5-tris. At least one compound selected from the group consisting of (3-mercaptobutylyloxyethyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione is preferred.
 単官能の脂肪族チオール化合物としては、例えば、1-オクタンチオール、1-ドデカンチオール、β-メルカプトプロピオン酸、メチル-3-メルカプトプロピオネート、2-エチルヘキシル-3-メルカプトプロピオネート、n-オクチル-3-メルカプトプロピオネート、メトキシブチル-3-メルカプトプロピオネート、及び、ステアリル-3-メルカプトプロピオネートが挙げられる。 Examples of the monofunctional aliphatic thiol compound include 1-octanethiol, 1-dodecanethiol, β-mercaptopropionic acid, methyl-3-mercaptopropionate, 2-ethylhexyl-3-mercaptopropionate, and n-. Examples thereof include octyl-3-mercaptopropionate, methoxybutyl-3-mercaptopropionate, and stearyl-3-mercaptopropionate.
 感光性樹脂層は、1種単独の脂肪族チオール化合物を含んでいてもよく、2種以上の脂肪族チオール化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 感光性樹脂層が脂肪族チオール化合物を含む場合、脂肪族チオール化合物の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、5質量%以上が好ましく、5質量%~50質量%がより好ましく、5質量%~30質量%が更に好ましく、8質量%~20質量%が特に好ましい。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain one type of aliphatic thiol compound alone, or may contain two or more types of aliphatic thiol compounds.
When the photosensitive resin layer contains an aliphatic thiol compound, the content of the aliphatic thiol compound is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. 5, 5% by mass to 30% by mass is more preferable, and 8% by mass to 20% by mass is particularly preferable.
(熱架橋性化合物)
 感光性樹脂層は、得られる硬化膜の強度、及び、得られる未硬化膜の粘着性の点から、熱架橋性化合物を含むことが好ましい。
 熱架橋性化合物としては、例えば、上記「感光性樹脂層」の項において説明した熱架橋性化合物が挙げられる。
 熱架橋性化合物は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 感光性樹脂層が熱架橋性化合物を含む場合、熱架橋性化合物の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、1質量%~50質量%が好ましく、5質量%~30質量%がより好ましい。
(Thermal crosslinkable compound)
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a heat-crosslinkable compound from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film.
Examples of the heat-crosslinkable compound include the heat-crosslinkable compound described in the above section “Photosensitive resin layer”.
The heat-crosslinkable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the photosensitive resin layer contains a heat-crosslinkable compound, the content of the heat-crosslinkable compound is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, and 5% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. Is more preferable.
(界面活性剤)
 感光性樹脂層は、界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。
 界面活性剤としては、例えば、上記「感光性樹脂層」の項において説明した界面活性剤が挙げられる。
 界面活性剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 感光性樹脂層が界面活性剤を含む場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.01質量%~3.0質量%が好ましく、0.01質量%~1.0質量%がより好ましく、0.05質量%~0.80質量%が更に好ましい。
(Surfactant)
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a surfactant.
Examples of the surfactant include the surfactant described in the above section "Photosensitive resin layer".
The surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the photosensitive resin layer contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.01% by mass to 3.0% by mass, preferably 0.01% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is more preferably from 1.0% by mass, still more preferably from 0.05% by mass to 0.80% by mass.
(ラジカル重合禁止剤)
 感光性樹脂層は、ラジカル重合禁止剤を含んでいてもよい。
 ラジカル重合禁止剤としては、例えば、上記「感光性樹脂層」の項において説明したラジカル重合禁止剤が挙げられる。
 ラジカル重合禁止剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 感光性樹脂層がラジカル重合禁止剤を含む場合、ラジカル重合禁止剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.01質量%~3質量%が好ましく、0.05質量%~1質量%がより好ましい。含有量が0.01質量%以上の場合、感光性樹脂層の保存安定性がより優れる。一方、含有量が3質量%以下である場合、感度の維持及び染料の脱色を抑制がより優れる。
(Radical polymerization inhibitor)
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a radical polymerization inhibitor.
Examples of the radical polymerization inhibitor include the radical polymerization inhibitor described in the above section “Photosensitive resin layer”.
The radical polymerization inhibitor may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the photosensitive resin layer contains a radical polymerization inhibitor, the content of the radical polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass, preferably 0.05% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. ~ 1% by mass is more preferable. When the content is 0.01% by mass or more, the storage stability of the photosensitive resin layer is more excellent. On the other hand, when the content is 3% by mass or less, the maintenance of sensitivity and the suppression of dye decolorization are more excellent.
(水素供与性化合物)
 感光性樹脂層は、水素供与性化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 水素供与性化合物は、光重合開始剤の活性光線に対する感度を一層向上させる、及び、酸素による重合性化合物の重合阻害を抑制する等の作用を有する。
 水素供与性化合物としては、例えば、アミン類、及び、アミノ酸化合物が挙げられる。
(Hydrogen donating compound)
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a hydrogen donating compound.
The hydrogen-donating compound has actions such as further improving the sensitivity of the photopolymerization initiator to active light and suppressing the polymerization inhibition of the polymerizable compound by oxygen.
Examples of the hydrogen donating compound include amines and amino acid compounds.
 アミン類としては、例えば、M.R.Sanderら著「Journal of Polymer Society」第10巻3173頁(1972)、特公昭44-020189号公報、特開昭51-082102号公報、特開昭52-134692号公報、特開昭59-138205号公報、特開昭60-084305号公報、特開昭62-018537号公報、特開昭64-033104号公報、及び、Research Disclosure 33825号等に記載の化合物が挙げられる。より具体的には、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、トリス(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)メタン(別名:ロイコクリスタルバイオレット)、トリエタノールアミン、p-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチルエステル、p-ホルミルジメチルアニリン、及び、p-メチルチオジメチルアニリンが挙げられる。
 中でも、感度、硬化速度、及び、硬化性の観点から、アミン類としては、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、及び、トリス(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)メタンよりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種が好ましい。
Examples of amines include M.I. R. "Journal of Polymer Society" by Sander et al., Vol. 10, p. 3173 (1972), Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 44-020189, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 51-082102, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 52-134692, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 59-138205 Examples thereof include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 60-084305, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 62-018537, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 64-033104, Research Transaction No. 33825, and the like. More specifically, 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, tris (4-dimethylaminophenyl) methane (also known as leucocrystal violet), triethanolamine, p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester, p-formyl. Examples thereof include dimethylaniline and p-methylthiodimethylaniline.
Among them, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, curing rate, and curability, the amines are at least one selected from the group consisting of 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone and tris (4-dimethylaminophenyl) methane. Seeds are preferred.
 アミノ酸化合物としては、例えば、N-フェニルグリシン、N-メチル-N-フェニルグリシン、N-エチル-N-フェニルグリシンが挙げられる。
 中でも、感度、硬化速度、及び、硬化性の観点から、アミノ酸化合物としては、N-フェニルグリシンが好ましい。
Examples of the amino acid compound include N-phenylglycine, N-methyl-N-phenylglycine, and N-ethyl-N-phenylglycine.
Among them, N-phenylglycine is preferable as the amino acid compound from the viewpoint of sensitivity, curing rate, and curability.
 また、水素供与性化合物としては、例えば、特公昭48-042965号公報に記載の有機金属化合物(トリブチル錫アセテート等)、特公昭55-034414号公報に記載の水素供与体、及び、特開平6-308727号公報に記載のイオウ化合物(トリチアン等)も挙げられる。 Examples of the hydrogen-donating compound include an organometallic compound (tributyltin acetate, etc.) described in JP-A-48-042465, a hydrogen donor described in JP-A-55-034414, and JP-A-6. Sulfur compounds (Trithian and the like) described in JP-A-308727 are also mentioned.
 水素供与性化合物は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 感光性樹脂層が水素供与性化合物を含む場合、水素供与性化合物の含有量は、重合成長速度と連鎖移動のバランスとによる硬化速度の向上の点から、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.01質量%~10.0質量%が好ましく、0.01質量%~8.0質量%がより好ましく、0.03質量%~5.0質量%が更に好ましい。
The hydrogen donating compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the photosensitive resin layer contains a hydrogen-donating compound, the content of the hydrogen-donating compound is based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer in terms of improving the curing rate due to the balance between the polymerization growth rate and the chain transfer. , 0.01% by mass to 10.0% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 8.0% by mass, still more preferably 0.03% by mass to 5.0% by mass.
(不純物)
 感光性樹脂層は、所定量の不純物を含んでいてもよい。
 不純物としては、例えば、上記「感光性樹脂層」の項において説明した不純物が挙げられる。
(impurities)
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a predetermined amount of impurities.
Examples of the impurities include the impurities described in the above section "Photosensitive resin layer".
(残存モノマー)
 感光性樹脂層は、上述した重合体Aの各構成単位に対応する残存モノマーを含む場合がある。
 感光性樹脂層における重合体Aの各構成単位に対応する残存モノマーとしては、例えば、上記「感光性樹脂層」の項において説明した重合体Aの各構成単位に対応する残存モノマーが挙げられる。
(Residual monomer)
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a residual monomer corresponding to each structural unit of the polymer A described above.
Examples of the residual monomer corresponding to each structural unit of the polymer A in the photosensitive resin layer include the residual monomer corresponding to each structural unit of the polymer A described in the above section “Photosensitive resin layer”.
(他の成分)
 感光性樹脂層は、既述の成分以外の成分(以下、「他の成分」ともいう。)を含んでいてもよい。他の成分としては、例えば、着色剤、酸化防止剤、及び、粒子(例えば、金属酸化物粒子)が挙げられる。また、他の成分としては、特開2000-310706号公報の段落0058~0071に記載のその他の添加剤も挙げられる。
(Other ingredients)
The photosensitive resin layer may contain components other than the components described above (hereinafter, also referred to as “other components”). Other components include, for example, colorants, antioxidants, and particles (eg, metal oxide particles). In addition, as other components, other additives described in paragraphs 0058 to 0071 of JP-A-2000-310706 can also be mentioned.
-粒子-
 粒子としては、金属酸化物粒子が好ましい。
 金属酸化物粒子における金属には、B、Si、Ge、As、Sb、及び、Te等の半金属も含まれる。
 粒子の平均一次粒子径は、例えば、硬化膜の透明性の点から、1nm~200nmが好ましく、3nm~80nmがより好ましい。
 粒子の平均一次粒子径は、電子顕微鏡を用いて任意の粒子200個の粒子径を測定し、測定結果を算術平均することにより算出される。なお、粒子の形状が球形でない場合には、最も長い辺を粒子径とする。
-particle-
As the particles, metal oxide particles are preferable.
The metal in the metal oxide particles also includes metalloids such as B, Si, Ge, As, Sb, and Te.
The average primary particle size of the particles is preferably 1 nm to 200 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 80 nm, for example, from the viewpoint of transparency of the cured film.
The average primary particle size of the particles is calculated by measuring the particle size of 200 arbitrary particles using an electron microscope and arithmetically averaging the measurement results. When the shape of the particle is not spherical, the longest side is the particle diameter.
 感光性樹脂層が粒子を含む場合、金属種、及び、大きさ等の異なる粒子を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。
 感光性樹脂層は、粒子を含まないか、あるいは、感光性樹脂層が粒子を含む場合には、粒子の含有量が感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0質量%超35質量%以下が好ましく、粒子を含まないか、あるいは、粒子の含有量が感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0質量%超10質量%以下がより好ましく、粒子を含まないか、あるいは、粒子の含有量が感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して0質量%超5質量%以下が更に好ましく、粒子を含まないか、あるいは、粒子の含有量が感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して0質量%超1質量%以下が更に好ましく、粒子を含まないことが特に好ましい。
When the photosensitive resin layer contains particles, it may contain only one type of particles having different metal types and sizes, or may contain two or more types of particles.
The photosensitive resin layer does not contain particles, or when the photosensitive resin layer contains particles, the content of the particles is more than 0% by mass and 35% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. Is preferable, particles are not contained, or the content of particles is more preferably more than 0% by mass and 10% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, and particles are not contained or the particles are contained. The amount is more preferably more than 0% by mass and 5% by mass or less based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, and either does not contain particles or the content of particles is 0% by mass based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. Ultra 1% by mass or less is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable that particles are not contained.
-着色剤-
 感光性樹脂層は、着色剤(顔料、染料等)を含んでいてもよいが、例えば、透明性の点からは、着色剤を実質的に含まないことが好ましい。
 感光性樹脂層が着色剤を含む場合、着色剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、1質量%未満が好ましく、0.1質量%未満がより好ましい。
-Colorant-
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a colorant (pigment, dye, etc.), but for example, from the viewpoint of transparency, it is preferable that the photosensitive resin layer contains substantially no colorant.
When the photosensitive resin layer contains a colorant, the content of the colorant is preferably less than 1% by mass, more preferably less than 0.1% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
-酸化防止剤-
 酸化防止剤としては、例えば、1-フェニル-3-ピラゾリドン(別名:フェニドン)、1-フェニル-4,4-ジメチル-3-ピラゾリドン、及び、1-フェニル-4-メチル-4-ヒドロキシメチル-3-ピラゾリドン等の3-ピラゾリドン類;ハイドロキノン、カテコール、ピロガロール、メチルハイドロキノン、及び、クロルハイドロキノン等のポリヒドロキシベンゼン類;パラメチルアミノフェノール、パラアミノフェノール、パラヒドロキシフェニルグリシン、及び、パラフェニレンジアミンが挙げられる。
 中でも、保存安定性、及び、硬化性の観点から、酸化防止剤としては、3-ピラゾリドン類が好ましく、1-フェニル-3-ピラゾリドンがより好ましい。
-Antioxidant-
Examples of the antioxidant include 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolidone (also known as phenidone), 1-phenyl-4,4-dimethyl-3-pyrazolidone, and 1-phenyl-4-methyl-4-hydroxymethyl-. 3-Pyrazoridones such as 3-pyrazolidone; polyhydroxybenzenes such as hydroquinone, catechol, pyrogallol, methylhydroquinone, and chlorhydroquinone; paramethylaminophenol, paraaminophenol, parahydroxyphenylglycine, and paraphenylenediamine. Be done.
Among them, 3-pyrazolidones are preferable, and 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolidone is more preferable as the antioxidant from the viewpoint of storage stability and curability.
 感光性樹脂層が酸化防止剤を含む場合、酸化防止剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.001質量%以上が好ましく、0.005質量%以上がより好ましく、0.01質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、1質量%以下が好ましい。 When the photosensitive resin layer contains an antioxidant, the content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.001% by mass or more, more preferably 0.005% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. 0.01% by mass or more is more preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1% by mass or less.
(感光性樹脂層の厚み)
 感光性樹脂層の厚み(層厚)は、特に制限されないが、現像性及び解像性の観点から、30μm以下が好ましく、20μm以下がより好ましく、15μm以下が更に好ましく、10μm以下が特に好ましく、5.0μm以下が最も好ましい。下限としては、感光性樹脂層を硬化して得られる膜の強度が優れる点で、0.60μm以上が好ましく、1.5μm以上がより好ましい。
(Thickness of photosensitive resin layer)
The thickness (layer thickness) of the photosensitive resin layer is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of developability and resolvability, it is preferably 30 μm or less, more preferably 20 μm or less, further preferably 15 μm or less, and particularly preferably 10 μm or less. Most preferably 5.0 μm or less. As the lower limit, 0.60 μm or more is preferable, and 1.5 μm or more is more preferable, because the strength of the film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin layer is excellent.
(感光性樹脂層の屈折率)
 感光性樹脂層の屈折率は、1.47~1.56が好ましく、1.49~1.54がより好ましい。
(Refractive index of photosensitive resin layer)
The refractive index of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 1.47 to 1.56, more preferably 1.49 to 1.54.
(感光性樹脂層の色)
 感光性樹脂層は無彩色であることが好ましい。具体的には、全反射(入射角8°、光源:D-65(2°視野))が、CIE1976(L,a,b)色空間において、L値は10~90であることが好ましく、a値は-1.0~1.0であることが好ましく、b値は-1.0~1.0であることが好ましい。
(Color of photosensitive resin layer)
The photosensitive resin layer is preferably achromatic. Specifically, the total reflection (incident angle 8 °, light source: D-65 (2 ° field)) has an L * value of 10 to 90 in the CIE1976 (L * , a * , b * ) color space. The a * value is preferably −1.0 to 1.0, and the b * value is preferably −1.0 to 1.0.
 なお、感光性樹脂層を硬化して得られるパターン(感光性樹脂層の硬化膜)は、無彩色であることが好ましい。
 具体的には、全反射(入射角8°、光源:D-65(2°視野))が、CIE1976(L,a,b)色空間において、パターンのL値は10~90であることが好ましく、パターンのa値は-1.0~1.0であることが好ましく、パターンのb値は-1.0~1.0であることが好ましい。
The pattern (cured film of the photosensitive resin layer) obtained by curing the photosensitive resin layer is preferably achromatic.
Specifically, the total reflection (incident angle 8 °, light source: D-65 (2 ° field)) has a pattern L * value of 10 to 90 in the CIE1976 (L * , a * , b * ) color space. The a * value of the pattern is preferably −1.0 to 1.0, and the b * value of the pattern is preferably −1.0 to 1.0.
(感光性樹脂層の透湿度)
 感光性樹脂層を硬化して得られるパターン(感光性樹脂層の硬化膜)の層厚40μmでの透湿度は、防錆性の観点から、500g/(m・24hr)以下であることが好ましく、300g/(m・24hr)以下であることがより好ましく、100g/(m・24hr)以下であることが更に好ましい。
 なお、透湿度は、感光性樹脂層を、i線によって露光量300mJ/cmにて露光した後、145℃、30分間のポストベークを行うことにより、感光性樹脂層を硬化させた硬化膜で測定する。
(Humidity permeability of photosensitive resin layer)
Moisture permeability in the layer thickness 40μm pattern obtained by curing the photosensitive resin layer (cured film of the photosensitive resin layer) is that from the viewpoint of corrosion resistance, it is 500g / (m 2 · 24hr) or less preferably, more preferably not more than 300g / (m 2 · 24hr) , and more preferably 100g / (m 2 · 24hr) or less.
The moisture permeability is a cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin layer by exposing the photosensitive resin layer with an i-ray at an exposure amount of 300 mJ / cm 2 and then performing post-baking at 145 ° C. for 30 minutes. Measure with.
[屈折率調整層]
 感光性転写材料は、屈折率調整層を有していることが好ましい。
 屈折率調整層としては、公知の屈折率調整層を適用できる。屈折率調整層に含まれる材料としては、例えば、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、エチレン性不飽和化合物、金属塩、及び、粒子が挙げられる。
 屈折率調整層の屈折率を制御する方法は、特に制限されず、例えば、所定の屈折率の樹脂を単独で用いる方法、樹脂と粒子とを用いる方法、及び、金属塩と樹脂との複合体を用いる方法が挙げられる。
[Refractive index adjustment layer]
The photosensitive transfer material preferably has a refractive index adjusting layer.
As the refractive index adjusting layer, a known refractive index adjusting layer can be applied. Examples of the material contained in the refractive index adjusting layer include an alkali-soluble resin, an ethylenically unsaturated compound, a metal salt, and particles.
The method of controlling the refractive index of the refractive index adjusting layer is not particularly limited, and for example, a method of using a resin having a predetermined refractive index alone, a method of using a resin and particles, and a method of using a composite of a metal salt and a resin. There is a method using.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂及びエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、例えば、上記「感光性樹脂層」の項において説明したアルカリ可溶性樹脂及びエチレン性不飽和化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkali-soluble resin and the ethylenically unsaturated compound include the alkali-soluble resin and the ethylenically unsaturated compound described in the above section "Photosensitive resin layer".
 粒子としては、例えば、金属酸化物粒子、及び、金属粒子が挙げられる。
 金属酸化物粒子の種類は特に制限はなく、公知の金属酸化物粒子が挙げられる。金属酸化物粒子における金属には、B、Si、Ge、As、Sb、及び、Te等の半金属も含まれる。
Examples of the particles include metal oxide particles and metal particles.
The type of the metal oxide particles is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known metal oxide particles. The metal in the metal oxide particles also includes metalloids such as B, Si, Ge, As, Sb, and Te.
 粒子の平均一次粒子径は、例えば、硬化膜の透明性の点から、1nm~200nmが好ましく、3nm~80nmがより好ましい。
 粒子の平均一次粒子径は、電子顕微鏡を用いて任意の粒子200個の粒子径を測定し、測定結果を算術平均することにより算出される。なお、粒子の形状が球形でない場合には、最も長い辺を粒子径とする。
The average primary particle size of the particles is preferably 1 nm to 200 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 80 nm, for example, from the viewpoint of transparency of the cured film.
The average primary particle size of the particles is calculated by measuring the particle size of 200 arbitrary particles using an electron microscope and arithmetically averaging the measurement results. When the shape of the particle is not spherical, the longest side is the particle diameter.
 金属酸化物粒子としては、具体的には、酸化ジルコニウム粒子(ZrO粒子)、Nb粒子、酸化チタン粒子(TiO粒子)、二酸化珪素粒子(SiO粒子)、及び、これらの複合粒子よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種が好ましい。
 これらの中でも、金属酸化物粒子としては、例えば、屈折率を調整しやすいという点から、酸化ジルコニウム粒子及び酸化チタン粒子よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種がより好ましい。
Specific examples of the metal oxide particles include zirconium oxide particles (ZrO 2 particles), Nb 2 O 5 particles, titanium oxide particles (TiO 2 particles), silicon dioxide particles (SiO 2 particles), and a composite thereof. At least one selected from the group consisting of particles is preferred.
Among these, as the metal oxide particles, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of zirconium oxide particles and titanium oxide particles is more preferable from the viewpoint that the refractive index can be easily adjusted.
 金属酸化物粒子の市販品としては、焼成酸化ジルコニウム粒子(CIKナノテック株式会社製、製品名:ZRPGM15WT%-F04)、焼成酸化ジルコニウム粒子(CIKナノテック株式会社製、製品名:ZRPGM15WT%-F74)、焼成酸化ジルコニウム粒子(CIKナノテック株式会社製、製品名:ZRPGM15WT%-F75)、焼成酸化ジルコニウム粒子(CIKナノテック株式会社製、製品名:ZRPGM15WT%-F76)、酸化ジルコニウム粒子(ナノユースOZ-S30M、日産化学工業株式会社製)、及び、酸化ジルコニウム粒子(ナノユースOZ-S30K、日産化学工業株式会社製)が挙げられる。 Commercially available metal oxide particles include calcined zirconium oxide particles (manufactured by CIK Nanotech Co., Ltd., product name: ZRPGM15WT% -F04), calcined zirconium oxide particles (manufactured by CIK Nanotech Co., Ltd., product name: ZRPGM15WT% -F74). Calcined zirconium oxide particles (manufactured by CIK Nanotech Co., Ltd., product name: ZRPGM15WT% -F75), calcined zirconium oxide particles (manufactured by CIK Nanotech Co., Ltd., product name: ZRPGM15WT% -F76), zirconium oxide particles (Nano Youth OZ-S30M, Nissan) (Made by Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and zirconium oxide particles (Nano Youth OZ-S30K, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) can be mentioned.
 粒子は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。
 屈折率調整層における粒子の含有量は、屈折率調整層の全質量に対し、1質量%~95質量%が好ましく、20質量%~90質量%がより好ましく、40質量%~85質量%が更に好ましい。
 金属酸化物粒子として酸化チタンを用いる場合、酸化チタン粒子の含有量は、屈折率調整層の全質量に対して、1質量%~95質量%が好ましく、20質量%~90質量%がより好ましく、40質量%~85質量%が更に好ましい。
The particles may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of particles in the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably 1% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, and 40% by mass to 85% by mass with respect to the total mass of the refractive index adjusting layer. More preferred.
When titanium oxide is used as the metal oxide particles, the content of the titanium oxide particles is preferably 1% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, based on the total mass of the refractive index adjusting layer. , 40% by mass to 85% by mass is more preferable.
 屈折率調整層の屈折率は、感光性樹脂層の屈折率よりも高いことが好ましい。
 屈折率調整層の屈折率は、1.50以上が好ましく、1.55以上がより好ましく、1.60以上が更に好ましく、1.65以上が特に好ましい。屈折率調整層の屈折率の上限は、2.10以下が好ましく、1.85以下がより好ましく、1.78以下が特に好ましい。
The refractive index of the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably higher than that of the photosensitive resin layer.
The refractive index of the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably 1.50 or more, more preferably 1.55 or more, further preferably 1.60 or more, and particularly preferably 1.65 or more. The upper limit of the refractive index of the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably 2.10 or less, more preferably 1.85 or less, and particularly preferably 1.78 or less.
 屈折率調整層の厚みは、50nm~500nmが好ましく、55nm~110nmがより好ましく、60nm~100nmが更に好ましい。 The thickness of the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably 50 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 55 nm to 110 nm, and even more preferably 60 nm to 100 nm.
 屈折率調整層は、例えば、屈折率調整層を用いて形成される。屈折率調整層形成用組成物としては、上述した屈折率調整層を形成する各種成分と溶剤とを含むことが好ましい。なお、屈折率調整層形成用組成物において、組成物の全固形分に対する各成分の含有量の好適範囲は、上述した屈折率調整層の全質量に対する各成分の含有量の好適範囲と同じである。
 溶剤としては、屈折率調整層に含まれる成分を溶解又は分散可能であれば特に制限されず、水及び水混和性の有機溶剤よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種が好ましく、水又は水と水混和性の有機溶剤との混合溶剤がより好ましい。
 水混和性の有機溶剤としては、例えば、炭素数1~3のアルコール、アセトン、エチレングリコール、及びグリセリンが挙げられ、炭素数1~3のアルコールが好ましく、メタノール又はエタノールがより好ましい。
 溶剤は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上使用してもよい。
 溶剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分100質量部に対して、50質量部~2,500質量部が好ましく、50質量部~1,900質量部がより好ましく、100質量部~900質量部が更に好ましい。
The refractive index adjusting layer is formed by using, for example, the refractive index adjusting layer. The composition for forming the refractive index adjusting layer preferably contains various components forming the above-mentioned refractive index adjusting layer and a solvent. In the composition for forming a refractive index adjusting layer, the preferable range of the content of each component with respect to the total solid content of the composition is the same as the preferable range of the content of each component with respect to the total mass of the refractive index adjusting layer described above. be.
The solvent is not particularly limited as long as the components contained in the refractive index adjusting layer can be dissolved or dispersed, and at least one selected from the group consisting of water and a water-miscible organic solvent is preferable, and water or water and water. A mixed solvent with a water-miscible organic solvent is more preferable.
Examples of the water-miscible organic solvent include alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, acetone, ethylene glycol, and glycerin. Alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms are preferable, and methanol or ethanol is more preferable.
The solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the solvent is preferably 50 parts by mass to 2,500 parts by mass, more preferably 50 parts by mass to 1,900 parts by mass, and 100 parts by mass to 900 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the composition. The portion is more preferable.
 屈折率調整層の形成方法は、上記の成分を含む層を形成可能な方法であれば特に制限されず、例えば、公知の塗布方法(スリット塗布、スピン塗布、カーテン塗布及びインクジェット塗布等)が挙げられる。 The method for forming the refractive index adjusting layer is not particularly limited as long as it can form a layer containing the above components, and examples thereof include known coating methods (slit coating, spin coating, curtain coating, inkjet coating, etc.). Be done.
[仮支持体、感光性樹脂層及びカバーフィルムの関係]
 配線保護膜用感光性転写材料として好ましく用いられる感光性転写材料においても、既述した仮支持体、感光性樹脂層及びカバーフィルムの関係を満たすことが好ましい。
[Relationship between temporary support, photosensitive resin layer and cover film]
It is also preferable that the photosensitive transfer material preferably used as the photosensitive transfer material for the wiring protective film also satisfies the relationship of the temporary support, the photosensitive resin layer and the cover film described above.
<樹脂パターンの製造方法>
 本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法は、本開示に係る感光性転写材料を用いる樹脂パターンの製造方法であれば制限されない。本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法は、本開示に係る感光性転写材料と基板とを貼り合わせて、上記基板の上に感光性樹脂層を配置する工程(以下、「貼り合わせ工程」という場合がある。)と、上記感光性樹脂層をパターン露光する工程(以下、「露光工程」という場合がある。)と、上記感光性樹脂層を現像して樹脂パターンを形成する工程(以下、「現像工程」という場合がある。)と、をこの順に含むことが好ましい。上記態様によれば、感光性転写材料と被着体とを貼り合わせる工程において仮支持体のシワの発生を抑制する感光性転写材料を用いる樹脂パターンの製造方法が提供される。
<Manufacturing method of resin pattern>
The method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is not limited as long as it is a method for producing a resin pattern using the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure. The method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is a step of laminating a photosensitive transfer material and a substrate according to the present disclosure and arranging a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate (hereinafter, referred to as a “bonding step”). (There is), a step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive resin layer (hereinafter, may be referred to as “exposure step”), and a step of developing the photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern (hereinafter, “exposed step”). It may be referred to as "development step"), and it is preferable to include in this order. According to the above aspect, there is provided a method for producing a resin pattern using a photosensitive transfer material that suppresses the occurrence of wrinkles in a temporary support in the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend.
 本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法は、ロールツーロール方式により行われることが好ましい。ロールツーロール方式とは、基板として、巻き取り及び巻き出しが可能な基板を用い、樹脂パターンの製造方法に含まれるいずれかの工程の前に、基板又は基板を含む構造体を巻き出す工程(「巻き出し工程」ともいう。)と、いずれかの工程の後に、基板又は基板を含む構造体を巻き取る工程(「巻き取り工程」ともいう。)と、を含み、少なくともいずれかの工程(好ましくは、全ての工程、又は加熱工程以外の全ての工程)を、基板又は基板を含む構造体を搬送しながら行う方式をいう。巻き出し工程における巻き出し方法、及び巻き取り工程における巻取り方法としては、制限されず、ロールツーロール方式を適用する製造方法において、公知の方法を用いればよい。 The resin pattern manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is preferably performed by a roll-to-roll method. The roll-to-roll method uses a substrate that can be wound and unwound as a substrate, and unwinds the substrate or a structure including the substrate before any of the steps included in the resin pattern manufacturing method (the process of unwinding the substrate or the structure including the substrate). A step (also referred to as “unwinding step”) and a step of winding the substrate or a structure including the substrate (also referred to as a “winding step”) after any of the steps, and at least one of the steps (also referred to as a “winding step”). Preferably, it refers to a method in which all steps or all steps other than the heating step) are carried out while transporting the substrate or the structure including the substrate. The unwinding method in the unwinding step and the winding method in the winding step are not limited, and a known method may be used in the manufacturing method to which the roll-to-roll method is applied.
 以下、本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法に含まれる各工程について説明する。 Hereinafter, each process included in the resin pattern manufacturing method according to the present disclosure will be described.
<<貼り合わせ工程>>
 貼り合わせ工程では、本開示に係る感光性転写材料と基板とを貼り合わせて、上記基板の上に感光性樹脂層を配置する。基板の上に配置される感光性樹脂層は、感光性転写材料に含まれる感光性樹脂層である。仮支持体及び感光性樹脂層を有する感光性転写材料を用いる貼り合わせ工程では、通常、基板の上に、感光性樹脂層、及び仮支持体がこの順で配置される。
<< Laminating process >>
In the bonding step, the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure and a substrate are bonded together, and a photosensitive resin layer is arranged on the substrate. The photosensitive resin layer arranged on the substrate is a photosensitive resin layer contained in the photosensitive transfer material. In the bonding step using the photosensitive transfer material having the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer and the temporary support are usually arranged in this order on the substrate.
 貼り合わせ工程においては、感光性樹脂層(具体的には感光性樹脂層の仮支持体に対向する面とは反対側の面)と基板とを接触させ、感光性転写材料と基板とを圧着させることが好ましい。上記態様によれば、感光性樹脂層と基板との密着性が向上するため、形成される樹脂パターンをエッチングレジストとして好適に用いることができる。基板の表面に導電層が設けられている場合、感光性樹脂層と導電層とを接触させることが好ましい。 In the bonding step, the photosensitive resin layer (specifically, the surface of the photosensitive resin layer opposite to the surface facing the temporary support) and the substrate are brought into contact with each other, and the photosensitive transfer material and the substrate are pressure-bonded. It is preferable to let it. According to the above aspect, since the adhesion between the photosensitive resin layer and the substrate is improved, the formed resin pattern can be suitably used as an etching resist. When the conductive layer is provided on the surface of the substrate, it is preferable that the photosensitive resin layer and the conductive layer are brought into contact with each other.
 感光性転写材料がカバーフィルムを有する場合は、感光性転写材料からカバーフィルムを除去した後、感光性転写材料と基板とを貼り合わせればよい。 When the photosensitive transfer material has a cover film, the cover film may be removed from the photosensitive transfer material, and then the photosensitive transfer material and the substrate may be bonded together.
 感光性転写材料において感光性樹脂層の仮支持体に対向する面とは反対側の面にカバーフィルム以外の層(例えば、高屈折率層、及び/又は低屈折率層)が配置されている場合、上記カバーフィルム以外の層を介して感光性樹脂層と基板とを貼り合わせてもよい。 In the photosensitive transfer material, a layer other than the cover film (for example, a high refractive index layer and / or a low refractive index layer) is arranged on the surface of the photosensitive resin layer opposite to the surface facing the temporary support. In this case, the photosensitive resin layer and the substrate may be bonded to each other via a layer other than the cover film.
 感光性転写材料と基板とを圧着する方法としては、制限されず、公知の転写方法、及び、ラミネート方法を用いることができる。感光性転写材料と基板との貼り合わせは、感光性樹脂層と基板とを重ね合わせ、ロール等の手段を用いて加圧及び加熱を施すことによって行われることが好ましい。また、貼り合わせには、ラミネーター、真空ラミネーター、及び、より生産性を高めることができるオートカットラミネーターを用いることができる。 The method of crimping the photosensitive transfer material and the substrate is not limited, and a known transfer method and laminating method can be used. The bonding of the photosensitive transfer material and the substrate is preferably performed by superimposing the photosensitive resin layer and the substrate and applying pressure and heating by means such as a roll. Further, for bonding, a laminator, a vacuum laminator, and an auto-cut laminator capable of further increasing productivity can be used.
[基板]
 基板としては、制限されず、公知の基板を用いることができる。基板は、導電層を有する基板であることが好ましく、基材と、上記基材の表面の一部又は全面に導電層と、を有する基板であることがより好ましい。基板は、必要に応じて導電層以外の任意の層を有してもよい。
[substrate]
The substrate is not limited, and a known substrate can be used. The substrate is preferably a substrate having a conductive layer, and more preferably a substrate having a base material and a conductive layer on a part or the entire surface of the base material. The substrate may have any layer other than the conductive layer, if necessary.
 基材としては、例えば、ガラス、シリコン、及びフィルムが挙げられる。 Examples of the base material include glass, silicon, and film.
 基材は透明であることが好ましい。本開示において、「透明である」とは、波長が400~700nmである光の透過率が80%以上であることを意味する。 The base material is preferably transparent. In the present disclosure, "transparent" means that the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm is 80% or more.
 基材の屈折率は、1.50~1.52であることが好ましい。 The refractive index of the base material is preferably 1.50 to 1.52.
 透明なガラス基材としては、例えば、コーニング社のゴリラガラスに代表される強化ガラスが挙げられる。また、透明なガラス基材としては、例えば、特開2010-86684号公報、特開2010-152809号公報、及び特開2010-257492号公報に用いられている材料を用いることができる。 Examples of the transparent glass base material include tempered glass represented by Corning's gorilla glass. Further, as the transparent glass base material, for example, the materials used in JP-A-2010-86684, JP-A-2010-152809, and JP-A-2010-257492 can be used.
 基材としてフィルム基材を用いる場合は、光学的に歪みが小さく、及び/又は透明度が高いフィルム基材を用いることが好ましい。上記のようなフィルム基材としては、例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリカーボネート、トリアセチルセルロース、及びシクロオレフィンポリマーが挙げられる。 When a film base material is used as the base material, it is preferable to use a film base material having low optical distortion and / or high transparency. Examples of the film substrate as described above include polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate, triacetyl cellulose, and cycloolefin polymer.
 ロールツーロール方式において用いられる基板を構成する基材は、フィルム基材であることが好ましい。また、ロールツーロール方式によりタッチパネル用の回路配線を製造する場合、基材は、シート状樹脂組成物であることが好ましい。 The base material constituting the substrate used in the roll-to-roll method is preferably a film base material. Further, when the circuit wiring for the touch panel is manufactured by the roll-to-roll method, the base material is preferably a sheet-like resin composition.
 導電層としては、一般的な回路配線、又はタッチパネル配線に用いられる導電層が挙げられる。導電層は、導電性、及び細線形成性の観点から、金属層、導電性金属酸化物層、グラフェン層、カーボンナノチューブ層、及び導電ポリマー層からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、金属層であることがより好ましく、銅層、又は銀層であることが特に好ましい。 Examples of the conductive layer include a conductive layer used for general circuit wiring or touch panel wiring. The conductive layer may be at least one selected from the group consisting of a metal layer, a conductive metal oxide layer, a graphene layer, a carbon nanotube layer, and a conductive polymer layer from the viewpoint of conductivity and fine wire forming property. A metal layer is more preferable, and a copper layer or a silver layer is particularly preferable.
 基板は、1層単独、又は2層以上の導電層を有してもよい。2層以上の導電層を有する基板は、異なる材質の複数の導電層を有することが好ましい。 The substrate may have one layer alone or two or more conductive layers. A substrate having two or more conductive layers preferably has a plurality of conductive layers made of different materials.
 導電層の材料としては、例えば、金属、及び導電性金属酸化物が挙げられる。金属としては、例えば、Al、Zn、Cu、Fe、Ni、Cr、Mo、Ag、及びAuが挙げられる。導電性金属酸化物としては、ITO(Indium Tin Oxide)、IZO(Indium Zinc Oxide)、及びSiOが挙げられる。本開示において「導電性」とは、体積抵抗率が1×10Ωcm未満であることをいう。導電性金属酸化物の体積抵抗率は、1×10Ωcm未満であることが好ましい。 Examples of the material of the conductive layer include metals and conductive metal oxides. Examples of the metal include Al, Zn, Cu, Fe, Ni, Cr, Mo, Ag, and Au. Examples of the conductive metal oxide include ITO (Indium Tin Oxide), IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide), and SiO 2 . In the present disclosure, "conductive" means that the volume resistivity is less than 1 × 10 6 Ωcm. The volume resistivity of the conductive metal oxide is preferably less than 1 × 10 4 Ωcm.
 複数の導電層を有する基板を用いて樹脂パターンを製造する場合、複数の導電層のうち少なくとも一つの導電層は、導電性金属酸化物を含むことが好ましい。 When a resin pattern is produced using a substrate having a plurality of conductive layers, it is preferable that at least one of the plurality of conductive layers contains a conductive metal oxide.
 導電層としては、静電容量型タッチパネルに用いられる視認部のセンサーに相当する電極パターン又は周辺取り出し部の配線が好ましい。 As the conductive layer, an electrode pattern corresponding to the sensor of the visual recognition part used in the capacitive touch panel or wiring of the peripheral extraction part is preferable.
 導電層の好ましい態様は、例えば、国際公開第2018/155193号の段落0141に記載されており、この内容は参照により本明細書に組み込まれる。 Preferred embodiments of the conductive layer are described, for example, in paragraph 0141 of WO 2018/155193, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 導電層を有する基板としては、透明電極及び引き回し配線の少なくとも一方を有する基板が好ましい。上記のような基板は、タッチパネル用基板として好適に使用できる。
 透明電極は、タッチパネル用電極として好適に機能し得る。透明電極は、ITO(酸化インジウムスズ)、及び、IZO(酸化インジウム亜鉛)等の金属酸化膜、並びに、金属メッシュ、及び、金属ナノワイヤー等の金属細線により構成されることが好ましい。
 金属細線としては、銀、銅等の細線が挙げられる。中でも、銀メッシュ、銀ナノワイヤー等の銀導電性材料が好ましい。
As the substrate having a conductive layer, a substrate having at least one of a transparent electrode and a routing wire is preferable. The above-mentioned substrate can be suitably used as a touch panel substrate.
The transparent electrode can function suitably as a touch panel electrode. The transparent electrode is preferably composed of a metal oxide film such as ITO (indium tin oxide) and IZO (indium zinc oxide), a metal mesh, and a fine metal wire such as a metal nanowire.
Examples of the thin metal wire include thin wires such as silver and copper. Of these, silver conductive materials such as silver mesh and silver nanowires are preferable.
 引き回し配線の材質としては、金属が好ましい。
 引き回し配線の材質である金属としては、金、銀、銅、モリブデン、アルミニウム、チタン、クロム、亜鉛、及び、マンガン、並びに、これらの金属元素の2種以上からなる合金が挙げられる。引き回し配線の材質としては、銅、モリブデン、アルミニウム、又は、チタンが好ましく、銅が特に好ましい。
Metal is preferable as the material of the routing wiring.
Examples of the metal that is the material of the routing wiring include gold, silver, copper, molybdenum, aluminum, titanium, chromium, zinc, and manganese, and alloys composed of two or more of these metal elements. As the material of the routing wiring, copper, molybdenum, aluminum, or titanium is preferable, and copper is particularly preferable.
<<露光工程>>
 露光工程では、感光性樹脂層をパターン露光する。
<< Exposure process >>
In the exposure step, the photosensitive resin layer is pattern-exposed.
 パターン露光におけるパターンの詳細な配置、及び具体的サイズは、制限されない。例えば、回路配線を有する入力装置を備えた表示装置(例えばタッチパネル)の表示品質を高め、また、取り出し配線の占める面積が小さくなるように、パターンの少なくとも一部(好ましくはタッチパネルの電極パターン及び/又は取り出し配線の部分)は、幅が20μm以下である細線を含むことが好ましく、幅が10μm以下の細線を含むことがより好ましい。 The detailed arrangement and specific size of the pattern in the pattern exposure are not limited. For example, at least a part of the pattern (preferably the electrode pattern of the touch panel and / / Alternatively, the take-out wiring portion) preferably includes a thin wire having a width of 20 μm or less, and more preferably contains a thin wire having a width of 10 μm or less.
 露光に使用する光源は、感光性樹脂層を露光可能な波長の光(例えば、365nm、又は405nm)を照射する光源であればよい。具体的な光源としては、例えば、超高圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、メタルハライドランプ、及びLED(Light Emitting Diode)が挙げられる。 The light source used for exposure may be a light source that irradiates the photosensitive resin layer with light having a wavelength that allows exposure (for example, 365 nm or 405 nm). Specific examples of the light source include an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, and an LED (Light Emitting Diode).
 露光量は、5mJ/cm~200mJ/cmであることが好ましく、10mJ/cm~100mJ/cmであることがより好ましい。 The exposure amount is preferably 5 mJ / cm 2 to 200 mJ / cm 2 , and more preferably 10 mJ / cm 2 to 100 mJ / cm 2 .
 露光工程においては、感光性樹脂層から仮支持体を剥離した後にパターン露光してもよく、又は仮支持体を介してパターン露光した後に仮支持体を剥離してもよい。露光前に仮支持体を剥離した場合には、マスクを感光性樹脂層と接触させて露光してもよく、又はマスクを感光性樹脂層と接触させずに近接させて露光してもよい。仮支持体を剥離せずに露光する場合には、マスクを仮支持体と接触させて露光してもよく、又はマスクを感光性樹脂層と接触させずに近接させて露光してもよい。感光性樹脂層とマスクとの接触によるマスク汚染の防止、及びマスクに付着した異物による露光への影響を避けるためには、仮支持体を剥離せずにパターン露光することが好ましい。なお、露光方式としては、接触露光の場合は、コンタクト露光方式、非接触露光方式の場合は、プロキシミティ露光方式、レンズ系若しくはミラー系のプロジェクション露光方式、露光レーザー等を用いたダイレクト露光方式を適宜選択して用いることができる。レンズ系のミラーのプロジェクション露光の場合、必要な解像力、及び焦点深度に応じて、適当なレンズの開口数(NA)を有する露光機を用いることができる。ダイレクト露光方式の場合は、直接感光性樹脂層に描画を行ってもよく、又はレンズを介して感光性樹脂層に縮小投影露光をしてもよい。また、露光は大気下で行うだけでなく、減圧、又は真空下で行ってもよい。光源と感光性樹脂層との間に水等の液体を介在させて露光してもよい。 In the exposure step, the temporary support may be peeled off from the photosensitive resin layer and then pattern-exposed, or the temporary support may be peeled off after pattern-exposure through the temporary support. When the temporary support is peeled off before the exposure, the mask may be exposed in contact with the photosensitive resin layer, or the mask may be exposed in close proximity without being in contact with the photosensitive resin layer. When the temporary support is exposed without being peeled off, the mask may be exposed in contact with the temporary support, or the mask may be exposed in close proximity without contacting the photosensitive resin layer. In order to prevent mask contamination due to contact between the photosensitive resin layer and the mask and to avoid the influence of foreign matter adhering to the mask on the exposure, it is preferable to perform pattern exposure without peeling off the temporary support. As the exposure method, a contact exposure method is used for contact exposure, a proximity exposure method is used for non-contact exposure method, a lens-based or mirror-based projection exposure method, and a direct exposure method using an exposure laser or the like are used. It can be appropriately selected and used. In the case of projection exposure of a lens-based mirror, an exposure machine having an appropriate numerical aperture (NA) of the lens can be used depending on the required resolution and depth of focus. In the case of the direct exposure method, drawing may be performed directly on the photosensitive resin layer, or reduced projection exposure may be performed on the photosensitive resin layer via a lens. Further, the exposure may be performed not only in the atmosphere but also under reduced pressure or vacuum. A liquid such as water may be interposed between the light source and the photosensitive resin layer for exposure.
<<現像工程>>
 現像工程では、感光性樹脂層を現像して樹脂パターンを形成する。
<< Development process >>
In the developing process, the photosensitive resin layer is developed to form a resin pattern.
 感光性樹脂層の現像は、現像液を用いて行うことができる。現像液の種類は、感光性樹脂層の画像部(露光部)、又は非画像部(非露光部)を除去することができれば制限されない。現像液としては、公知の現像液(例えば、特開平5-72724号公報に記載の現像液)を用いることができる。 The photosensitive resin layer can be developed using a developing solution. The type of developer is not limited as long as the image portion (exposed portion) or non-image portion (non-exposed portion) of the photosensitive resin layer can be removed. As the developing solution, a known developing solution (for example, the developing solution described in JP-A-5-72724) can be used.
 現像液は、pKaが7~13である化合物を0.05mol/L~5mol/Lの濃度で含むアルカリ水溶液系の現像液であることが好ましい。現像液は、水溶性の有機溶剤及び/又は界面活性剤を含んでもよい。現像液としては、国際公開第2015/093271号の段落0194に記載の現像液も好ましい。 The developer is preferably an alkaline aqueous solution-based developer containing a compound having a pKa of 7 to 13 at a concentration of 0.05 mol / L to 5 mol / L. The developer may contain a water-soluble organic solvent and / or a surfactant. As the developing solution, the developing solution described in paragraph 0194 of International Publication No. 2015/093271 is also preferable.
 現像方式としては、特に制限されず、パドル現像、シャワー現像、シャワー及びスピン現像、並びに、ディップ現像のいずれであってもよい。シャワー現像とは、露光後の感光性樹脂層に現像液をシャワーにより吹き付けることにより、露光部、又は非露光部を除去する現像処理である。 The development method is not particularly limited, and may be any of paddle development, shower development, shower and spin development, and dip development. Shower development is a development process in which an exposed portion or a non-exposed portion is removed by spraying a developing solution onto the photosensitive resin layer after exposure by a shower.
 現像工程の後に、洗浄剤をシャワーにより吹き付け、ブラシで擦りながら、現像残渣を除去することが好ましい。 After the developing step, it is preferable to spray the cleaning agent with a shower and rub with a brush to remove the developing residue.
 現像液の液温は、制限されない。現像液の液温は、20℃~40℃であることが好ましい。 The temperature of the developer is not limited. The liquid temperature of the developing solution is preferably 20 ° C. to 40 ° C.
 例えば、感光性転写材料が、熱可塑性樹脂、及び中間層を含む場合、現像工程において、感光性樹脂層の画像部(露光部)、又は非画像部(非露光部)とともに、熱可塑性樹脂、及び中間層も除去される。また、現像工程において、熱可塑性樹脂層、及び中間層は、現像液への溶解、又は分散によって除去されてもよい。 For example, when the photosensitive transfer material contains a thermoplastic resin and an intermediate layer, in the developing process, the thermoplastic resin, together with the image portion (exposed portion) or the non-image portion (non-exposed portion) of the photosensitive resin layer, And the intermediate layer is also removed. Further, in the developing step, the thermoplastic resin layer and the intermediate layer may be removed by dissolution or dispersion in a developing solution.
 本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法は、上記した工程以外の任意の工程を含んでもよい。上記した工程以外の工程としては、例えば、下記「他の工程」において説明する工程が挙げられる。 The resin pattern manufacturing method according to the present disclosure may include any step other than the above steps. Examples of the steps other than the above steps include the steps described in the following "other steps".
<回路配線の製造方法>
 本開示に係る回路配線の製造方法は、本開示に係る感光性転写材料を用いる回路配線の製造方法であれば制限されない。本開示に係る回路配線の製造方法は、基材と、導電層と、本開示に係る感光性転写材料を用いて形成された樹脂パターンと、をこの順で有する積層体を準備する工程と、上記積層体において、上記樹脂パターンが配置されていない領域にある上記導電層をエッチング処理して回路配線を形成する工程(以下、「エッチング工程」という場合がある。)と、を含むことが好ましい。上記積層体は、例えば、上記「樹脂パターンの製造方法」の項において説明した樹脂パターンの製造方法によって製造することができる。本開示に係る回路配線の製造方法は、本開示に係る感光性転写材料と導電層を有する基板とを貼り合わせて、上記基板の上に感光性樹脂層を配置する工程(以下、「貼り合わせ工程」という場合がある。)と、上記感光性樹脂層をパターン露光する工程(以下、「露光工程」という場合がある。)と、上記感光性樹脂層を現像して樹脂パターンを形成する工程(以下、「現像工程」という場合がある。)と、上記樹脂パターンが配置されていない領域にある上記導電層をエッチング処理して回路配線を形成する工程と、をこの順に含むことがより好ましい。上記態様によれば、感光性転写材料と被着体とを貼り合わせる工程において仮支持体のシワの発生を抑制する感光性転写材料を用いる回路配線の製造方法が提供される。
<Manufacturing method of circuit wiring>
The method for manufacturing the circuit wiring according to the present disclosure is not limited as long as it is the method for manufacturing the circuit wiring using the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure. The method for manufacturing a circuit wiring according to the present disclosure includes a step of preparing a laminate having a base material, a conductive layer, and a resin pattern formed by using the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure in this order. In the laminated body, it is preferable to include a step of etching the conductive layer in a region where the resin pattern is not arranged to form a circuit wiring (hereinafter, may be referred to as an “etching step”). .. The laminate can be produced, for example, by the method for producing a resin pattern described in the section "Method for producing a resin pattern". The method for manufacturing a circuit wiring according to the present disclosure is a step of bonding a photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure and a substrate having a conductive layer and arranging a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate (hereinafter, "bonding"). A step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive resin layer (hereinafter, may be referred to as an “exposure step”) and a step of developing the photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern. (Hereinafter, it may be referred to as a “development step”) and a step of etching the conductive layer in the region where the resin pattern is not arranged to form a circuit wiring are more preferably included in this order. .. According to the above aspect, there is provided a method for manufacturing a circuit wiring using a photosensitive transfer material that suppresses the occurrence of wrinkles in a temporary support in the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend.
 本開示に係る回路配線の製造方法は、ロールツーロール方式により行われることが好ましい。ロールツーロール方式については、上記「樹脂パターンの製造方法」の項において説明したとおりである。 The circuit wiring manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is preferably performed by a roll-to-roll method. The roll-to-roll method is as described in the section “Method for manufacturing resin pattern” above.
<<貼り合わせ工程>>
 本開示に係る回路配線の製造方法における貼り合わせ工程は、基板として導電層を有する基板を用いること以外は、上記「樹脂パターンの製造方法」の項において説明した貼り合わせ工程と同様である。本開示に係る回路配線の製造方法における貼り合わせ工程の好ましい態様は、上記「樹脂パターンの製造方法」の項において説明した貼り合わせ工程の好ましい態様と同様である。
<< Laminating process >>
The bonding step in the circuit wiring manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is the same as the bonding step described in the above section "Manufacturing method of resin pattern" except that a substrate having a conductive layer is used as the substrate. The preferred embodiment of the bonding step in the circuit wiring manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is the same as the preferred mode of the bonding step described in the above section “Resin pattern manufacturing method”.
<<露光工程>>
 本開示に係る回路配線の製造方法における露光工程は、上記「樹脂パターンの製造方法」の項において説明した露光工程と同様である。本開示に係る回路配線の製造方法における露光工程の好ましい態様は、上記「樹脂パターンの製造方法」の項において説明した露光工程の好ましい態様と同様である。
<< Exposure process >>
The exposure step in the circuit wiring manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is the same as the exposure step described in the above-mentioned "Resin pattern manufacturing method" section. The preferred embodiment of the exposure step in the method for manufacturing the circuit wiring according to the present disclosure is the same as the preferred embodiment of the exposure step described in the above section “Method for manufacturing the resin pattern”.
<<現像工程>>
 本開示に係る回路配線の製造方法における現像工程は、上記「樹脂パターンの製造方法」の項において説明した現像工程と同様である。本開示に係る回路配線の製造方法における現像工程の好ましい態様は、上記「樹脂パターンの製造方法」の項において説明した現像工程の好ましい態様と同様である。
<< Development process >>
The developing process in the circuit wiring manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is the same as the developing step described in the above-mentioned "Resin pattern manufacturing method" section. The preferred embodiment of the developing step in the method for manufacturing the circuit wiring according to the present disclosure is the same as the preferred embodiment of the developing step described in the above section "Method for manufacturing the resin pattern".
<<エッチング工程>>
 エッチング工程では、樹脂パターンが配置されていない領域にある導電層をエッチング処理して回路配線を形成する。「樹脂パターンが配置されていない領域にある導電層」とは、樹脂パターンによって覆われていない導電層(すなわち、露出した導電層)をいう。
<< Etching process >>
In the etching step, the conductive layer in the region where the resin pattern is not arranged is etched to form the circuit wiring. The "conductive layer in the region where the resin pattern is not arranged" means a conductive layer that is not covered by the resin pattern (that is, an exposed conductive layer).
 エッチング工程では、樹脂パターンをエッチングレジストとして使用することで、導電層のエッチング処理を行う。エッチング処理の方法としては、公知の方法を適用できる。エッチング処理の方法としては、例えば、特開2017-120435号公報の段落0209~段落0210に記載の方法、特開2010-152155号公報の段落0048~段落0054に記載の方法、エッチング液に浸漬するウェットエッチング法、及びドライエッチング(例えば、プラズマエッチング)による方法が挙げられる。 In the etching process, the conductive layer is etched by using the resin pattern as an etching resist. As a method of etching treatment, a known method can be applied. Examples of the etching treatment method include the methods described in paragraphs 0209 to 0210 of JP-A-2017-120435, the methods described in paragraphs 0048 to paragraph 0054 of JP-A-2010-152155, and immersion in an etching solution. Examples include a wet etching method and a dry etching (for example, plasma etching) method.
 ウェットエッチング法に用いられるエッチング液は、エッチングの対象に合わせて、酸性、又はアルカリ性のエッチング液を適宜選択すればよい。 As the etching solution used in the wet etching method, an acidic or alkaline etching solution may be appropriately selected according to the etching target.
 酸性のエッチング液としては、例えば、塩酸、硫酸、硝酸、酢酸、フッ酸、シュウ酸、及びリン酸からなる群より選択される酸性成分単独の水溶液、並びに、酸性成分と、塩化第2鉄、フッ化アンモニウム、及び過マンガン酸カリウムからなる群より選択される塩との混合水溶液が挙げられる。酸性成分は、複数の酸性成分を組み合わせた成分であってもよい。 Examples of the acidic etching solution include an aqueous solution of an acidic component alone selected from the group consisting of hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, hydrofluoric acid, oxalic acid, and phosphoric acid, an acidic component, and ferric chloride. Examples thereof include a mixed aqueous solution with a salt selected from the group consisting of ammonium fluoride and potassium permanganate. The acidic component may be a component in which a plurality of acidic components are combined.
 アルカリ性のエッチング液としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、アンモニア、有機アミン、及び有機アミンの塩(例えば、テトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド)からなる群より選択されるアルカリ成分単独の水溶液、並びに、アルカリ成分と塩(例えば、過マンガン酸カリウム)との混合水溶液が挙げられる。アルカリ成分は、複数のアルカリ成分を組み合わせた成分であってもよい。 Examples of the alkaline etching solution include an aqueous solution of an alkaline component alone selected from the group consisting of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, ammonia, organic amines, and salts of organic amines (for example, tetramethylammonium hydroxide). , A mixed aqueous solution of an alkaline component and a salt (for example, potassium permanganate). The alkaline component may be a component in which a plurality of alkaline components are combined.
<<除去工程>>
 本開示に係る回路配線の製造方法は、残存する樹脂パターンを除去する工程(以下、「除去工程」という場合がある。)を含むことが好ましい。除去工程は、エッチング工程の後に行うことが好ましい。
<< Removal process >>
The circuit wiring manufacturing method according to the present disclosure preferably includes a step of removing the remaining resin pattern (hereinafter, may be referred to as a "removal step"). The removal step is preferably performed after the etching step.
 残存する樹脂パターンを除去する方法としては、例えば、薬品処理により残存する樹脂パターンを除去する方法が挙げられる。残存する樹脂パターンを除去する方法は、除去液を用いて残存する樹脂パターンを除去する方法であることが好ましい。除去液を用いる方法としては、例えば、液温が好ましくは30℃~80℃、より好ましくは50℃~80℃である撹拌中の除去液に、残存する樹脂パターンを有する基板を1分間~30分間浸漬する方法が挙げられる。 Examples of the method for removing the remaining resin pattern include a method for removing the remaining resin pattern by chemical treatment. The method for removing the remaining resin pattern is preferably a method for removing the remaining resin pattern using a removing liquid. As a method of using the removing liquid, for example, a substrate having a residual resin pattern is added to the removing liquid during stirring at a liquid temperature of preferably 30 ° C. to 80 ° C., more preferably 50 ° C. to 80 ° C. for 1 minute to 30 ° C. A method of immersing for a minute can be mentioned.
 除去液としては、例えば、無機アルカリ成分、又は有機アルカリ成分を、水、ジメチルスルホキシド、N-メチルピロリドン、又はこれらの混合溶液に溶解した除去液が挙げられる。無機アルカリ成分としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、及び水酸化カリウムが挙げられる。有機アルカリ成分としては、例えば、第1級アミン化合物、第2級アミン化合物、第3級アミン化合物、及び第4級アンモニウム塩化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the removing liquid include a removing liquid in which an inorganic alkaline component or an organic alkaline component is dissolved in water, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, or a mixed solution thereof. Examples of the inorganic alkaline component include sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide. Examples of the organic alkali component include a primary amine compound, a secondary amine compound, a tertiary amine compound, and a quaternary ammonium salt compound.
 除去液を用いて残存する樹脂パターンを除去する方法は、浸漬法に限られず、浸漬法以外の公知の方法(例えば、スプレー法、シャワー法、及びパドル法)であってもよい。 The method of removing the remaining resin pattern using the removing liquid is not limited to the dipping method, and may be a known method other than the dipping method (for example, a spray method, a shower method, and a paddle method).
<<他の工程>>
 本開示に係る回路配線の製造方法は、上記した工程以外の任意の工程(以下、「他の工程」という場合がある。)を含んでもよい。本開示に係る回路配線の製造方法に適用可能な露光工程、現像工程、及び他の工程としては、特開2006-23696号公報の段落0035~段落0051に記載の工程が挙げられる。また、他の工程としては、以下に示す工程が挙げられる。ただし、他の工程は、以下に示す工程に制限されない。
<< Other processes >>
The circuit wiring manufacturing method according to the present disclosure may include an arbitrary process (hereinafter, may be referred to as “another process”) other than the above-mentioned process. Examples of the exposure step, the developing step, and other steps applicable to the method for manufacturing the circuit wiring according to the present disclosure include the steps described in paragraphs 0035 to 0051 of JP-A-2006-23696. In addition, examples of other steps include the steps shown below. However, the other steps are not limited to the steps shown below.
[可視光線反射率を低下させる工程]
 本開示に係る回路配線の製造方法は、基板における導電層の一部又は全ての可視光線反射率を低下させる処理を行う工程を含んでもよい。
[Step to reduce visible light reflectance]
The method for manufacturing a circuit wiring according to the present disclosure may include a step of reducing the reflectance of a part or all of the conductive layer on the substrate.
 導電層の可視光線反射率を低下させる処理としては、例えば、酸化処理が挙げられる。導電層が銅を含む場合、銅を酸化処理によって酸化銅とし、導電層を黒化することにより、導電層の可視光線反射率を低下させることができる。 Examples of the treatment for reducing the visible light reflectance of the conductive layer include an oxidation treatment. When the conductive layer contains copper, the visible light reflectance of the conductive layer can be lowered by converting copper into copper oxide by an oxidation treatment and blackening the conductive layer.
 導電層の可視光線反射率を低下させる処理については、特開2014-150118号公報の段落0017~段落0025、並びに特開2013-206315号公報の段落0041、段落0042、段落0048、及び段落0058に記載されている。これらの公報の内容は、参照により本明細書に組み込まれる。 For the treatment of reducing the visible light reflectance of the conductive layer, refer to paragraphs 0017 to 0025 of JP-A-2014-150118 and paragraphs 0041, 0042, 0048, and 0058 of JP-A-2013-206315. Have been described. The contents of these gazettes are incorporated herein by reference.
[絶縁膜を形成する工程、及び絶縁膜の表面に新たな導電層を形成する工程]
 本開示に係る回路配線の製造方法は、回路配線の表面に絶縁膜を形成する工程と、上記絶縁膜の表面に新たな導電層を形成する工程と、を含むことも好ましい。上記の工程により、絶縁膜を介して絶縁された2つの電極パターンを形成することができる。
[Step of forming an insulating film and step of forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film]
The method for manufacturing a circuit wiring according to the present disclosure preferably includes a step of forming an insulating film on the surface of the circuit wiring and a step of forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film. By the above steps, two electrode patterns insulated via an insulating film can be formed.
 絶縁膜を形成する方法は、制限されない。絶縁膜を形成する工程においては、例えば、公知の永久膜を形成する方法によって絶縁膜を形成してもよい。また、絶縁性を有する感光性材料を用いて、フォトリソグラフィにより所望のパターンの絶縁膜を形成してもよい。 The method of forming the insulating film is not limited. In the step of forming the insulating film, for example, the insulating film may be formed by a known method for forming a permanent film. Further, an insulating film having a desired pattern may be formed by photolithography using a photosensitive material having an insulating property.
 絶縁膜上に新たな導電層を形成する工程においては、例えば、導電性を有する感光性材料を用いて、フォトリソグラフィにより所望のパターンの新たな導電層を形成してもよい。 In the step of forming a new conductive layer on the insulating film, for example, a new conductive layer having a desired pattern may be formed by photolithography using a photosensitive material having conductivity.
 本開示に係る回路配線の製造方法においては、基材の両方の表面にそれぞれ導電層を有する基板を用い、上記導電層のそれぞれに対して、逐次、又は同時に回路を形成することも好ましい。上記の方法によれば、例えば、基材の一方の表面に第一の導電パターン、基材の他方の表面に第二の導電パターンを形成したタッチパネル用回路配線を形成できる。また、本開示に係る回路配線の製造方法によって、上記タッチパネル用回路配線を、ロールツーロールで基材の両面で形成することも好ましい。 In the circuit wiring manufacturing method according to the present disclosure, it is also preferable to use a substrate having conductive layers on both surfaces of the base material, and to form circuits on each of the conductive layers sequentially or simultaneously. According to the above method, for example, a touch panel circuit wiring having a first conductive pattern formed on one surface of the base material and a second conductive pattern formed on the other surface of the base material can be formed. Further, it is also preferable to form the circuit wiring for the touch panel on both sides of the base material by roll-to-roll according to the circuit wiring manufacturing method according to the present disclosure.
<<回路配線の用途>>
 本開示に係る回路配線の製造方法により製造される回路配線は、種々の装置に適用することができる。本開示に係る回路配線の製造方法により製造される回路配線を備えた装置としては、例えば、入力装置が挙げられ、タッチパネルが好ましく、静電容量型タッチパネルがより好ましい。また、上記入力装置は、種々の表示装置(例えば、有機EL表示装置、及び液晶表示装置)に適用できる。
<< Applications for circuit wiring >>
The circuit wiring manufactured by the circuit wiring manufacturing method according to the present disclosure can be applied to various devices. Examples of the device provided with the circuit wiring manufactured by the method for manufacturing the circuit wiring according to the present disclosure include an input device, a touch panel is preferable, and a capacitance type touch panel is more preferable. Further, the input device can be applied to various display devices (for example, an organic EL display device and a liquid crystal display device).
<タッチパネルの製造方法>
 本開示に係るタッチパネルの製造方法は、本開示に係る感光性転写材料を用いるタッチパネルの製造方法であれば制限されない。
<Manufacturing method of touch panel>
The method for manufacturing a touch panel according to the present disclosure is not limited as long as it is a method for manufacturing a touch panel using the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure.
 本開示に係るタッチパネルの製造方法は、基材と、導電層と、本開示に係る感光性転写材料を用いて形成された樹脂パターンと、をこの順で有する積層体を準備する工程と、上記積層体において、上記樹脂パターンが配置されていない領域にある上記導電層をエッチング処理してタッチパネル用配線を形成する工程と、を含むことが好ましい。本開示に係るタッチパネルの製造方法は、本開示に係る感光性転写材料と導電層を有する基板とを貼り合わせて、上記基板の上に感光性樹脂層を配置する工程と、上記感光性樹脂層をパターン露光する工程と、上記感光性樹脂層を現像して樹脂パターンを形成する工程と、上記樹脂パターンが配置されていない領域にある上記導電層をエッチング処理してタッチパネル用配線を形成する工程と、をこの順に含むことがより好ましい。 The method for manufacturing a touch panel according to the present disclosure includes a step of preparing a laminate having a base material, a conductive layer, and a resin pattern formed by using the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure in this order, and the above. In the laminated body, it is preferable to include a step of etching the conductive layer in the region where the resin pattern is not arranged to form the wiring for the touch panel. The method for manufacturing a touch panel according to the present disclosure includes a step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure and a substrate having a conductive layer and arranging a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate, and the photosensitive resin layer. A step of pattern exposure, a step of developing the photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern, and a step of etching the conductive layer in a region where the resin pattern is not arranged to form wiring for a touch panel. And are more preferably included in this order.
 本開示に係るタッチパネルの製造方法における各工程の態様については、上記「樹脂パターンの製造方法」の項、及び上記「回路配線の製造方法」の項において説明したとおりであり、好ましい態様も同様である。本開示に係るタッチパネルの製造方法については、上記の方法によりタッチパネル用配線を形成すること以外は、公知のタッチパネルの製造方法を参照すればよい。また、本開示に係るタッチパネルの製造方法は、上記した工程以外の任意の工程を含んでもよい。 The aspects of each step in the touch panel manufacturing method according to the present disclosure are as described in the above-mentioned "resin pattern manufacturing method" and the above-mentioned "circuit wiring manufacturing method", and the preferred embodiments are also the same. be. Regarding the method for manufacturing the touch panel according to the present disclosure, a known method for manufacturing the touch panel may be referred to except that the wiring for the touch panel is formed by the above method. In addition, the touch panel manufacturing method according to the present disclosure may include any process other than the above-mentioned process.
 タッチパネルの製造に用いられるマスクのパターンについて、図2、及び図3を参照して説明する。図2は、タッチパネル製造用マスクのパターンの一例を示す概略平面図である。図3は、タッチパネル製造用マスクのパターンの他の一例を示す概略平面図である。図2、及び図3において、DLは、アライメント合わせの枠を仮想的に示し、Gは、非画像部(遮光部)を示す。図2において、SLは、非画像部(遮光部)を示す。本開示に係るタッチパネルの製造方法において、例えば、図2に示されるパターンを有するマスクを介して感光性樹脂層を露光することで、SL、及びGに対応するパターンを有する回路配線が形成されたタッチパネルを製造できる。具体的には、国際公開第2016/190405号の図1に記載の方法によってタッチパネルを製造できる。製造されたタッチパネルの一例においては、Gは、透明電極(すなわち、タッチパネル用電極)が形成される部分であり、SLは、周辺取出し部の配線が形成される部分である。 The mask pattern used for manufacturing the touch panel will be described with reference to FIGS. 2 and 3. FIG. 2 is a schematic plan view showing an example of a pattern of a mask for manufacturing a touch panel. FIG. 3 is a schematic plan view showing another example of the pattern of the mask for manufacturing the touch panel. In FIGS. 2 and 3, DL indicates a frame for alignment, and G indicates a non-image portion (light-shielding portion). In FIG. 2, SL indicates a non-image portion (light-shielding portion). In the method for manufacturing a touch panel according to the present disclosure, for example, by exposing the photosensitive resin layer through a mask having the pattern shown in FIG. 2, a circuit wiring having a pattern corresponding to SL and G is formed. Can manufacture touch panels. Specifically, the touch panel can be manufactured by the method shown in FIG. 1 of International Publication No. 2016/190405. In an example of the manufactured touch panel, G is a portion where a transparent electrode (that is, a touch panel electrode) is formed, and SL is a portion where wiring of a peripheral take-out portion is formed.
 本開示に係るタッチパネルの製造方法によれば、タッチパネル用配線を少なくとも有するタッチパネルが製造される。タッチパネルは、透明基板と、電極と、絶縁層又は保護層と、を有することが好ましい。 According to the touch panel manufacturing method according to the present disclosure, a touch panel having at least touch panel wiring is manufactured. The touch panel preferably has a transparent substrate, electrodes, and an insulating layer or a protective layer.
 タッチパネルにおける検出方法としては、例えば、抵抗膜方式、静電容量方式、超音波方式、電磁誘導方式、及び光学方式が挙げられる。検出方式は、静電容量方式であることが好ましい。 Examples of the detection method on the touch panel include a resistance film method, a capacitance method, an ultrasonic method, an electromagnetic induction method, and an optical method. The detection method is preferably a capacitance method.
 タッチパネル型としては、いわゆるインセル型(例えば、特表2012-517051号公報の図5、図6、図7及び図8に記載の構成)、いわゆるオンセル型(例えば、特開2013-168125号公報の図19に記載の構成、並びに、特開2012-89102号公報の図1及び図5に記載の構成)、OGS(One Glass Solution)型、TOL(Touch-on-Lens)型(例えば、特開2013-54727号公報の図2に記載の構成)、各種アウトセル型(例えば、GG、G1・G2、GFF、GF2、GF1、及びG1F)、及びその他構成(例えば、特開2013-164871号公報の図6に記載の構成)が挙げられる。 The touch panel type includes a so-called in-cell type (for example, the configuration shown in FIGS. 5, 6, 7, and 8 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-517501), and a so-called on-cell type (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-168125). The configuration shown in FIG. 19 and the configurations shown in FIGS. 1 and 5 of JP2012-89102A), OGS (One Glass Solution) type, and TOR (Touch-on-Lens) type (for example, JP-A-2012). The configuration described in FIG. 2 of 2013-54727), various out-cell types (for example, GG, G1 and G2, GFF, GF2, GF1, and G1F), and other configurations (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-164871). The configuration shown in FIG. 6) can be mentioned.
<感光性転写材料用仮支持体>
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料用仮支持体は、100℃で15分間の加熱処理の前後において水の接触角の変化率が0%~10.0%である。本開示に係る感光性転写材料用仮支持体を感光性転写材料に適用することで、感光性転写材料と被着体とを貼り合わせる工程において仮支持体のシワの発生が抑制される。
<Temporary support for photosensitive transfer material>
The temporary support for photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure has a rate of change in the contact angle of water of 0% to 10.0% before and after heat treatment at 100 ° C. for 15 minutes. By applying the temporary support for photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure to the photosensitive transfer material, the occurrence of wrinkles in the temporary support is suppressed in the step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the adherend.
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料用仮支持体は、100℃で15分間の加熱処理の前後において水の接触角の変化率が0%~10.0%である面を少なくとも1つ有していればよい。本開示に係る感光性転写材料用仮支持体を感光性転写材料に適用する際、感光性転写材料用仮支持体の表面のうち水の接触角の変化率が0%~10.0%である面を感光性樹脂層に対向する面とは反対側の面(すなわち、第2面)として配置することで、上記「感光性転写材料」の項において説明したように、感光性転写材料と被着体とを貼り合わせる工程において仮支持体のシワの発生を抑制することができる。 The temporary support for photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure has at least one surface in which the rate of change of the contact angle of water is 0% to 10.0% before and after heat treatment at 100 ° C. for 15 minutes. Just do it. When the temporary support for photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure is applied to a photosensitive transfer material, the rate of change in the contact angle of water on the surface of the temporary support for photosensitive transfer material is 0% to 10.0%. By arranging a certain surface as a surface opposite to the surface facing the photosensitive resin layer (that is, the second surface), as described in the above section "Photosensitive transfer material", the photosensitive transfer material can be used. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of wrinkles on the temporary support in the step of bonding with the adherend.
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料用仮支持体において上記接触角の変化率の好ましい範囲は、上記「感光性転写材料」の項において説明した範囲と同様である。上記接触角の変化率の測定方法は、上記「感光性転写材料」の項において説明した方法と同様である。 In the temporary support for photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure, the preferable range of the change rate of the contact angle is the same as the range described in the section of "Photosensitive transfer material". The method for measuring the rate of change of the contact angle is the same as the method described in the section “Photosensitive transfer material”.
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料用仮支持体において、120℃で5分間の加熱処理前のヘイズと120℃で5分間の加熱処理後のヘイズとの差の絶対値は、0%~0.40%であることが好ましく、0%~0.30%であることがより好ましく、0%~0.20%であることが更に好ましく、0%~0.10%であることが特に好ましい。感光性転写材料用仮支持体のヘイズの測定方法は、上記「感光性転写材料」の項において説明した仮支持体のヘイズの測定方法に準ずる方法によって測定する。 In the temporary support for photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure, the absolute value of the difference between the haze before heat treatment at 120 ° C. for 5 minutes and the haze after heat treatment at 120 ° C. for 5 minutes is 0% to 0. It is preferably 40%, more preferably 0% to 0.30%, further preferably 0% to 0.20%, and particularly preferably 0% to 0.10%. The method for measuring the haze of the temporary support for the photosensitive transfer material is measured by a method according to the method for measuring the haze of the temporary support described in the above section “Photosensitive transfer material”.
 上記した事項以外の感光性転写材料用仮支持体の好ましい態様は、上記「感光性転写材料」の項において説明した仮支持体の好ましい態様と同様である。本開示に係る感光性転写材料用仮支持体の態様については、上記「感光性転写材料」の項において説明した仮支持体の態様を参照することができる。 The preferred embodiment of the temporary support for the photosensitive transfer material other than the above items is the same as the preferred embodiment of the temporary support described in the above section "Photosensitive transfer material". As for the aspect of the temporary support for the photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure, the aspect of the temporary support described in the above-mentioned "Photosensitive transfer material" section can be referred to.
 以下、実施例により本開示を詳細に説明する。ただし、本開示は、以下の実施例に制限されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present disclosure will be described in detail by way of examples. However, the present disclosure is not limited to the following examples.
<重合体A-1の合成>
 3つ口フラスコにプロピレングリコール1-モノメチルエーテル(75.0g)を入れ、窒素雰囲気下で液温を90℃に昇温した。スチレン(52.0g)、メタクリル酸(29.0g)、メタクリル酸メチル(19.0g)、及びプロピレングリコール1-モノメチルエーテル(75.0g)を含む溶液を、90℃±2℃に維持した3つ口フラスコ内の液に2時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、90℃±2℃で混合液を2時間撹拌することで、重合体A-1を含む溶液(固形分濃度:40.0質量%)を得た。重合体A-1の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、60,000であった。
<Synthesis of polymer A-1>
Propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether (75.0 g) was placed in a three-necked flask, and the liquid temperature was raised to 90 ° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. A solution containing styrene (52.0 g), methacrylic acid (29.0 g), methyl methacrylate (19.0 g), and propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether (75.0 g) was maintained at 90 ° C. ± 2 ° C. 3 The solution was added dropwise to the solution in the mouth flask over 2 hours. After completion of the dropping, the mixed solution was stirred at 90 ° C. ± 2 ° C. for 2 hours to obtain a solution containing the polymer A-1 (solid content concentration: 40.0% by mass). The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer A-1 was 60,000.
<ビスフェノールAの両端にそれぞれ平均15モルのエチレンオキサイドと平均2モルのプロピレンオキサイドとが付加したポリエチレングリコールのジメタクリレートの合成>
 内容量が500mLである耐圧反応容器に、ビスフェノールA(22.83g、0.1mol)、溶剤としてトルエン(30g)、及び触媒としてトリエチルアミン(0.3g)を加えた。耐圧反応容器内を窒素ガスで置換した後、窒素ガス圧を0.2kg/cmに調節して、混合物を撹拌しながら80℃に昇温した。エチレンオキサイド(132.15g、3.0mol)、及びプロピレンオキサイド(23.24g、0.4mol)を約2kg/cmの圧力に保つように遂次導入しながら150℃まで昇温した。混合物を150℃で1時間保持した後、冷却した。混合物をシュウ酸で中和し、次いで、混合物にイオン交換水(50g)を加えて撹拌した後、混合物を静置することで分離した有機層を抽出した。得られた有機層を、イオン交換水(50g)を用いて3回洗浄した後、50℃で、30Torrまで減圧して溶剤を除去することで、2価アルコール(105.1g)を得た。内容量が1Lである3つ口フラスコに、2価アルコール(100.0g、0.044mol)、メタクリル酸(11.5g)、70質量%メタンスルホン酸水溶液(0.9g)、ハイドロキノン(0.2g)、及びトルエン(200mL)を加え、次いで、トルエン還流下で8時間エステル化を行なった。反応中に生成した水は、ディーンシュタークトラップにより除去した。反応終了後、混合物の温度を室温まで冷却し、得られた有機層を、5%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液(50g)を用いて1回、次いで、イオン交換水(50g)を用いて3回洗浄した。有機層にヒドロキノンモノメチルエーテル(0.09g)を加え、50℃で、30Torrまで減圧して溶剤を除去することで、ビスフェノールAの両端にそれぞれ平均15モルのエチレンオキサイドと平均2モルのプロピレンオキサイドとが付加したポリエチレングリコールのジメタクリレート(90.0g)を得た。
<Synthesis of dimethacrylate of polyethylene glycol with an average of 15 mol of ethylene oxide and an average of 2 mol of propylene oxide added to both ends of bisphenol A>
Bisphenol A (22.83 g, 0.1 mol), toluene (30 g) as a solvent, and triethylamine (0.3 g) as a catalyst were added to a pressure-resistant reaction vessel having a content of 500 mL. After replacing the inside of the pressure-resistant reaction vessel with nitrogen gas, the nitrogen gas pressure was adjusted to 0.2 kg / cm 2 , and the temperature of the mixture was raised to 80 ° C. with stirring. The temperature was raised to 150 ° C. while sequentially introducing ethylene oxide (132.15 g, 3.0 mol) and propylene oxide (23.24 g, 0.4 mol) so as to maintain a pressure of about 2 kg / cm 2. The mixture was held at 150 ° C. for 1 hour and then cooled. The mixture was neutralized with oxalic acid, then ion-exchanged water (50 g) was added to the mixture and stirred, and then the mixture was allowed to stand to extract the separated organic layer. The obtained organic layer was washed three times with ion-exchanged water (50 g), and then the solvent was removed by reducing the pressure to 30 Torr at 50 ° C. to obtain a dihydric alcohol (105.1 g). In a three-necked flask having a content of 1 L, divalent alcohol (100.0 g, 0.044 mol), methacrylic acid (11.5 g), 70 mass% methanesulfonic acid aqueous solution (0.9 g), hydroquinone (0. 2 g) and toluene (200 mL) were added, followed by esterification under reflux with toluene for 8 hours. The water produced during the reaction was removed by a Dean Stark trap. After completion of the reaction, the temperature of the mixture was cooled to room temperature, and the obtained organic layer was washed once with 5% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (50 g) and then three times with ion-exchanged water (50 g). .. Hydroquinone monomethyl ether (0.09 g) was added to the organic layer, and the solvent was removed by reducing the pressure to 30 Torr at 50 ° C. to remove an average of 15 mol of ethylene oxide and an average of 2 mol of propylene oxide at both ends of bisphenol A. Dimethacrylate (90.0 g) of polyethylene glycol added with the above was obtained.
<仮支持体1の製造>
 以下の方法に従って、基材として用いるポリエステルフィルムの片面に被覆層形成用の塗布液を塗布し、次いで、延伸することによって仮支持体1を得た。
<Manufacturing of temporary support 1>
According to the following method, a coating liquid for forming a coating layer was applied to one side of a polyester film used as a base material, and then stretched to obtain a temporary support 1.
[被覆層形成用の塗布液の調製]
 下記に示す成分を混合することで、被覆層形成用の塗布液を得た。得られた塗布液を、2.5μmの孔径を有するフィルター(250PG、スリーエム ジャパン株式会社)を用いてろ過した後、脱気(SEPAREL EF-G5、DIC株式会社)した。
 ・アクリルポリマー(AS-563A、ダイセルファインケム株式会社、固形分:27.5質量%):125.3質量部
 ・ノニオン系界面活性剤(ナロアクティーCL95、三洋化成工業株式会社製、固形分:100質量%):0.7質量部
 ・アニオン系界面活性剤(ラピゾールA-90、日油株式会社、固形分が1質量%の水希釈液):111.4質量部
 ・カルナバワックス分散物(セロゾール524、中京油脂株式会社、固形分:30質量%):26.5質量部
 ・カルボジイミド化合物(カルボジライトV-02-L2、日清紡ケミカル株式会社、固形分が10質量%の水希釈液):15.7質量部
 ・マット剤(スノーテックスXL、日産化学株式会社、固形分:40.5質量%):2.8質量部
 ・水:739質量部
[Preparation of coating liquid for coating layer formation]
By mixing the components shown below, a coating liquid for forming a coating layer was obtained. The obtained coating liquid was filtered using a filter having a pore size of 2.5 μm (250PG, 3M Japan Ltd.) and then degassed (SEPAREL EF-G5, DIC Corporation).
-Acrylic polymer (AS-563A, Daicel FineChem Co., Ltd., solid content: 27.5% by mass): 125.3 parts by mass-Nonion-based surfactant (Naroacty CL95, manufactured by Sanyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., solid content: 100) Mass%): 0.7 parts by mass ・ Anionic surfactant (Lapisol A-90, Chukyo Yushi Co., Ltd., aqueous diluted solution having a solid content of 1% by mass): 111.4 parts by mass ・ Carnauba wax dispersion (cellozole) 524, Chukyo Yushi Co., Ltd., solid content: 30% by mass): 26.5 parts by mass ・ Carbodiimide compound (Carbodilite V-02-L2, Nisshinbo Chemical Co., Ltd., water-diluted liquid having a solid content of 10% by mass): 15. 7 parts by mass ・ Matte agent (Snowtex XL, Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd., solid content: 40.5% by mass): 2.8 parts by mass ・ Water: 739 parts by mass
[押出成形]
 特許第5575671号公報に記載のチタン化合物を重合触媒として用いて合成したポリエチレンテレフタレートのペレットを、含水率が50ppm以下となるまで乾燥させた。乾燥後、ペレットを直径が30mmの2軸混練押出機のホッパーに投入し、280℃で溶融した。溶融体を、濾過器(孔径:2μm)に通した後、ダイから25℃の冷却ロールに押し出すことで、未延伸フィルムを得た。ダイから押し出された溶融体は、静電印加法を用いて冷却ロールに密着させた。
[Extrusion molding]
Pellets of polyethylene terephthalate synthesized by using the titanium compound described in Japanese Patent No. 5575671 as a polymerization catalyst were dried until the water content became 50 ppm or less. After drying, the pellets were put into a hopper of a twin-screw kneading extruder having a diameter of 30 mm and melted at 280 ° C. The melt was passed through a filter (pore diameter: 2 μm) and then extruded from a die onto a cooling roll at 25 ° C. to obtain an unstretched film. The melt extruded from the die was brought into close contact with the cooling roll using an electrostatic application method.
[延伸及び塗布]
 未延伸フィルムに対して、以下の方法によって逐次2軸延伸を施した。
[Stretching and coating]
The unstretched film was sequentially biaxially stretched by the following method.
(a)縦延伸
 未延伸フィルムを周速の異なる2対のニップロールの間に通し、縦方向(搬送方向)に延伸した。具体的に、予熱温度を77℃、延伸温度を110℃、延伸倍率を3.4倍、延伸速度を1,300%/秒とする条件で、未延伸フィルムを延伸した。
(A) Longitudinal stretching An unstretched film was passed between two pairs of nip rolls having different peripheral speeds and stretched in the longitudinal direction (conveying direction). Specifically, the unstretched film was stretched under the conditions that the preheating temperature was 77 ° C., the stretching temperature was 110 ° C., the stretching ratio was 3.4 times, and the stretching speed was 1,300% / sec.
(b)塗布
 縦延伸したフィルムの上に、被覆層形成用の塗布液をバーコーターで塗布した。被覆層形成用の塗布液の塗布量は、5.6g/mとした。
(B) Coating A coating liquid for forming a coating layer was applied on a vertically stretched film with a bar coater. The coating amount of the coating liquid for forming the coating layer was 5.6 g / m 2 .
(c)横延伸
 被覆層形成用の塗布液を塗布したフィルムに対し、テンターを用いて下記条件にて横延伸した。
(C) Transverse stretching A film coated with a coating liquid for forming a coating layer was laterally stretched under the following conditions using a tenter.
-横延伸の条件-
 予熱温度:110℃
 延伸温度:120℃
 延伸倍率:4.2倍
 延伸速度:50%/秒
-Conditions for lateral stretching-
Preheating temperature: 110 ° C
Stretching temperature: 120 ° C
Stretching ratio: 4.2 times Stretching speed: 50% / sec
[熱固定及び熱緩和]
 横延伸したフィルムを下記条件で熱固定した。熱固定した後、テンター幅を縮め、下記条件で熱緩和した。
[Heat fixation and heat relaxation]
The laterally stretched film was heat-fixed under the following conditions. After heat fixing, the tenter width was reduced and the heat was relaxed under the following conditions.
-熱工程条件-
 熱固定温度:226℃
 熱固定時間:5秒
-Thermal process conditions-
Heat fixation temperature: 226 ° C
Heat fixing time: 5 seconds
-熱緩和条件-
 熱緩和温度:214℃
 熱緩和率:4%
-Heat relaxation conditions-
Heat relaxation temperature: 214 ° C
Heat relaxation rate: 4%
[巻き取り]
 熱緩和後、フィルムの両端をトリミングし、次いで、フィルムの両端部に10mmの幅で押出し加工(すなわち、ナーリング)を行なった後、40kg/mの張力で巻き取った。得られたフィルムロールの幅は、1.5mであった。得られたフィルムロールの巻長は、6,300mであった。得られたフィルムロールを実施例1の仮支持体(仮支持体1)とした。仮支持体1は、厚さが16μmの基材(ポリエステルフィルム)と、厚さが40nmの被覆層と、を有する。カルナバワックスの含有率は、仮支持体1の全質量に対して、0.008質量%であった。150℃、30分間の加熱による、仮支持体の基材の熱収縮率は、MD(machine dirrection)において1.4%、TD(Transverse Dirrection)において0.8%であった。
[Take-up]
After heat relaxation, both ends of the film were trimmed, and then both ends of the film were extruded (ie, knurled) to a width of 10 mm and then wound up at a tension of 40 kg / m. The width of the obtained film roll was 1.5 m. The winding length of the obtained film roll was 6,300 m. The obtained film roll was used as a temporary support (temporary support 1) of Example 1. The temporary support 1 has a base material (polyester film) having a thickness of 16 μm and a coating layer having a thickness of 40 nm. The content of carnauba wax was 0.008% by mass with respect to the total mass of the temporary support 1. The heat shrinkage rate of the base material of the temporary support by heating at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes was 1.4% in MD (machine direction) and 0.8% in TD (Transverse Direction).
<仮支持体2の製造>
 カルナバワックス分散物の添加量を10.6質量部に変更したこと以外は、仮支持体1と同様の手順によって、仮支持体2を製造した。仮支持体2におけるカルナバワックスの含有率は、0.003質量%であった。
<Manufacturing of temporary support 2>
The temporary support 2 was manufactured by the same procedure as that of the temporary support 1 except that the amount of the carnauba wax dispersion added was changed to 10.6 parts by mass. The content of carnauba wax in the temporary support 2 was 0.003% by mass.
<仮支持体3の製造>
 カルナバワックス分散物の添加量を5.3質量部に変更した以外は、仮支持体1と同様の手順によって、仮支持体3を製造した。仮支持体3におけるカルナバワックスの含有率は、0.002質量%であった。
<Manufacturing of temporary support 3>
The temporary support 3 was manufactured by the same procedure as that of the temporary support 1 except that the amount of the carnauba wax dispersion added was changed to 5.3 parts by mass. The content of carnauba wax in the temporary support 3 was 0.002% by mass.
<仮支持体4の製造>
 カルナバワックス分散物の添加量を2.7質量部に変更した以外は、仮支持体1と同様の手順によって、仮支持体4を製造した。仮支持体4におけるカルナバワックスの含有率は、0.001質量%であった。
<Manufacturing of temporary support 4>
The temporary support 4 was manufactured by the same procedure as that of the temporary support 1 except that the amount of the carnauba wax dispersion added was changed to 2.7 parts by mass. The content of carnauba wax in the temporary support 4 was 0.001% by mass.
<仮支持体5の製造>
 カルナバワックス分散物の添加量を53.0質量部に変更した以外は、仮支持体1と同様の手順によって、仮支持体5を製造した。仮支持体5におけるカルナバワックスの含有率は、0.016質量%であった。
<Manufacturing of temporary support 5>
The temporary support 5 was manufactured by the same procedure as that of the temporary support 1 except that the amount of the carnauba wax dispersion added was changed to 53.0 parts by mass. The content of carnauba wax in the temporary support 5 was 0.016% by mass.
<仮支持体6の製造>
 カルナバワックス分散物を添加しなかったこと以外は、仮支持体1と同様の手順によって、仮支持体6を製造した。
<Manufacturing of temporary support 6>
The temporary support 6 was manufactured by the same procedure as that of the temporary support 1 except that the carnauba wax dispersion was not added.
<感光性樹脂組成物の調製>
 表1の記載の成分を混合した後、メチルエチルケトン、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール、及びプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートの混合溶媒(50/25/25、単位:質量%)を加えることによって、感光性樹脂組成物(固形分濃度:25質量%)を調製した。
<Preparation of photosensitive resin composition>
After mixing the components shown in Table 1, a photosensitive resin is added by adding a mixed solvent of methyl ethyl ketone, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (50/25/25, unit: mass%). A composition (solid content concentration: 25% by mass) was prepared.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
 表1において、「B-CIM」は、2,2’-ビス(2-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニル-1,2’-ビイミダゾールを表す。 In Table 1, "B-CIM" represents 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole.
<実施例1>
 仮支持体1の基材(ポリエステルフィルム)の表面に、スリット状ノズルを用いて乾燥後の厚さが6μmとなるように感光性樹脂組成物を塗布した。形成された感光性樹脂組成物の塗膜を95℃で100秒間かけて乾燥することで、感光性樹脂層を形成した。形成された感光性樹脂層の表面に、カバーフィルムとしてポリエチレンフィルム(タマポリ株式会社、GF-818、厚さ:19μm)を圧着することで、感光性転写材料を作製した。得られた感光性転写材料を巻き取ることで、ロール形態の感光性転写材料を作製した。
<Example 1>
A photosensitive resin composition was applied to the surface of the base material (polyester film) of the temporary support 1 using a slit-shaped nozzle so that the thickness after drying was 6 μm. A photosensitive resin layer was formed by drying the formed coating film of the photosensitive resin composition at 95 ° C. for 100 seconds. A photosensitive transfer material was prepared by pressure-bonding a polyethylene film (Tamapoli Co., Ltd., GF-818, thickness: 19 μm) as a cover film on the surface of the formed photosensitive resin layer. By winding up the obtained photosensitive transfer material, a roll-shaped photosensitive transfer material was produced.
<実施例2~8、及び比較例1>
 仮支持体の種類、及び感光性樹脂層の厚さを表2の記載に従って適宜変更したこと以外は、実施例1の感光性転写材料と同様の手順によって、感光性転写材料を作製した。
<Examples 2 to 8 and Comparative Example 1>
A photosensitive transfer material was prepared by the same procedure as that of the photosensitive transfer material of Example 1 except that the type of the temporary support and the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer were appropriately changed according to the description in Table 2.
<評価>
[貼り合わせ工程におけるシワ]
 厚さが100μmのポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)フィルムの上に、スパッタリングによって厚さが200nmの銅層を形成することで、銅層付きPET基板を作製した。ロール形態の感光性転写材料から送り出した感光性転写材料と銅層付きPET基板とを、ロールツーロール方式によって真空ラミネーター(株式会社MCK、ロール温度:120℃、線圧:1.0MPa、線速度:0.5m/分)を用いて貼り合わせた。得られた積層体の層構成は、PETフィルム/銅層/感光性樹脂層/仮支持体である。感光性転写材料と銅層付きPET基板とを貼り合わせた後の仮支持体を目視で観察し、以下の基準に従って、シワの発生に関して評価した。以下の基準のうち、A、B、又はCを合格とする。評価結果を表2に示す。
 A:シワが全く見られない
 B:数100μm幅の弱いシワが10cm幅あたり数本視認できる。
 C:数100μm幅の弱いシワが10cm幅あたり10本以上視認できる。
 D:1mm幅以上の強いシワが視認できる。
<Evaluation>
[Wrinkles in the bonding process]
A PET substrate with a copper layer was produced by forming a copper layer having a thickness of 200 nm on a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film having a thickness of 100 μm by sputtering. A vacuum laminator (MCK Co., Ltd., roll temperature: 120 ° C., linear pressure: 1.0 MPa, linear velocity) of the photosensitive transfer material sent out from the roll-type photosensitive transfer material and the PET substrate with a copper layer by a roll-to-roll method. : 0.5 m / min) was used for bonding. The layer structure of the obtained laminate is a PET film / copper layer / photosensitive resin layer / temporary support. The temporary support after the photosensitive transfer material and the PET substrate with the copper layer were bonded to each other was visually observed and evaluated for the occurrence of wrinkles according to the following criteria. Of the following criteria, A, B, or C will be accepted. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
A: No wrinkles are seen B: Several weak wrinkles with a width of several hundred μm can be visually recognized per 10 cm width.
C: 10 or more weak wrinkles with a width of several hundred μm can be visually recognized per 10 cm width.
D: Strong wrinkles with a width of 1 mm or more can be visually recognized.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000028
 表2において「仮支持体」の欄に記載された性質及び平均厚さは、既述の方法によって測定した。表2に記載された「加熱処理前の水接触角」及び「加熱処理後の水接触角」における「加熱処理」とは、上記「仮支持体」の項で説明した100℃で15分間の加熱処理をいう。表2に記載された「加熱処理前のヘイズ」及び「加熱処理後のヘイズ」における「加熱処理」とは、上記「仮支持体」の項で説明した120℃で5分間の加熱処理をいう。表2において感光性樹脂層の平均厚さは、既述の方法によって測定した。 The properties and average thickness described in the "Temporary support" column in Table 2 were measured by the method described above. The "heat treatment" in the "water contact angle before heat treatment" and the "water contact angle after heat treatment" shown in Table 2 is defined as "heat treatment" at 100 ° C. for 15 minutes as described in the section of "temporary support" above. Refers to heat treatment. The “heat treatment” in the “haze before heat treatment” and the “haze after heat treatment” described in Table 2 refers to the heat treatment at 120 ° C. for 5 minutes described in the above section “Temporary support”. .. In Table 2, the average thickness of the photosensitive resin layer was measured by the method described above.
 表2は、比較例1に比べて、実施例1~8において仮支持体のシワの発生が抑制されていることを示す。 Table 2 shows that the occurrence of wrinkles on the temporary support was suppressed in Examples 1 to 8 as compared with Comparative Example 1.
<回路配線の形成>
 実施例1~8の各感光性転写材料を用い、以下の手順によって回路配線を形成した。
<Formation of circuit wiring>
Using each of the photosensitive transfer materials of Examples 1 to 8, a circuit wiring was formed by the following procedure.
(ラミネート)
 PETフィルムに銅をスパッタし厚さ200μmの銅層を形成した銅基板上に、感光性転写材料のカバーフィルムを剥離し、感光性転写材料の剥離面を銅基板に接触させ、以下のラミネート条件でラミネートして積層体を得た。
-ラミネート条件-
 銅基板の温度:40℃
 ゴムローラーの温度:110℃
 線圧:3N/cm
 搬送速度:2m/分
(laminate)
The cover film of the photosensitive transfer material is peeled off on a copper substrate on which copper is sputtered on a PET film to form a copper layer having a thickness of 200 μm, and the peeled surface of the photosensitive transfer material is brought into contact with the copper substrate. A laminate was obtained by laminating with.
-Laminating conditions-
Copper substrate temperature: 40 ° C
Rubber roller temperature: 110 ° C
Linear pressure: 3N / cm
Transport speed: 2 m / min
(露光)
 次いで、複数の幅のライン&スペースを有する露光マスクを、積層体の感光性転写材料をラミネートした側における仮支持体に真空密着させ、露光マスクを介して、超高圧水銀灯を有するプロキシミティー型露光機(日立ハイテク電子エンジニアリング株式会社製)を用いて、レジストパターンの基板側とは逆側の最上部の幅がマスクの露光部の幅と同じになる露光量で露光した。
(exposure)
Next, an exposure mask having a plurality of width lines and spaces is vacuum-adhered to a temporary support on the side where the photosensitive transfer material of the laminate is laminated, and a proximity type exposure having an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp is passed through the exposure mask. Using a machine (manufactured by Hitachi Electronic Engineering Co., Ltd.), exposure was performed with an exposure amount such that the width of the uppermost portion of the resist pattern on the side opposite to the substrate side was the same as the width of the exposed portion of the mask.
(現像)
 その後、露光した積層体から仮支持体を剥離し、1.0質量%炭酸ナトリウム水溶液を用いて26℃、30秒間での現像条件で現像処理した。次いで、純水を用いて、26℃、溶解時間の1.5倍の時間で現像処理を行った。次いで、表面にエアを吹きかけて水分を除去し、樹脂パターンを有する基板を作製した。現像処理、及び、洗浄処理は、シャワー型の現像機を用い、スプレー圧は0.08MPaだった。
(developing)
Then, the temporary support was peeled off from the exposed laminate and developed with a 1.0 mass% sodium carbonate aqueous solution under development conditions of 26 ° C. for 30 seconds. Then, using pure water, the development treatment was carried out at 26 ° C. for a time 1.5 times the dissolution time. Next, air was blown onto the surface to remove water, and a substrate having a resin pattern was produced. A shower-type developing machine was used for the developing treatment and the cleaning treatment, and the spray pressure was 0.08 MPa.
(エッチング、及び、剥離)
 樹脂パターンを有する基板に対し、25℃の銅エッチング液(関東化学株式会社製、Cu-02)を用いて60秒間、銅層をシャワーエッチングした。その後、60℃の剥離液(関東化学株式会社製KP-301)を用いて、2分間シャワー剥離を行うことで、樹脂パターンを除去し、回路配線を得た。
(Etching and peeling)
A copper layer was shower-etched on a substrate having a resin pattern for 60 seconds with a copper etching solution (Cu-02, manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Inc.) at 25 ° C. Then, the resin pattern was removed by shower peeling for 2 minutes using a stripping solution at 60 ° C. (KP-301 manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Inc.) to obtain circuit wiring.
 実施例1~8の各感光性転写材料を用いて得られた回路配線を光学顕微鏡で観察し、配線に欠け等見られないことを確認した。 The circuit wiring obtained by using each of the photosensitive transfer materials of Examples 1 to 8 was observed with an optical microscope, and it was confirmed that no chipping was observed in the wiring.
<感光性樹脂組成物の調製>
 以下の表に示す組成を有する感光性樹脂組成物A-1~A-10をそれぞれ調製した。
<Preparation of photosensitive resin composition>
Photosensitive resin compositions A-1 to A-10 having the compositions shown in the table below were prepared, respectively.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000029
(化合物B)
 化合物Bの構造を以下に示す。
(Compound B)
The structure of compound B is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
(化合物C)
 化合物Cの構造を以下に示す。
(Compound C)
The structure of compound C is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
(P-1溶液の準備)
 P-1溶液として、下記の構造を有する重合体P-1の固形分36.3質量%溶液(溶剤:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート)を用いた。重合体P-1は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂である。重合体P-1において、各構成単位の右下の数値は、各構成単位の含有比率(モル%)を示す。P-1溶液は、下記に示す重合工程及び付加工程により準備した。
(Preparation of P-1 solution)
As the P-1 solution, a solid content 36.3% by mass solution (solvent: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate) of the polymer P-1 having the following structure was used. Polymer P-1 is an alkali-soluble resin. In the polymer P-1, the numerical value at the lower right of each structural unit indicates the content ratio (mol%) of each structural unit. The P-1 solution was prepared by the polymerization step and the addition step shown below.
-重合工程-
 2000mLのフラスコに、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(三和化学産業株式会社製、商品名PGM-Ac)(60g)、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(三和化学産業株式会社製、商品名PGM)(240g)を導入した。得られた液体を、撹拌速度250rpm(round per minute;以下同じ。)で撹拌しつつ90℃に昇温した。
 滴下液(1)の調製として、メタクリル酸(三菱レイヨン株式会社製、商品名アクリエステルM)(107.1g)、メタクリル酸メチル(三菱ガス化学株式会社製、商品名MMA)(5.46g)、及び、シクロヘキシルメタクリレート(三菱ガス化学株式会社製、商品名CHMA)(231.42g)を混合し、PGM-Ac(60g)で希釈することにより、滴下液(1)を得た。
 滴下液(2)の調製として、ジメチル2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオネート)(富士フイルム和光純薬株式会社製、商品名V-601)(9.637g)をPGM-Ac(136.56g)で溶解させることにより、滴下液(2)を得た。
 滴下液(1)と滴下液(2)とを同時に3時間かけて、上述した2000mLのフラスコ(詳細には、90℃に昇温された液体が入った2000mLのフラスコ)に滴下した。
 次に、滴下液(1)の容器をPGM-Ac(12g)で洗浄し、洗浄液を上記2000mLのフラスコに滴下した。次に、滴下液(2)の容器をPGM-Ac(6g)で洗浄し、洗浄液を上記2000mLのフラスコに滴下した。これらの滴下中、上記2000mLのフラスコ内の反応液を90℃に保ち、撹拌速度250rpmで撹拌した。更に、後反応として、90℃で1時間撹拌した。
 後反応後の反応液に、開始剤の追加添加1回目として、V-601(2.401g)を添加した。更に、V-601の容器をPGM-Ac(6g)で洗浄し、洗浄液を反応液に導入した。その後、90℃で1時間撹拌した。
 次に、開始剤の追加添加2回目として、V-601(2.401g)を反応液に添加した。更にV-601の容器をPGM-Ac(6g)で洗浄し、洗浄液を反応液に導入した。その後90℃で1時間撹拌した。
 次に、開始剤の追加添加3回目として、V-601(2.401g)を反応液に添加した。更に、V-601の容器をPGM-Ac(6g)で洗浄し、洗浄液を反応液に導入した。その後90℃で3時間撹拌した。
-Polymerization process-
Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name PGM-Ac) (60 g) and propylene glycol monomethyl ether (manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name PGM) (240 g) are placed in a 2000 mL flask. Introduced. The obtained liquid was heated to 90 ° C. while stirring at a stirring speed of 250 rpm (round per minute; the same applies hereinafter).
As the preparation of the dropping solution (1), methacrylic acid (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd., trade name Acryester M) (107.1 g), methyl methacrylate (manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc., trade name MMA) (5.46 g) , And cyclohexyl methacrylate (manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc., trade name CHMA) (231.42 g) were mixed and diluted with PGM-Ac (60 g) to obtain a dropping solution (1).
To prepare the dropping solution (2), dimethyl 2,2'-azobis (2-methylpropionate) (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., trade name V-601) (9.637 g) was added to PGM-Ac (9,637 g). The dropping liquid (2) was obtained by dissolving with 136.56 g).
The dropping liquid (1) and the dropping liquid (2) were simultaneously added dropwise to the above-mentioned 2000 mL flask (specifically, a 2000 mL flask containing a liquid heated to 90 ° C.) over 3 hours.
Next, the container of the dropping liquid (1) was washed with PGM-Ac (12 g), and the washing liquid was dropped into the above 2000 mL flask. Next, the container of the dropping liquid (2) was washed with PGM-Ac (6 g), and the washing liquid was dropped into the above 2000 mL flask. During these droppings, the reaction solution in the 2000 mL flask was kept at 90 ° C. and stirred at a stirring speed of 250 rpm. Further, as a post-reaction, the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 1 hour.
V-601 (2.401 g) was added to the reaction solution after the post-reaction as the first additional addition of the initiator. Further, the container of V-601 was washed with PGM-Ac (6 g), and the washing liquid was introduced into the reaction liquid. Then, the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 1 hour.
Next, V-601 (2.401 g) was added to the reaction solution as the second additional addition of the initiator. Further, the container of V-601 was washed with PGM-Ac (6 g), and the washing liquid was introduced into the reaction liquid. Then, the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 1 hour.
Next, V-601 (2.401 g) was added to the reaction solution as the third additional addition of the initiator. Further, the container of V-601 was washed with PGM-Ac (6 g), and the washing liquid was introduced into the reaction liquid. Then, the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 3 hours.
-付加工程-
 90℃で3時間撹拌後、PGM-Ac(178.66g)を反応液へ導入した。次に、テトラエチルアンモニウムブロミド(富士フイルム和光純薬株式会社製)(1.8g)とハイドロキノンモノメチルエーテル(富士フイルム和光純薬株式会社製)(0.8g)とを反応液に添加した。更にそれぞれの容器をPGM-Ac(6g)で洗浄し、洗浄液を反応液へ導入した。その後、反応液の温度を100℃まで昇温させた。
 次に、グリシジルメタクリレート(日油株式会社製、商品名ブレンマーG)(76.03g)を1時間かけて反応液に滴下した。ブレンマーGの容器をPGM-Ac(6g)で洗浄し、洗浄液を反応液に導入した。この後、付加反応として、100℃で6時間撹拌した。
 次に、反応液を冷却し、ゴミ取り用のメッシュフィルター(100メッシュ)でろ過し、重合体P-1の溶液(1158g)を得た(固形分濃度36.3質量%)。得られた重合体P-1の重量平均分子量は27000、数平均分子量は15000、酸価は95mgKOH/gであった。重合体P-1の構造を以下に示す。式中の繰り返し単位のモル比は、左側の繰り返し単位から順に、51.5:2:26.5:20であった。
-Additional process-
After stirring at 90 ° C. for 3 hours, PGM-Ac (178.66 g) was introduced into the reaction solution. Next, tetraethylammonium bromide (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) (1.8 g) and hydroquinone monomethyl ether (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) (0.8 g) were added to the reaction solution. Further, each container was washed with PGM-Ac (6 g), and the washing liquid was introduced into the reaction liquid. Then, the temperature of the reaction solution was raised to 100 ° C.
Next, glycidyl methacrylate (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION, trade name Blemmer G) (76.03 g) was added dropwise to the reaction solution over 1 hour. The container of Blemmer G was washed with PGM-Ac (6 g), and the washing liquid was introduced into the reaction liquid. Then, as an addition reaction, the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 6 hours.
Next, the reaction solution was cooled and filtered through a mesh filter (100 mesh) for removing dust to obtain a solution (1158 g) of the polymer P-1 (solid content concentration: 36.3% by mass). The obtained polymer P-1 had a weight average molecular weight of 27,000, a number average molecular weight of 15,000, and an acid value of 95 mgKOH / g. The structure of the polymer P-1 is shown below. The molar ratio of the repeating units in the formula was 51.5: 2: 26.5: 20 in order from the repeating unit on the left side.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
(P-2溶液の準備)
 以下の方法に従って、P-2溶液として、重合体P-2の固形分36.5質量%溶液を準備した。重合体P-2は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂である。プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル82.4gをフラスコに仕込み窒素気流下90℃に加熱した。この液にスチレン38.4g、ジシクロペンタニルメタクリレート30.1g、メタクリル酸34.0gをプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル20gに溶解させた溶液、及び、重合開始剤V-601(富士フイルム和光純薬株式会社製)5.4gをプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート43.6gに溶解させた溶液を同時に3時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、1時間おきに3回V-601を0.75g添加した。その後更に3時間反応させた。その後プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート58.4g、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル11.7gで希釈した。空気気流下、反応液を100℃に昇温し、テトラエチルアンモニウムブロミド0.53g、p-メトキシフェノール0.26gを添加した。これにグリシジルメタクリレート(日油株式会社製ブレンマーGH)25.5gを20分かけて滴下した。これを100℃で7時間反応させ、重合体P-2の溶液を得た。得られた溶液の固形分濃度は36.5質量%であった。重合体P-2に関して、GPCにおける標準ポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は17000、分散度は2.4、酸価は95mgKOH/gであった。ガスクロマトグラフィーを用いて測定した残存モノマー量はいずれのモノマーにおいても重合体P-2の固形分に対し0.1質量%未満であった。重合体P-2の構造を以下に示す。式中の繰り返し単位のモル比は、左側の繰り返し単位から順に、41.0:15.2:23.9:19.9であった。
(Preparation of P-2 solution)
A solution having a solid content of 36.5% by mass of the polymer P-2 was prepared as a P-2 solution according to the following method. The polymer P-2 is an alkali-soluble resin. 82.4 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether was placed in a flask and heated to 90 ° C. under a nitrogen stream. A solution in which 38.4 g of styrene, 30.1 g of dicyclopentanyl methacrylate and 34.0 g of methacrylic acid are dissolved in 20 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether in this solution, and a polymerization initiator V-601 (Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) A solution prepared by dissolving 5.4 g in 43.6 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was simultaneously added dropwise over 3 hours. After completion of the dropping, 0.75 g of V-601 was added three times every hour. After that, it was reacted for another 3 hours. Then, it was diluted with 58.4 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and 11.7 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether. The temperature of the reaction solution was raised to 100 ° C. under an air flow, and 0.53 g of tetraethylammonium bromide and 0.26 g of p-methoxyphenol were added. To this, 25.5 g of glycidyl methacrylate (Blemmer GH manufactured by NOF CORPORATION) was added dropwise over 20 minutes. This was reacted at 100 ° C. for 7 hours to obtain a solution of the polymer P-2. The solid content concentration of the obtained solution was 36.5% by mass. Regarding the polymer P-2, the weight average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene in GPC was 17,000, the dispersity was 2.4, and the acid value was 95 mgKOH / g. The amount of residual monomer measured by gas chromatography was less than 0.1% by mass with respect to the solid content of the polymer P-2 in all the monomers. The structure of the polymer P-2 is shown below. The molar ratio of the repeating units in the formula was 41.0: 15.2: 23.9: 19.9 in order from the repeating unit on the left side.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
(P-3溶液の準備)
 以下の方法に従って、P-3溶液として、重合体P-3の固形分36.2質量%溶液を準備した。重合体P-3は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂である。プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル113.5gをフラスコに仕込み窒素気流下90℃に加熱した。この液にスチレン172g、メタクリル酸メチル4.7g、メタクリル酸112.1gをプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル30gに溶解させた溶液、及び、重合開始剤V-601(富士フイルム和光純薬株式会社製)27.6gをプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル57.7gに溶解させた溶液を同時に3時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、1時間おきに3回V-601を2.5g添加した。その後更に3時間反応させた。その後プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート160.7g、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル233.3gで希釈した。空気気流下、反応液を100℃に昇温し、テトラエチルアンモニウムブロミド1.8g、p-メトキシフェノール0.86gを添加した。これにグリシジルメタクリレート(日油株式会社製ブレンマーG)71.9gを20分かけて滴下した。これを100℃で7時間反応させ、重合体P-3の溶液を得た。得られた溶液の固形分濃度は36.2%であった。重合体P-3に関して、GPCにおける標準ポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は18000、分散度は2.3、酸価は124mgKOH/gであった。ガスクロマトグラフィーを用いて測定した残存モノマー量はいずれのモノマーにおいても重合体P-3の固形分に対し0.1質量%未満であった。重合体P-3の構造を以下に示す。式中の繰り返し単位のモル比は、左側の繰り返し単位から順に、55.1:26.5:1.6:16.8であった。
(Preparation of P-3 solution)
A 36.2% by mass solid content solution of the polymer P-3 was prepared as a P-3 solution according to the following method. The polymer P-3 is an alkali-soluble resin. 113.5 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether was placed in a flask and heated to 90 ° C. under a nitrogen stream. A solution in which 172 g of styrene, 4.7 g of methyl methacrylate, and 112.1 g of methacrylic acid were dissolved in 30 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether in this solution, and a polymerization initiator V-601 (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 27. A solution prepared by dissolving 6 g in 57.7 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether was simultaneously added dropwise over 3 hours. After completion of the dropping, 2.5 g of V-601 was added three times every hour. After that, it was reacted for another 3 hours. Then, it was diluted with 160.7 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and 233.3 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether. The temperature of the reaction solution was raised to 100 ° C. under an air flow, and 1.8 g of tetraethylammonium bromide and 0.86 g of p-methoxyphenol were added. 71.9 g of glycidyl methacrylate (Blemmer G manufactured by NOF CORPORATION) was added dropwise thereto over 20 minutes. This was reacted at 100 ° C. for 7 hours to obtain a solution of the polymer P-3. The solid content concentration of the obtained solution was 36.2%. Regarding the polymer P-3, the weight average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene in GPC was 18,000, the dispersity was 2.3, and the acid value was 124 mgKOH / g. The amount of residual monomer measured by gas chromatography was less than 0.1% by mass with respect to the solid content of the polymer P-3 in all the monomers. The structure of the polymer P-3 is shown below. The molar ratio of the repeating units in the formula was 55.1: 26.5: 1.6: 16.8 in order from the repeating unit on the left side.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
(P-4溶液の準備)
 重合体P-3の合成において、モノマーの種類と量を変更することにより、P-4溶液として、重合体P-4の固形分36.2質量%溶液(溶剤:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート)を準備した。重合体P-4は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂である。得られた重合体P-4の重量平均分子量は18000、分散度は2.3、酸価は124mgKOH/gであった。重合体P-4の構造を以下に示す。以下、式中の繰り返し単位のモル比は、左側の繰り返し単位から順に、55.1:24.6:1.6:17.0:1.7であった。
(Preparation of P-4 solution)
In the synthesis of the polymer P-3, by changing the type and amount of the monomer, a solid content 36.2% by mass solution (solvent: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate) of the polymer P-4 was used as the P-4 solution. Got ready. The polymer P-4 is an alkali-soluble resin. The obtained polymer P-4 had a weight average molecular weight of 18,000, a dispersity of 2.3, and an acid value of 124 mgKOH / g. The structure of the polymer P-4 is shown below. Hereinafter, the molar ratio of the repeating unit in the formula was 55.1: 24.6: 1.6: 17.0: 1.7 in order from the repeating unit on the left side.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
<屈折率調整層形成用組成物の調製>
 次に、以下の表に記載の組成を有する屈折率調整層形成用組成物B-1~B-4をそれぞれ調製した。以下の表中の数値は、「質量部」を表す。
<Preparation of composition for forming refractive index adjusting layer>
Next, compositions B-1 to B-4 for forming a refractive index adjusting layer having the compositions shown in the following table were prepared. The numerical values in the table below represent "parts by mass".
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
(ポリマーA)
 上記表中のポリマーAは以下のとおり合成を行った。
 1Lの三口フラスコに1-メトキシプロパノール(東京化成工業株式会社製)(270.0g)を導入し、撹拌しつつ窒素気流下で70℃に昇温させた。一方、アリルメタクリレート(45.6g)(富士フイルム和光純薬株式会社製)、および、メタクリル酸(14.4g)(富士フイルム和光純薬株式会社製)を1-メトキシプロパノール(東京化成工業株式会社製)(270.0g)に溶解させ、更にV-65(富士フイルム和光純薬株式会社製)を3.94g溶解させることで滴下液を作製し、フラスコ中へ2.5時間かけて滴下液の滴下を行った。そのまま2.0時間、撹拌状態を保持し反応を行った。
 その後、温度を室温まで戻し、撹拌状態のイオン交換水(2.7L)へ滴下し、再沈殿を実施し、研濁液を得た。ろ紙を引いたヌッチェにて研濁液を導入することでろ過を行い、濾過物をさらにイオン交換水で洗浄し、湿潤状態の粉体を得た。45℃の送風乾燥にかけ、恒量になったことを確認し、粉体として収率70%でポリマーAを得た。
 得られたポリマーAのメタクリル酸/メタクリル酸アリルの比率は76質量%/24質量%であった。重量平均分子量Mwは38000であった。
(Polymer A)
Polymer A in the above table was synthesized as follows.
1-Methylenepropanol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (270.0 g) was introduced into a 1 L three-necked flask, and the temperature was raised to 70 ° C. under a nitrogen stream while stirring. On the other hand, allyl methacrylate (45.6 g) (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and methacrylic acid (14.4 g) (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) are 1-methoxypropanol (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). (Manufactured by) (270.0 g), and then 3.94 g of V-65 (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) to prepare a dropping solution, and put it in a flask over 2.5 hours. Was dropped. The reaction was carried out while maintaining the stirred state for 2.0 hours as it was.
Then, the temperature was returned to room temperature, the mixture was added dropwise to ion-exchanged water (2.7 L) in a stirred state, and reprecipitation was carried out to obtain a turbid solution. Filtration was carried out by introducing a turbid solution in Nutche with a filter paper, and the filtered material was further washed with ion-exchanged water to obtain a wet powder. It was dried by blowing air at 45 ° C., and it was confirmed that the amount became constant, and polymer A was obtained as a powder in a yield of 70%.
The ratio of methacrylic acid / allyl methacrylate of the obtained polymer A was 76% by mass / 24% by mass. The weight average molecular weight Mw was 38,000.
<実施例9~24>
 仮支持体1の上に、スリット状ノズルを用いて、塗布量を、乾燥後の膜厚が以下の表に記載の厚みになる塗布量に調整し、以下の表に記載の感光性樹脂組成物A-1~A-10のいずれか1種を塗布し、感光性樹脂層を形成した。100℃の乾燥ゾーンで溶剤を揮発させた後、スリット状ノズルを用いて、以下の表の組み合わせにて、屈折率調整層形成用組成物B-1~B-4のいずれか1種を用いて、塗布量を、乾燥後の膜厚が以下の表に記載の膜厚になる量に調整して感光性樹脂層の上に塗布した後、80℃の乾燥温度で乾燥させ、屈折率調整層を形成した。屈折率調整層の上に保護フィルム(ルミラー16KS40、東レ(株)製)を圧着し、感光性転写材料1~16を作製した。
<Examples 9 to 24>
Using a slit-shaped nozzle on the temporary support 1, the coating amount is adjusted to a coating amount at which the film thickness after drying becomes the thickness shown in the table below, and the photosensitive resin composition described in the table below is obtained. Any one of the substances A-1 to A-10 was applied to form a photosensitive resin layer. After volatilizing the solvent in the drying zone at 100 ° C., use any one of the compositions B-1 to B-4 for forming the refractive index adjusting layer in the combination shown in the table below using a slit-shaped nozzle. The coating amount is adjusted so that the film thickness after drying becomes the film thickness shown in the table below, and the film is applied onto the photosensitive resin layer, and then dried at a drying temperature of 80 ° C. to adjust the refractive index. A layer was formed. A protective film (Lumirror 16KS40, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) was pressure-bonded onto the refractive index adjusting layer to prepare photosensitive transfer materials 1 to 16.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
<評価>
[貼り合わせ工程におけるシワ]
 既述した実施例1の評価方法と同じ方法によって、感光性転写材料と銅層付きPET基板とを貼り合わせた後の仮支持体を目視で観察し、シワの発生に関して評価した。評価結果を表6に示す
<Evaluation>
[Wrinkles in the bonding process]
The temporary support after the photosensitive transfer material and the PET substrate with the copper layer were bonded to each other was visually observed by the same method as the evaluation method of Example 1 described above, and the occurrence of wrinkles was evaluated. The evaluation results are shown in Table 6.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038
 本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、フォトリソグラフィーによる精密微細加工が必要な各種用途に好適に用いることができる。感光性樹脂層をパターニングした後に、感光樹脂層を被膜としてエッチングをしてもよく、又は電気めっきを主体とするエレクトロフォーミングを行ってもよい。また、パターニングによって得られた硬化膜は、永久膜として使用してもよい。硬化膜は、例えば、層間絶縁膜、配線保護膜、又はインデックスマッチング層を有する配線保護膜として用いてもよい。また、本開示に係る感光性転写材料は、例えば、半導体パッケージ、プリント基板、センサー基板の各種配線形成用途、タッチパネル、電磁波シールド材、フィルムヒーターのような導電性フィルム、液晶シール材、マイクロマシンやマイクロエレクトロニクス分野における構造物の形成等の用途に好適に使用し得る。 The photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure can be suitably used for various applications requiring precision microfabrication by photolithography. After patterning the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin layer may be used as a coating for etching, or electroforming may be performed mainly by electroplating. Moreover, the cured film obtained by patterning may be used as a permanent film. The cured film may be used as, for example, an interlayer insulating film, a wiring protective film, or a wiring protective film having an index matching layer. The photosensitive transfer material according to the present disclosure includes, for example, various wiring forming applications for semiconductor packages, printed circuit boards, sensor substrates, touch panels, electromagnetic wave shielding materials, conductive films such as film heaters, liquid crystal sealing materials, micromachines and micros. It can be suitably used for applications such as the formation of structures in the field of electronics.
 2020年3月19日に出願された日本国特許出願2020-049950号、2020年10月12日に出願された日本国特許出願2020-172154号及び2020年12月15日に出願された日本国特許出願2020-207811号の開示は、その全体が参照により本明細書に取り込まれる。本明細書に記載された全ての文献、特許出願、及び技術規格は、個々の文献、特許出願、及び技術規格が参照により取り込まれることが具体的かつ個々に記載された場合と同程度に、本明細書に参照により取り込まれる。 Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-049950 filed on March 19, 2020, Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-172154 filed on October 12, 2020, and Japan filed on December 15, 2020. The disclosure of patent application 2020-207811 is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. All documents, patent applications, and technical standards described herein are to the same extent as if the individual documents, patent applications, and technical standards were specifically and individually stated to be incorporated by reference. Incorporated herein by reference.
 10:仮支持体
 12:感光性樹脂層
 14:カバーフィルム
 100:感光性転写材料
 DL:アライメント合せの枠
 G:非画像部(遮光部)
 SL:非画像部(遮光部)
10: Temporary support 12: Photosensitive resin layer 14: Cover film 100: Photosensitive transfer material DL: Alignment frame G: Non-image part (light-shielding part)
SL: Non-image part (light-shielding part)

Claims (12)

  1.  仮支持体と、
     前記仮支持体の上に感光性樹脂層と、を有し、
     100℃で15分間の加熱処理の前後において、前記仮支持体の前記感光性樹脂層に対向する面とは反対側の面に対する水の接触角の変化率が、0%~10.0%である
     感光性転写材料。
    Temporary support and
    Having a photosensitive resin layer on the temporary support,
    Before and after the heat treatment at 100 ° C. for 15 minutes, the rate of change of the contact angle of water with respect to the surface of the temporary support opposite to the surface facing the photosensitive resin layer was 0% to 10.0%. A photosensitive transfer material.
  2.  100℃で15分間の加熱処理前において、前記仮支持体の前記感光性樹脂層に対向する面とは反対側の面に対する水の接触角が、90度以下である請求項1に記載の感光性転写材料。 The photosensitivity according to claim 1, wherein the contact angle of water with respect to the surface of the temporary support opposite to the surface facing the photosensitive resin layer is 90 degrees or less before the heat treatment at 100 ° C. for 15 minutes. Sex transfer material.
  3.  前記仮支持体の平均厚さが、20μm以下である請求項1又は請求項2に記載の感光性転写材料。 The photosensitive transfer material according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the temporary support has an average thickness of 20 μm or less.
  4.  120℃で5分間の加熱処理前の前記仮支持体のヘイズと120℃で5分間の加熱処理後の前記仮支持体のヘイズとの差の絶対値が、0%~0.40%である請求項1~請求項3のいずれか1項に記載の感光性転写材料。 The absolute value of the difference between the haze of the temporary support before the heat treatment at 120 ° C. for 5 minutes and the haze of the temporary support after the heat treatment at 120 ° C. for 5 minutes is 0% to 0.40%. The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of claims 1 to 3.
  5.  前記仮支持体の剥離力が、0.5gf/cm以上である請求項1~請求項4のいずれか1項に記載の感光性転写材料。 The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the temporary support has a peeling force of 0.5 gf / cm or more.
  6.  前記感光性樹脂層の平均厚さが、3μm~10μmである請求項1~請求項5のいずれか1項に記載の感光性転写材料。 The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the average thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is 3 μm to 10 μm.
  7.  前記仮支持体が、ワックスを含む請求項1~請求項6のいずれか1項に記載の感光性転写材料。 The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the temporary support contains wax.
  8.  前記ワックスの含有率が、前記仮支持体の全質量に対して、0.0001質量%~0.05質量%である請求項7に記載の感光性転写材料。 The photosensitive transfer material according to claim 7, wherein the wax content is 0.0001% by mass to 0.05% by mass with respect to the total mass of the temporary support.
  9.  請求項1~請求項8のいずれか1項に記載の感光性転写材料と基板とを貼り合わせて、前記基板の上に感光性樹脂層を配置する工程と、
     前記感光性樹脂層をパターン露光する工程と、
     前記感光性樹脂層を現像して樹脂パターンを形成する工程と、
     をこの順に含む樹脂パターンの製造方法。
    A step of laminating the photosensitive transfer material according to any one of claims 1 to 8 and a substrate, and arranging a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate.
    The step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive resin layer and
    The step of developing the photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern, and
    A method for manufacturing a resin pattern, which includes the above in this order.
  10.  請求項1~請求項8のいずれか1項に記載の感光性転写材料と導電層を有する基板とを貼り合わせて、前記基板の上に感光性樹脂層を配置する工程と、
     前記感光性樹脂層をパターン露光する工程と、
     前記感光性樹脂層を現像して樹脂パターンを形成する工程と、
     前記樹脂パターンが配置されていない領域にある前記導電層をエッチング処理して回路配線を形成する工程と、
     をこの順に含む回路配線の製造方法。
    A step of laminating the photosensitive transfer material according to any one of claims 1 to 8 and a substrate having a conductive layer, and arranging a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate.
    The step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive resin layer and
    The step of developing the photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern, and
    A step of etching the conductive layer in a region where the resin pattern is not arranged to form a circuit wiring, and a step of forming a circuit wiring.
    A method of manufacturing a circuit wiring including in this order.
  11.  100℃で15分間の加熱処理の前後において水の接触角の変化率が0%~10.0%である感光性転写材料用仮支持体。 Temporary support for photosensitive transfer material in which the rate of change of the contact angle of water is 0% to 10.0% before and after heat treatment at 100 ° C. for 15 minutes.
  12.  120℃で5分間の加熱処理前のヘイズと120℃で5分間の加熱処理後のヘイズとの差の絶対値が0%~0.40%である請求項11に記載の感光性転写材料用仮支持体。 The photosensitive transfer material according to claim 11, wherein the absolute value of the difference between the haze before the heat treatment at 120 ° C. for 5 minutes and the haze after the heat treatment at 120 ° C. for 5 minutes is 0% to 0.40%. Temporary support.
PCT/JP2021/009633 2020-03-19 2021-03-10 Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring line, and provisional support for photosensitive transfer material WO2021187279A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022508262A JP7416910B2 (en) 2020-03-19 2021-03-10 Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and temporary support for photosensitive transfer material
CN202180021144.3A CN115298612A (en) 2020-03-19 2021-03-10 Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring, and temporary support for photosensitive transfer material

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020049950 2020-03-19
JP2020-049950 2020-03-19
JP2020172154 2020-10-12
JP2020-172154 2020-10-12
JP2020207811 2020-12-15
JP2020-207811 2020-12-15

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021187279A1 true WO2021187279A1 (en) 2021-09-23

Family

ID=77768282

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/009633 WO2021187279A1 (en) 2020-03-19 2021-03-10 Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring line, and provisional support for photosensitive transfer material

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7416910B2 (en)
CN (1) CN115298612A (en)
WO (1) WO2021187279A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5726846A (en) * 1980-05-27 1982-02-13 Du Pont Photosensitive layer
JP2004012610A (en) * 2002-06-04 2004-01-15 Toray Ind Inc Biaxially oriented polyester film for dry photoresist
WO2017208849A1 (en) * 2016-05-31 2017-12-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, transfer film, decorative pattern, touch panel and method for producing pattern
WO2019065373A1 (en) * 2017-09-29 2019-04-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive transfer material, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, and method for manufacturing touch panel
JP2019191518A (en) * 2018-04-27 2019-10-31 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive transfer material, production method of resist pattern and method for manufacturing circuit wiring

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5726846A (en) * 1980-05-27 1982-02-13 Du Pont Photosensitive layer
JP2004012610A (en) * 2002-06-04 2004-01-15 Toray Ind Inc Biaxially oriented polyester film for dry photoresist
WO2017208849A1 (en) * 2016-05-31 2017-12-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, transfer film, decorative pattern, touch panel and method for producing pattern
WO2019065373A1 (en) * 2017-09-29 2019-04-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive transfer material, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, and method for manufacturing touch panel
JP2019191518A (en) * 2018-04-27 2019-10-31 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive transfer material, production method of resist pattern and method for manufacturing circuit wiring

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2021187279A1 (en) 2021-09-23
JP7416910B2 (en) 2024-01-17
CN115298612A (en) 2022-11-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021199996A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for manufacturing resin pattern, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, and temporary support body for photosensitive transfer material
JP7479487B2 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, etching method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2022045203A1 (en) Transfer film, manufacturing method for laminate, and manufacturing method for circuit wiring
WO2022092160A1 (en) Method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring substrate, and transfer film
JP7342246B2 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method
WO2021220981A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern production method, circuit wiring production method, touch panel production method, and polyethylene terephthalate film
WO2022163778A1 (en) Method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, method for manufacturing electronic device, and photosensitive transfer material
WO2021199542A1 (en) Light-sensitive transfer material, method for manufacturing resin pattern, and method for manufacturing circuit wiring
WO2021176811A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, and production method for circuit wiring
WO2021187279A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring line, and provisional support for photosensitive transfer material
WO2021161965A1 (en) Photosensitive film and photosensitive-film manufacturing method
WO2022054374A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, production method for resin pattern, production method for circuit wiring, and production method for electronic device
WO2022045255A1 (en) Light-sensitive transfer material and method for manufacturing resin pattern
WO2022045256A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing conductive pattern, and touch sensor
WO2022163301A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method
WO2022181456A1 (en) Transfer film and method for manufacturing conductor pattern
WO2022075090A1 (en) Transfer film, method for producing laminate, and method for producing circuit wiring
WO2022138468A1 (en) Transfer material and method for producing laminated body
WO2022181455A1 (en) Transfer film, and method for manufacturing conductor pattern
WO2022138246A1 (en) Transfer material and method for manufacturing laminate
WO2021166719A1 (en) Method for manufacturing cut article, and layered body
WO2022131324A1 (en) Transfer film, method for producing laminate, and method for producing circuit wiring
WO2021220980A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring, and method for producing touch panel
WO2022138630A1 (en) Transfer film, method for producing laminate, and method for producing circuit wiring
WO2023100553A1 (en) Transfer film, laminate having conductor pattern, method for producing laminate having conductor pattern, and method for producing transfer film

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21772456

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022508262

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21772456

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1